WO2025138031A1

WO2025138031A1 - Dmrs determination method and apparatus, device, and storage medium

Info

Publication number: WO2025138031A1
Application number: PCT/CN2023/142920
Authority: WO
Inventors: 史志华; 曹建飞; 刘哲
Original assignee: Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp Ltd
Current assignee: Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp Ltd
Priority date: 2023-12-28
Filing date: 2023-12-28
Publication date: 2025-07-03
Anticipated expiration: 2026-06-28

Abstract

The present application relates to the technical field of communications, and discloses a demodulation reference signal (DMRS) determination method and apparatus, a device, and a storage medium. The method comprises: determining a DMRS corresponding to a reference signal in a first reference signal group, wherein the reference signal in the first reference signal group and the DMRS corresponding to the reference signal in the first reference signal group are used for evaluating a first link quality, the DMRS corresponding to the reference signal in the first reference signal group is a first DMRS or a second DMRS, the first DMRS is a first-type DMRS or a second-type DMRS, the second DMRS is the second-type DMRS, and when two types of DMRSs are present, which type of DMRS is used as a hypothesis can be determined.

Description

DMRS determination method, device, equipment and storage medium

Technical Field

本申请实施例涉及通信技术领域，特别涉及一种解调参考信号(Demodulation Reference Signal，DMRS)的确定方法、装置、设备及存储介质。Embodiments of the present application relate to the field of communication technology, and in particular, to a method, apparatus, device and storage medium for determining a demodulation reference signal (DMRS).

Background Art

在通信传输的过程中，DMRS和数据信号占用不同的时频资源，即DMRS和数据信号在时频资源上正交放置的。当总的时频资源一定的情况下，DMRS的资源开销增多则意味着用于传输数据信号的资源减少，从而会导致数据信号的传输速率降低。该数据信号是指数据和控制信息中的至少一种。During the communication transmission process, DMRS and data signals occupy different time-frequency resources, that is, DMRS and data signals are placed orthogonally on the time-frequency resources. When the total time-frequency resources are constant, the increase in DMRS resource overhead means that the resources used to transmit data signals are reduced, which will lead to a decrease in the transmission rate of data signals. The data signal refers to at least one of data and control information.

相关技术中，为了解决上述缺点，设计了一种能够与数据信号在相同的时频资源上传输的DMRS。但是，在引入这种能够与数据信号在相同的时频资源上传输的DMRS之后，无线通信系统中的相关参数可能受到影响，此时如何确定通信过程中所使用的DMRS是亟待解决的问题。In order to solve the above shortcomings, a DMRS that can be transmitted on the same time-frequency resource as the data signal is designed in the related art. However, after the introduction of the DMRS that can be transmitted on the same time-frequency resource as the data signal, the relevant parameters in the wireless communication system may be affected. At this time, how to determine the DMRS used in the communication process is an urgent problem to be solved.

发明内容Summary of the invention

本申请实施例提供了一种DMRS的确定方法、装置、设备及存储介质。所述技术方案如下：The embodiment of the present application provides a method, apparatus, device and storage medium for determining DMRS. The technical solution is as follows:

根据本申请实施例的一个方面，提供了一种DMRS的确定方法，该方法包括：According to one aspect of an embodiment of the present application, a method for determining a DMRS is provided, the method comprising:

确定第一参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的DMRS；Determine a DMRS corresponding to a reference signal in a first reference signal group;

其中，所述第一参考信号组中的参考信号以及所述第一参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的DMRS用于评估第一链路质量，所述第一参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的DMRS是第一DMRS或第二DMRS，所述第一DMRS是第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS，所述第二DMRS是所述第二类型DMRS。The reference signals in the first reference signal group and the DMRS corresponding to the reference signals in the first reference signal group are used to evaluate the first link quality, the DMRS corresponding to the reference signals in the first reference signal group is the first DMRS or the second DMRS, the first DMRS is the first type DMRS or the second type DMRS, and the second DMRS is the second type DMRS.

根据本申请实施例的另一个方面，提供了一种DMRS的确定方法，该方法包括：According to another aspect of an embodiment of the present application, a method for determining a DMRS is provided, the method comprising:

确定第三参考信号组中的候选参考信号所对应的DMRS；Determine a DMRS corresponding to a candidate reference signal in a third reference signal group;

其中，所述第三参考信号组中的候选参考信号以及所述第三参考信号组中的候选参考信号所对应的DMRS用于评估第三链路质量，所述第三参考信号组中的候选参考信号所对应的DMRS为第一DMRS或第二DMRS，所述第一DMRS是第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS，所述第二DMRS是所述第二类型DMRS。Among them, the candidate reference signals in the third reference signal group and the DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signals in the third reference signal group are used to evaluate the third link quality, the DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signals in the third reference signal group is the first DMRS or the second DMRS, the first DMRS is the first type DMRS or the second type DMRS, and the second DMRS is the second type DMRS.

接收第一信号，所述第一信号用于响应目标参考信号，所述目标参考信号是全部候选参考信号中满足链路质量条件的参考信号；receiving a first signal, where the first signal is used to respond to a target reference signal, where the target reference signal is a reference signal that satisfies a link quality condition among all candidate reference signals;

其中，所述第一信号是基于第一DMRS传输的，或所述第一信号是基于第二DMRS传输的，所述第一DMRS是第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS，所述第二DMRS是所述第二类型DMRS。The first signal is transmitted based on a first DMRS, or the first signal is transmitted based on a second DMRS, the first DMRS is a first type DMRS or a second type DMRS, and the second DMRS is the second type DMRS.

发送第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示第一参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的DMRS；Sending first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate a DMRS corresponding to a reference signal in a first reference signal group;

发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示第三参考信号组中的候选参考信号所对应的DMRS；Sending second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate a DMRS corresponding to a candidate reference signal in a third reference signal group;

发送第一信号，所述第一信号用于响应目标参考信号，所述目标参考信号是全部候选参考信号中满足链路质量条件的参考信号；Sending a first signal, where the first signal is used to respond to a target reference signal, where the target reference signal is a reference signal that meets a link quality condition among all candidate reference signals;

根据本申请实施例的另一个方面，提供了一种DMRS的确定装置，该装置包括：According to another aspect of an embodiment of the present application, a DMRS determination device is provided, the device including:

确定模块，用于确定第一参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的DMRS；A determination module, configured to determine a DMRS corresponding to a reference signal in a first reference signal group;

其中，所述第一参考信号组中的参考信号以及所述第一参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的DMRS用于评估第一链路质量，所述第一参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的DMRS是第一DMRS或第二DMRS，所述第一DMRS是第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS，所述第二DMRS是所述第二类型DMRS。The reference signals in the first reference signal group and the DMRS corresponding to the reference signals in the first reference signal group are used to evaluate the first link quality, and the DMRS corresponding to the reference signals in the first reference signal group is a first DMRS or a second DMRS, The first DMRS is a first-type DMRS or a second-type DMRS, and the second DMRS is the second-type DMRS.

确定模块，用于确定第三参考信号组中的候选参考信号所对应的DMRS；A determination module, configured to determine a DMRS corresponding to a candidate reference signal in a third reference signal group;

接收模块，用于接收第一信号，所述第一信号用于响应目标参考信号，所述目标参考信号是全部候选参考信号中满足链路质量条件的参考信号；A receiving module, configured to receive a first signal, wherein the first signal is used to respond to a target reference signal, wherein the target reference signal is a reference signal that satisfies a link quality condition among all candidate reference signals;

发送模块，用于发送第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示第一参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的DMRS；A sending module, configured to send first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate a DMRS corresponding to a reference signal in a first reference signal group;

发送模块，用于发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示第三参考信号组中的候选参考信号所对应的DMRS；A sending module, used to send second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate a DMRS corresponding to a candidate reference signal in a third reference signal group;

发送模块，用于发送第一信号，所述第一信号用于响应目标参考信号，所述目标参考信号是全部候选参考信号中满足链路质量条件的参考信号；A sending module, configured to send a first signal, where the first signal is used to respond to a target reference signal, where the target reference signal is a reference signal that meets a link quality condition among all candidate reference signals;

根据本申请实施例的另一个方面，提供了一种计算机可读存储介质，该计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机程序，该计算机程序由处理器加载并执行以实现如上述各个方面的DMRS的确定方法。According to another aspect of an embodiment of the present application, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, in which a computer program is stored. The computer program is loaded and executed by a processor to implement the DMRS determination method as described in the above aspects.

根据本申请实施例的另一个方面，提供了一种计算机程序产品或计算机程序，该计算机程序产品或计算机程序包括计算机指令，计算机指令存储在计算机可读存储介质中；处理器从计算机可读存储介质中读取计算机指令，处理器执行计算机指令以实现如上述各个方面的DMRS的确定方法。According to another aspect of an embodiment of the present application, a computer program product or a computer program is provided, which includes computer instructions, and the computer instructions are stored in a computer-readable storage medium; a processor reads the computer instructions from the computer-readable storage medium, and the processor executes the computer instructions to implement a method for determining a DMRS as described in the above aspects.

本申请实施例提供的技术方案可以包括以下有益效果：The technical solution provided by the embodiments of the present application may have the following beneficial effects:

通过确定第一参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的DMRS，使得终端设备能够确定采用哪种DMRS作为DMRS假设。通过确定假设的控制信道使用的DMRS来评估波束的链路质量，从而使在有可能使用两种DMRS的任意一种DMRS的情况下，提高了评估链路质量的准确性。By determining the DMRS corresponding to the reference signal in the first reference signal group, the terminal device can determine which DMRS to use as the DMRS hypothesis. By determining the DMRS used by the assumed control channel to evaluate the link quality of the beam, the accuracy of evaluating the link quality is improved when any one of the two DMRSs may be used.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

图1示出了相关技术提供的一种DMRS的示意图；FIG1 shows a schematic diagram of a DMRS provided by the related art;

图2示出了相关技术提供的一种DMRS的示意图；FIG2 shows a schematic diagram of a DMRS provided by the related art;

图3示出了本申请实施例提供的一种下行数据信道的传输示意图；FIG3 shows a transmission schematic diagram of a downlink data channel provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图4示出了本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的流程图；FIG4 shows a flow chart of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图5示出了本申请实施例提供的一种DMRS的示意图；FIG5 shows a schematic diagram of a DMRS provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图6示出了本申请实施例提供的一种DMRS的确定方法的流程图；FIG6 shows a flow chart of a method for determining a DMRS provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图7示出了本申请实施例提供的一种DMRS的确定方法的示意图；FIG7 is a schematic diagram showing a method for determining a DMRS provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图8示出了本申请实施例提供的一种DMRS的确定方法的流程图；FIG8 shows a flow chart of a method for determining a DMRS provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图9示出了本申请实施例提供的一种DMRS的确定方法的示意图；FIG9 is a schematic diagram showing a method for determining a DMRS provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图10示出了本申请实施例提供的一种DMRS的确定方法的流程图；FIG10 shows a flow chart of a method for determining a DMRS provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图11示出了本申请实施例提供的一种DMRS的确定方法的流程图；FIG11 is a flowchart of a method for determining a DMRS provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图12示出了本申请实施例提供的一种DMRS的确定方法的流程图； FIG12 shows a flow chart of a method for determining a DMRS provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图13示出了本申请实施例提供的一种DMRS的确定方法的流程图；FIG13 is a flowchart of a method for determining a DMRS provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图14示出了本申请实施例提供的一种DMRS的确定方法的流程图；FIG14 shows a flow chart of a method for determining a DMRS provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图15示出了本申请实施例提供的一种DMRS的确定方法的流程图；FIG15 shows a flow chart of a method for determining a DMRS provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图16示出了本申请实施例提供的一种DMRS的确定方法的流程图；FIG16 shows a flow chart of a method for determining a DMRS provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图17示出了本申请实施例提供的一种DMRS的确定方法的流程图；FIG17 shows a flow chart of a method for determining a DMRS provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图18示出了本申请实施例提供的一种DMRS的确定方法的流程图；FIG18 shows a flow chart of a method for determining a DMRS provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图19示出了本申请实施例提供的一种DMRS的确定方法的流程图；FIG19 shows a flow chart of a method for determining a DMRS provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图20示出了本申请实施例提供的一种DMRS的确定方法的流程图；FIG20 shows a flow chart of a method for determining a DMRS provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图21示出了本申请实施例提供的一种DMRS的确定方法的流程图；FIG21 is a flowchart showing a method for determining a DMRS according to an embodiment of the present application;

图22示出了本申请实施例提供的一种DMRS的确定方法的流程图；FIG22 shows a flow chart of a method for determining a DMRS provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图23示出了本申请实施例提供的一种DMRS的确定方法的流程图；FIG23 shows a flow chart of a method for determining a DMRS provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图24示出了本申请实施例提供的一种DMRS的确定方法的流程图；FIG24 shows a flow chart of a method for determining a DMRS provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图25示出了本申请实施例提供的一种DMRS的确定方法的流程图；FIG25 shows a flow chart of a method for determining a DMRS provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图26示出了本申请实施例提供的一种DMRS的确定方法的流程图；FIG26 shows a flow chart of a method for determining a DMRS provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图27示出了本申请实施例提供的一种DMRS的确定方法的流程图；FIG27 shows a flow chart of a method for determining a DMRS provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图28示出了本申请实施例提供的一种DMRS的确定方法的流程图；FIG28 shows a flow chart of a method for determining a DMRS provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图29示出了本申请实施例提供的一种DMRS的确定方法的流程图；FIG29 shows a flow chart of a method for determining a DMRS provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图30示出了本申请实施例提供的一种DMRS的确定方法的流程图；FIG30 shows a flow chart of a method for determining a DMRS provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图31示出了本申请实施例提供的一种DMRS的确定方法的流程图；FIG31 is a flowchart of a method for determining a DMRS provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图32示出了本申请实施例提供的一种DMRS的确定方法的流程图；FIG32 shows a flow chart of a method for determining a DMRS provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图33示出了本申请实施例提供的一种DMRS的确定方法的流程图；FIG33 shows a flow chart of a method for determining a DMRS provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图34示出了本申请实施例提供的一种DMRS的确定方法的流程图；FIG34 shows a flow chart of a method for determining a DMRS provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图35示出了本申请实施例提供的一种DMRS的确定方法的流程图；FIG35 is a flowchart showing a method for determining a DMRS provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图36示出了本申请实施例提供的一种DMRS的确定方法的流程图；FIG36 shows a flow chart of a method for determining a DMRS provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图37示出了本申请实施例提供的一种DMRS的确定装置的结构框图；FIG37 shows a structural block diagram of a DMRS determination device provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图38示出了本申请实施例提供的一种DMRS的确定装置的结构框图；FIG38 shows a structural block diagram of a DMRS determination device provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图39示出了本申请实施例提供的一种DMRS的确定装置的结构框图；FIG39 shows a structural block diagram of a DMRS determination device provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图40示出了本申请实施例提供的一种DMRS的确定装置的结构框图；FIG40 shows a structural block diagram of a DMRS determination device provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图41示出了本申请实施例提供的一种DMRS的确定装置的结构框图；FIG41 shows a structural block diagram of a DMRS determination device provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图42示出了本申请实施例提供的一种DMRS的确定装置的结构框图；FIG42 shows a structural block diagram of a DMRS determination device provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图43示出了本申请实施例提供的一种通信设备的结构示意图。Figure 43 shows a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION

为使本申请的目的、技术方案和优点更加清楚，下面将结合附图对本申请实施方式作进一步地详细描述。这里将详细地对示例性实施例进行说明，其示例表示在附图中。下面的描述涉及附图时，除非另有表示，不同附图中的相同数字表示相同或相似的要素。以下示例性实施例中所描述的实施方式并不代表与本申请相一致的所有实施方式。相反，它们仅是与如所附权利要求书中所详述的、本申请的一些方面相一致的装置和方法的例子。针对本申请中的实施例，本领域普通技术人员在没有做出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例，都属于本申请保护的范围。In order to make the purpose, technical solutions and advantages of the present application clearer, the implementation methods of the present application will be further described in detail below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings. The exemplary embodiments will be described in detail here, and examples thereof are shown in the accompanying drawings. When the following description refers to the drawings, unless otherwise indicated, the same numbers in different drawings represent the same or similar elements. The implementation methods described in the following exemplary embodiments do not represent all implementation methods consistent with the present application. On the contrary, they are merely examples of devices and methods consistent with some aspects of the present application as detailed in the attached claims. For the embodiments in the present application, all other embodiments obtained by ordinary technicians in this field without making creative work are within the scope of protection of this application.

在本公开使用的术语是仅仅出于描述特定实施例的目的，而非旨在限制本公开。在本公开和所附权利要求书中所使用的单数形式的“一种”、“所述”和“该”也旨在包括多数形式，除非上下文清楚地表示其他含义。还应当理解，本文中使用的术语“和/或”是指并包含一个或多个相关联的列出项目的任何或所有可能组合。应当理解，尽管在本公开可能采用术语第一、第二、第三等来描述各种信息，但这些信息不应限于这些术语。这些术语仅用来将同一类型的信息彼此区分开。例如，在不脱离本公开范围的情况下，第一信息也可以被称为第二信息，类似地，第二信息也可以被称为第一信息。取决于语境，如在此所使用的词语“如果”可以被解释成为“在……时”或“当……时”或“响应于确定”。The terms used in the present disclosure are only for the purpose of describing specific embodiments, and are not intended to limit the present disclosure. The singular forms of "a", "said" and "the" used in the present disclosure and the appended claims are also intended to include plural forms, unless the context clearly indicates other meanings. It should also be understood that the term "and/or" used in this article refers to and includes any or all possible combinations of one or more associated listed items. It should be understood that although the terms first, second, third, etc. may be used in the present disclosure to describe various information, these information should not be limited to these terms. These terms are only used to distinguish the same type of information from each other. For example, without departing from the scope of the present disclosure, the first information may also be referred to as the second information, and similarly, the second information may also be referred to as the first information. Depending on the context, the word "if" as used herein can be interpreted as "at the time of" or "when" or "in response to determination".

首先，对本申请实施例涉及的相关技术进行介绍：First, the related technologies involved in the embodiments of the present application are introduced:

·与数据信号使用不同的时频资源的DMRS：DMRS uses different time-frequency resources from data signals:

相关技术中，无线通信系统中基本的工作流程可以包含下面一些步骤：In the related art, the basic workflow in a wireless communication system may include the following steps:

在发射端，要传输的比特流信息经过信道编码，得到编码后的比特，然后进行调制，得到调制符号。调制符号和DMRS插入到对应的时频资源，后续经过处理，得到正交频分复用(Orthogonal Frequency-Division Multiplexing，OFDM)符号，或者其他形式的多载波符号。At the transmitter, the bit stream information to be transmitted is channel coded to obtain coded bits, which are then modulated to obtain modulation symbols. The modulation symbols and DMRS are inserted into the corresponding time-frequency resources and subsequently processed to obtain Orthogonal Frequency-Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbols or other forms of multi-carrier symbols.

在接收端，接收机通过测量DMRS，对调制符号进行解调和信道译码，最终得到要传输的信息比特。At the receiving end, the receiver measures DMRS, demodulates the modulation symbols and decodes the channel, and finally obtains the information to be transmitted. special.

上述流程可以针对下行传输(网络设备给终端设备传输，Downlink transmission，DL transmission)，或上行传输(终端设备给网络设备传输，Uplink transmission，UL transmission)，或侧行传输(终端设备和终端设备之间或网络设备和网络设备之间传输，即Sidelink transmission，SL transmission)。为了得到发送端传输的比特信息，接收端都需要使用到DMRS。The above process can be for downlink transmission (network device to terminal device transmission, Downlink transmission, DL transmission), or uplink transmission (terminal device to network device transmission, Uplink transmission, UL transmission), or sidelink transmission (transmission between terminal devices or between network devices, i.e. Sidelink transmission, SL transmission). In order to obtain the bit information transmitted by the transmitter, the receiver needs to use DMRS.

需要说明的是，本申请实施例中所介绍的“传输”，既可以是数据的传输，也可是控制信息的传输。例如可以是物理下行共享信道(Physical Downlink Shared Channel，PDSCH)、物理上行共享信道(Physical Uplink Shared Channel，PUSCH)、物理侧行共享信道(Physical Sidelink Shared Channel，PSSCH)、物理下行控制信道(Physical Downlink Control Channel，PDCCH)、物理上行控制信道(Physical Uplink Control Channel，PUCCH)、物理侧行控制信道(Physical Sidelink Control Channel，PSCCH)、物理侧行反馈信道(Physical Sidelink Feedback Channel，PSFCH)中的一种或多种。It should be noted that the "transmission" introduced in the embodiments of the present application can be both the transmission of data and the transmission of control information. For example, it can be one or more of the Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH), Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH), Physical Sidelink Shared Channel (PSSCH), Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH), Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH), Physical Sidelink Control Channel (PSCCH), and Physical Sidelink Feedback Channel (PSFCH).

由于无线信道环境的复杂性和时变性，在上述系统中，接收机针对无线信道的估计及恢复直接影响着最终的数据恢复性能。在传统的通信系统中，一般而言，控制信道(即传输控制信息的信道)的DMRS是相对固定的，DMRS密度和/或DMRS图样(pattern)不需要动态变化。这时候，DMRS的设计会比较偏于保守，即能适应无线信道的各种环境。对于数据信道(即传输数据的信道)，为了能够降低DMRS开销，可以设计不同的DMRS密度和/或DMRS图样(pattern)，通信系统根据当前无线信道的环境来配置或者指示接收端具体使用哪个DMRS。Due to the complexity and time-varying nature of the wireless channel environment, in the above-mentioned system, the estimation and recovery of the wireless channel by the receiver directly affects the final data recovery performance. In traditional communication systems, generally speaking, the DMRS of the control channel (i.e., the channel for transmitting control information) is relatively fixed, and the DMRS density and/or DMRS pattern do not need to change dynamically. At this time, the design of DMRS will be more conservative, that is, it can adapt to various environments of the wireless channel. For the data channel (i.e., the channel for transmitting data), in order to reduce the DMRS overhead, different DMRS densities and/or DMRS patterns can be designed, and the communication system configures or instructs the receiving end which specific DMRS to use according to the current wireless channel environment.

下面以第五代通信(5th-Generation，5G)新无线(New Radio，NR)系统中的DMRS为例，来简单介绍。The following is a brief introduction using the DMRS in the fifth-generation communication (5th-Generation, 5G) new wireless (New Radio, NR) system as an example.

在NR系统中，DMRS可以分为前置DMRS和后置DMRS。其中，前置DMRS通常位于一个时隙的前几个OFDM符号，后置DMRS是前置DMRS的重复，位于其他的1个或多个OFDM符号，用于保证高速场景的性能。前置DMRS可以包含1个或2个OFDM符号，由网络设备配置。同时，NR支持两种不同的DMRS，不同类型的DMRS占用时频资源的方式不同。In the NR system, DMRS can be divided into pre-DMRS and post-DMRS. Pre-DMRS is usually located in the first few OFDM symbols of a time slot, and post-DMRS is a repetition of pre-DMRS, located in one or more other OFDM symbols, to ensure the performance of high-speed scenarios. Pre-DMRS can contain 1 or 2 OFDM symbols and is configured by the network equipment. At the same time, NR supports two different DMRS, and different types of DMRS occupy time-frequency resources in different ways.

针对一种类型的DMRS，如图1所示，以时域上包括7个OFDM符号，频域上包括12个子载波为例进行举例说明。在一个OFDM符号上可以支持2个码分复用(Code Division Multiplexing，CDM)组，比如图1中两种填充形状分别对应2个CDM组，每个CDM组包含6个子载波。每个CDM组可以支持2个端口，2个端口间通过正交码(Orthogonal Cover Code，OCC)保持正交，即其中一个端口在不同在载波上使用的OCC码为[+1，+1，+1，+1，+1，+1]，另一个端口使用的OCC码为[+1，-1，+1，-1，+1，-1]。通过这种方式，一种类型的DMRS在一个OFDM符号上最多可以支持4个正交端口，在两个OFDM符号上最多可以支持8个正交端口。For one type of DMRS, as shown in FIG1, an example is given in which 7 OFDM symbols are included in the time domain and 12 subcarriers are included in the frequency domain. Two code division multiplexing (CDM) groups can be supported on one OFDM symbol. For example, the two filling shapes in FIG1 correspond to two CDM groups, and each CDM group contains 6 subcarriers. Each CDM group can support two ports, and the two ports are orthogonalized by orthogonal cover codes (OCC), that is, the OCC code used by one port on different carriers is [+1, +1, +1, +1, +1, +1], and the OCC code used by the other port is [+1, -1, +1, -1, +1, -1]. In this way, one type of DMRS can support up to 4 orthogonal ports on one OFDM symbol and up to 8 orthogonal ports on two OFDM symbols.

针对另一种类型的DMRS，如图2所示，以时域上包括7个OFDM符号，频域上包括12个子载波为例进行举例说明。在一个OFDM符号上可以支持3个CDM组，比如图2中三种填充形状分别对应3个CDM组，每个CDM组包含两两相邻的4个子载波。每个CDM组可以支持2个端口，2个端口间通过OCC保持正交，即其中一个端口在不同在载波上使用的OCC码为[+1，+1，+1，+1]，另一个端口使用的OCC码为[+1，-1，+1，-1]。通过这种方式，另一种类型的DMRS在一个OFDM符号上最多可以支持6个正交端口，在两个OFDM符号上最多可以支持12个正交端口。For another type of DMRS, as shown in Figure 2, an example is given in which 7 OFDM symbols are included in the time domain and 12 subcarriers are included in the frequency domain. Three CDM groups can be supported on one OFDM symbol. For example, the three filling shapes in Figure 2 correspond to three CDM groups respectively, and each CDM group contains four adjacent subcarriers. Each CDM group can support 2 ports, and the two ports are orthogonal through OCC, that is, the OCC code used by one port on different carriers is [+1, +1, +1, +1], and the OCC code used by the other port is [+1, -1, +1, -1]. In this way, another type of DMRS can support up to 6 orthogonal ports on one OFDM symbol and up to 12 orthogonal ports on two OFDM symbols.

另外，上述图1和图2中的每一个小格表示1个资源元素(Resource Element，RE)，频域上的每12个子载波为1个资源块(Resource Block，RB)。In addition, each small grid in the above Figures 1 and 2 represents a resource element (RE), and every 12 subcarriers in the frequency domain are a resource block (RB).

RE：是通信系统中最小的时频资源单元。例如在NR系统中，一个RE，在频域上对应一个子载波，在时域上对应一个符号。RE: It is the smallest time-frequency resource unit in the communication system. For example, in the NR system, one RE corresponds to one subcarrier in the frequency domain and one symbol in the time domain.

RB：可以是针对频域上的连续K个子载波，或可以是针对频域上的连续K个子载波以及时域上的连续M个符号，K的取值为正整数，M的取值为正整数。例如K典型取值为12，也可以是其他取值，例如2的n次方，即K可以为8或16或其他值。M典型取值可以为6或7或14。本申请实施例中，对RB和物理RB(Physical Resource Block，PRB)不做区分。RB: It can be for K consecutive subcarriers in the frequency domain, or it can be for K consecutive subcarriers in the frequency domain and M consecutive symbols in the time domain. The value of K is a positive integer, and the value of M is a positive integer. For example, the typical value of K is 12, and it can also be other values, such as 2 to the power of n, that is, K can be 8 or 16 or other values. The typical value of M can be 6 or 7 or 14. In the embodiment of the present application, no distinction is made between RB and physical RB (Physical Resource Block, PRB).

在目前的通信系统中，DMRS与数据都是占用不同的RE。也就是说，在一个RE位置上，可以放DMRS，或者放数据，但是不能同时放DMRS和数据。因此，数据和DMRS在时频资源上是正交的，也即没有重叠。这种与数据没有重叠的DMRS还可以称为正交的DMRS。当终端设备的移动速度较大时，为了提高信道估计性能，往往需要DMRS在时域上占用更多的符号，即DMRS需要占用更多RE资源，此时，可用于数据的RE资源将会减少。In current communication systems, DMRS and data occupy different REs. That is to say, in one RE position, you can put DMRS or data, but you cannot put DMRS and data at the same time. Therefore, data and DMRS are orthogonal in time-frequency resources, that is, there is no overlap. This DMRS that does not overlap with data can also be called orthogonal DMRS. When the mobile speed of the terminal device is high, in order to improve the channel estimation performance, DMRS is often required to occupy more symbols in the time domain, that is, DMRS needs to occupy more RE resources. At this time, the RE resources available for data will be reduced.

·PDCCH：PDCCH:

网络设备通过配置控制资源集(Control Resource Set，CORESET)和搜索空间(Search Space)，来指示PDCCH的传输。需要说明的是，搜索空间(Search Space)还可以称为搜索空间集(Search Space Set)。CORESET在频域上包括多个PRB，在时域上包括1到3个OFDM符号。CORESET占用的时域资源由高层参数半静态配置。搜索空间是一个或多个聚合等级下的候选PDCCH(PDCCH candidate)的集合。网络设备实际发送的PDCCH的聚合等级随时间可变，由于没有相关信令告知终端设备，终端设备需要在不同聚合等级下盲检PDCCH。其中，待盲检的PDCCH称为候选PDCCH。终端设备会在搜索空间内对候选PDCCH进行译码，如果循环冗余校验(Cyclic Redundancy Check，CRC)通过，则认为所译码的PDCCH的内容对终端设备有效，可以利用译码所获得的信息进行后续操作。The network device instructs the transmission of PDCCH by configuring the Control Resource Set (CORESET) and the Search Space. It should be noted that the Search Space can also be called the Search Space Set. Set). CORESET includes multiple PRBs in the frequency domain and 1 to 3 OFDM symbols in the time domain. The time domain resources occupied by CORESET are semi-statically configured by high-level parameters. The search space is a set of candidate PDCCHs (PDCCH candidates) at one or more aggregation levels. The aggregation level of the PDCCH actually sent by the network device can change over time. Since there is no relevant signaling to inform the terminal device, the terminal device needs to blindly detect the PDCCH at different aggregation levels. Among them, the PDCCH to be blindly detected is called a candidate PDCCH. The terminal device will decode the candidate PDCCH in the search space. If the cyclic redundancy check (CRC) passes, it is considered that the content of the decoded PDCCH is valid for the terminal device, and the information obtained by decoding can be used for subsequent operations.

在5G系统PDCCH设计中，RE组(Resource-element group，REG)由一个符号上的12个子载波组成，6个REG组成一个控制信道元素(Control Channel Element，CCE)。一个候选PDCCH使用的CCE数量即反映聚合等级(aggregation level)。在5G系统中，聚合等级可以为1或2或4或8或16，分别对应1个CCE，2个CCE，4个CCE，8个CCE，16个CCE。In the 5G system PDCCH design, a resource-element group (REG) consists of 12 subcarriers on a symbol, and 6 REGs form a control channel element (CCE). The number of CCEs used by a candidate PDCCH reflects the aggregation level. In the 5G system, the aggregation level can be 1 or 2 or 4 or 8 or 16, corresponding to 1 CCE, 2 CCEs, 4 CCEs, 8 CCEs, and 16 CCEs, respectively.

在NR中，在每个服务小区的每个下行带宽部分(Bandwidth Part，BWP)内，网络设备最多可以为终端设备配置10个搜索空间/搜索空间集，该搜索空间/搜索空间集中配置了时域配置信息，用以指示终端设备检测PDCCH的时域位置。同时网络设备为每个搜索空间/搜索空间集配置了关联的CORESET标识，终端设备可以通过CORESET标识获得搜索空间/搜索空间集在频域上的物理资源。每个搜索空间/搜索空间集有一个唯一关联的CORESET标识。不同的搜索空间/搜索空间集可以关联相同的CORESET标识。UE根据搜索空间/搜索空间集对应的时域、频域以及其它参数来确定候选PDCCH的时频域位置。In NR, in each downlink bandwidth part (Bandwidth Part, BWP) of each serving cell, the network equipment can configure up to 10 search spaces/search space sets for the terminal device. The search space/search space set is configured with time domain configuration information to indicate the time domain position of the terminal device to detect the PDCCH. At the same time, the network equipment configures an associated CORESET identifier for each search space/search space set. The terminal device can obtain the physical resources of the search space/search space set in the frequency domain through the CORESET identifier. Each search space/search space set has a uniquely associated CORESET identifier. Different search spaces/search space sets can be associated with the same CORESET identifier. The UE determines the time and frequency domain position of the candidate PDCCH based on the time domain, frequency domain and other parameters corresponding to the search space/search space set.

网络设备在配置CORESET时，为每个CORESET配置了一个或一组传输配置指示状态(Transmission Configuration Indicator state，TCI state)，该TCI状态用于指示终端设备在该CORESET关联的PDCCH candidate进行解调检测时所需要的相关参数。当网络设备为某个CORESET配置了一组TCI状态，网络设备会通过介质访问控制(Medium Access Control，MAC)控制单元(Control Element，CE)信令为该CORESET激活一个TCI状态，用来协助终端设备解调对应的PDCCH。When configuring a CORESET, the network device configures one or a group of transmission configuration indicator states (TCI states) for each CORESET. The TCI state is used to indicate the relevant parameters required by the terminal device for demodulation detection of the PDCCH candidate associated with the CORESET. When the network device configures a group of TCI states for a CORESET, the network device activates a TCI state for the CORESET through the medium access control (MAC) control element (CE) signaling to assist the terminal device in demodulating the corresponding PDCCH.

此外，网络设备还为每个CORESET配置了一个用以指示是否为相同发送和接收点(Transmission and Reception Point，TRP)的高层索引。相同的高层索引用于指示CORESET来自相同TRP。In addition, the network device also configures a high-level index for each CORESET to indicate whether it is the same Transmission and Reception Point (TRP). The same high-level index is used to indicate that the CORESET comes from the same TRP.

·多波束系统：Multi-beam system:

5G NR系统的设计目标包括高频段的大带宽通信。当通信设备的工作频率变高时，传输过程中的路径损耗会增大，从而影响高频系统的覆盖能力。为了能够有效地保证高频段NR系统的覆盖，一种有效的技术方案便是基于大规模天线阵列采用多波束(multiple beam)技术来提高覆盖能力。The design goal of the 5G NR system includes high-bandwidth communications in high frequency bands. When the operating frequency of the communication equipment becomes higher, the path loss during the transmission process will increase, thus affecting the coverage capability of the high-frequency system. In order to effectively ensure the coverage of the high-frequency band NR system, an effective technical solution is to use multiple beam technology based on large-scale antenna arrays to improve coverage capability.

相关技术中，一个小区(扇区)使用一个较宽的波束(beam)来覆盖整个小区。因此在每个时刻，小区覆盖范围内的终端设备都有机会获得系统分配的传输资源。In the related art, a cell (sector) uses a wider beam to cover the entire cell, so at every moment, terminal devices within the cell coverage area have the opportunity to obtain transmission resources allocated by the system.

5G NR的多波束系统通过不同的波束来覆盖整个小区，即每个波束覆盖一个较小的范围，实现多个波束覆盖整个小区的效果。不同的波束通过各自承载的不同信号来进行区分。比如，一些不同波束上传输不同的同步信号块(Synchronization Signal Block，Synchronization Signal/PBCH Block,SSB)，或一些不同的波束上传输不同的信道状态信息参考信号(Channel State Information Reference Signal，CSI-RS)。The multi-beam system of 5G NR covers the entire cell through different beams, that is, each beam covers a smaller range, achieving the effect of multiple beams covering the entire cell. Different beams are distinguished by the different signals they carry. For example, different synchronization signal blocks (Synchronization Signal Block, Synchronization Signal/PBCH Block, SSB) are transmitted on some different beams, or different channel state information reference signals (CSI-RS) are transmitted on some different beams.

在一个多波束系统中，PDCCH和PDSCH可以通过不同的下行发送波束来传输。In a multi-beam system, PDCCH and PDSCH can be transmitted through different downlink transmit beams.

对于5G以下系统，终端设备一般没有模拟波束，因此采用全向天线(或者接近全向的天线)来接收网络设备的不同下行发送波束发送的信号。For systems below 5G, terminal devices generally do not have analog beams, so omnidirectional antennas (or nearly omnidirectional antennas) are used to receive signals sent by different downlink transmission beams of network devices.

对于毫米波系统，终端设备可能会有模拟波束，因此需要使用对应的下行接收波束去接收网络设备对应的下行发送波束发送的信号。此时，需要相应的波束指示信息(beam indication)来协助终端设备确定波束。多波束系统将来也可以用于第六代通信(6th-Generation，6G)通信系统。For millimeter wave systems, the terminal device may have an analog beam, so it is necessary to use the corresponding downlink receive beam to receive the signal sent by the corresponding downlink transmit beam of the network device. At this time, the corresponding beam indication information is required to assist the terminal device in determining the beam. Multi-beam systems can also be used in the sixth-generation (6G) communication system in the future.

在NR协议中，波束指示信息不是直接指示波束本身，而是通过信号之间的准共址(Quasi Co-Location，QCL)来进行指示。终端设备在进行信号接收时，为了提高接收性能，可以利用数据传输所对应的传输环境的特性来改进接收算法。例如可以利用信道的统计特性来优化信道估计器的设计和参数。在NR系统中，数据传输所对应的这些特性通过QCL信息(QCL-Info)来表示。In the NR protocol, the beam indication information does not directly indicate the beam itself, but is indicated through the Quasi Co-Location (QCL) between signals. When receiving signals, the terminal device can improve the receiving algorithm by using the characteristics of the transmission environment corresponding to the data transmission to improve the receiving performance. For example, the statistical characteristics of the channel can be used to optimize the design and parameters of the channel estimator. In the NR system, these characteristics corresponding to the data transmission are represented by QCL information (QCL-Info).

下行传输过程中，如果信号来自不同的TRP/面板(panel)/波束，则数据传输所对应的传输环境的特性可能也会有变化，因此在NR系统中，网络设备在传输下行控制信道或数据信道时，会通过TCI状态将对应的QCL信息指示给终端设备。During downlink transmission, if the signal comes from different TRPs/panels/beams, the characteristics of the transmission environment corresponding to the data transmission may also change. Therefore, in the NR system, when the network device transmits the downlink control channel or data channel, it will indicate the corresponding QCL information to the terminal device through the TCI status.

一个TCI状态可以包含如下配置中的一个或多个选项：A TCI state can contain one or more of the following configuration options:

·TCI状态标识，用于标识一个TCI状态；TCI status identifier, used to identify a TCI status;

·一个或多个QCL信息。One or more QCL information.

其中，每个QCL信息又包含如下信息中的一个或多个选项：Each QCL information includes one or more options in the following information:

·QCL类型配置；QCL type configuration;

·QCL参考信号配置。 QCL reference signal configuration.

其中，QCL类型配置可以是QCL typeA、QCL typeB、QCL typeC、QCL typeD中的任一个(在后续描述中为了简化，一些地方会省略QCL，例如直接写typeA)。QCL参考信号配置包括参考信号所在的小区标识，BWP标识以及参考信号的标识中的一个或多个。不同QCL类型配置的定义如下：The QCL type configuration may be any one of QCL typeA, QCL typeB, QCL typeC, and QCL typeD (in the subsequent description, QCL may be omitted in some places for simplicity, such as directly writing typeA). The QCL reference signal configuration includes one or more of the cell identifier, the BWP identifier, and the reference signal identifier where the reference signal is located. The definitions of different QCL type configurations are as follows:

'QCL typeA'：{多普勒平移，多普勒扩展，平均时延，时延扩展}；'QCL typeA': {Doppler shift, Doppler spread, average delay, delay spread};

'QCL typeB'：{多普勒平移，多普勒扩展}；'QCL typeB': {Doppler shift, Doppler spread};

'QCL typeC'：{多普勒平移，平均时延}；'QCL typeC': {Doppler shift, average delay};

'QCL typeD'：{空间接收参数}。'QCL typeD': {spatial reception parameters}.

在NR系统中，网络设备可以为下行信号或下行信道指示相应的TCI状态。In the NR system, the network device can indicate the corresponding TCI status for the downlink signal or downlink channel.

如果网络设备通过TCI状态配置下行信道或下行信号的QCL参考信号为SSB或CSI-RS，且QCL类型配置为typeA或typeB或typeC，则终端设备可以假设下行信号与配置的SSB或CSI-RS的大尺度参数是相同的，该大尺度参数通过QCL类型配置来确定。If the network device configures the QCL reference signal of the downlink channel or downlink signal to SSB or CSI-RS through the TCI state, and the QCL type is configured to typeA, typeB or typeC, the terminal device can assume that the large-scale parameters of the downlink signal are the same as the configured SSB or CSI-RS, which is determined by the QCL type configuration.

类似的，如果网络设备通过TCI状态配置下行信道或下行信号的QCL参考信号为SSB或CSI-RS，且QCL类型配置为typeD，则终端设备可以采用与配置的SSB或CSI-RS相同的接收波束来接收该下行信号。通常的，下行信道或下行信号与配置的SSB或CSI-RS是由同一个TRP或者同一个面板或者同一个波束发送的。如果两个下行信道或两个下行信号的传输TRP或传输面板或发送波束不同，则网络设备通常会配置不同的TCI状态。Similarly, if the network device configures the QCL reference signal of the downlink channel or downlink signal to SSB or CSI-RS through the TCI state, and the QCL type is configured as typeD, the terminal device can use the same receiving beam as the configured SSB or CSI-RS to receive the downlink signal. Usually, the downlink channel or downlink signal and the configured SSB or CSI-RS are sent by the same TRP or the same panel or the same beam. If the transmission TRP or transmission panel or transmission beam of two downlink channels or two downlink signals is different, the network device will usually configure different TCI states.

对于下行控制信道，可以通过无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control，RRC)信令或者RRC信令以及MAC信令的组合来指示对应CORESET的TCI状态。For the downlink control channel, the TCI status of the corresponding CORESET can be indicated through Radio Resource Control (RRC) signaling or a combination of RRC signaling and MAC signaling.

对于下行数据信道，可用的TCI状态集合通过RRC信令来指示，并通过MAC信令来激活其中部分TCI状态，最后通过下行控制信息(Downlink Control Information，DCI)中的TCI状态指示域从激活的TCI状态中指示一个或两个TCI状态，用于DCI调度的PDSCH。示例性的，如图3所示，RRC信令指示TCI状态集合中包括A个候选的TCI状态；再通过MAC信令激活A个候选的TCI状态中的B个，得到B个激活的TCI状态；最后通过DCI指示1个或2个使用的TCI状态；A的取值为正整数，B的取值为正整数，A的取值大于或等于B。For the downlink data channel, the available TCI state set is indicated by RRC signaling, and some of the TCI states are activated by MAC signaling. Finally, one or two TCI states are indicated from the activated TCI states by the TCI state indication field in the downlink control information (DCI) for the PDSCH scheduled by DCI. Exemplarily, as shown in FIG3 , RRC signaling indicates that the TCI state set includes A candidate TCI states; then B of the A candidate TCI states are activated by MAC signaling to obtain B activated TCI states; finally, 1 or 2 used TCI states are indicated by DCI; the value of A is a positive integer, the value of B is a positive integer, and the value of A is greater than or equal to B.

图4示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的通信系统的示意图。该通信系统包括网络设备110与终端设备120，和/或终端设备120与终端设备130，本申请对此不作限定。Fig. 4 shows a schematic diagram of a communication system provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application. The communication system includes a network device 110 and a terminal device 120, and/or a terminal device 120 and a terminal device 130, which are not limited in the present application.

本申请中的网络设备110提供无线通信功能，该网络设备110包括但不限于：演进型节点B(Evolved Node B，eNB)、无线网络控制器(Radio Network Controller，RNC)、节点B(Node B，NB)、基站控制器(Base Station Controller，BSC)、基站收发台(Base Transceiver Station，BTS)、家庭基站(例如，Home Evolved Node B，或Home Node B，HNB)、基带单元(Baseband Unit，BBU)、无线保真(Wireless Fidelity，Wi-Fi)系统中的接入点(Access Point，AP)、无线中继节点、无线回传节点、传输点(Transmission Point，TP)或者发送接收点(Transmission and Reception Point，TRP)等，还可以为第五代(5th Generation，5G)移动通信系统中的下一代节点B(Next Generation Node B，gNB)或传输点(TRP或TP)，或者，为5G系统中的基站的一个或一组(包括多个天线面板)天线面板，或者，还可以为构成gNB或传输点的网络节点，如基带单元(BBU)或分布式单元(Distributed Unit，DU)等，或者超5代移动通信系统(Beyond Fifth Generation，B5G)、第6代移动通信系统(Sixth Generation，6G)中的基站等，或者核心网(Core Network，CN)、前传(Fronthaul)、回传(Backhaul)、无线接入网(Radio Access Network，RAN)、网络切片等，或者终端设备的服务小区、主小区(Primary Cell，PCell)、主辅小区(Primary Secondary Cell，PSCell)、特殊小区(Special Cell，SpCell)、辅小区(Secondary Cell，SCell)、邻小区等。The network device 110 in the present application provides a wireless communication function, and the network device 110 includes but is not limited to: an evolved Node B (eNB), a radio network controller (RNC), a Node B (NB), a base station controller (BSC), a base transceiver station (BTS), a home base station (e.g., Home Evolved Node B, or Home Node B, HNB), a baseband unit (BBU), an access point (AP) in a wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) system, a wireless relay node, a wireless backhaul node, a transmission point (TP) or a transmission and reception point (TRP), etc. It can also be a next-generation wireless communication system in the fifth generation (5G) mobile communication system. A Next Generation Node B (gNB) or a transmission point (TRP or TP), or one or a group of antenna panels (including multiple antenna panels) of a base station in a 5G system, or a network node constituting a gNB or a transmission point, such as a baseband unit (BBU) or a distributed unit (DU), or a base station in a Beyond Fifth Generation (B5G) or a Sixth Generation (6G) mobile communication system, or a core network (CN), fronthaul, backhaul, radio access network (RAN), network slicing, or a service cell, a primary cell (PCell), a primary secondary cell (PSCell), a special cell (SpCell), a secondary cell (SCell), a neighboring cell, etc. of a terminal device.

本申请中的终端设备120和/或终端设备130，或称用户设备(User Equipment，UE)、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理、用户装置。该终端包括但不限于：手持设备、可穿戴设备、车载设备和物联网设备等，例如：手机、平板电脑、电子书阅读器、膝上便携计算机、台式计算机、电视机、游戏机、移动互联网设备(Mobile Internet Device，MID)、增强现实(Augmented Reality，AR)终端、虚拟现实(Virtual Reality，VR)终端和混合现实(Mixed Reality，MR)终端、可穿戴设备、手柄、电子标签、控制器、工业控制(Industrial Control)中的无线终端、自动驾驶(Self Driving)中的无线终端、远程医疗(Remote Medical)中的无线终端、智能电网(Smart Grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(Transportation Safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(Smart City)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(Smart Home)中的无线终端、远程手术(Remote Medical Surgery)中的无线终端、蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(Session Initiation Protocol，SIP)电话、无线本地环路(Wireless Local Loop，WLL)站、个人数字助理(Personal Digital Assistant，PDA)、电视机顶盒(Set Top Box，STB)、用户驻地设备(Customer Premise Equipment， CPE)等。The terminal device 120 and/or terminal device 130 in the present application are also called user equipment (UE), access terminal, user unit, user station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication equipment, user agent, and user device. The terminal includes but is not limited to: handheld devices, wearable devices, vehicle-mounted devices and Internet of Things devices, such as: mobile phones, tablet computers, e-book readers, laptop computers, desktop computers, televisions, game consoles, mobile Internet devices (Mobile Internet Device, MID), augmented reality (Augmented Reality, AR) terminals, virtual reality (Virtual Reality, VR) terminals and mixed reality (Mixed Reality, MR) terminals, wearable devices, handles, electronic tags, controllers, wireless terminals in industrial control (Industrial Control), wireless terminals in self-driving (Self Driving), wireless terminals in remote medical care (Remote Medical), wireless terminals in smart grid (Smart Grid), wireless terminals in transportation safety (Transportation Safety), wireless terminals in smart cities (Smart City), wireless terminals in smart homes (Smart Home), wireless terminals in remote medical surgery (Remote Medical Surgery), cellular phones, cordless phones, Session Initiation Protocol (Session Initiation Protocol, SIP) phones, Wireless Local Loop (Wireless Local Loop, WLL) stations, Personal Digital Assistants (PDA), TV set top boxes (STB), customer premises equipment (Customer Premise Equipment, CPE) etc.

网络设备110与终端设备120之间通过某种空口技术互相通信，例如Uu接口。示例性的，网络设备110与终端设备120之间存在两种通信场景：上行通信场景与下行通信场景。其中，上行通信是指向网络设备110发送信号；下行通信是指向终端设备120发送信号。The network device 110 and the terminal device 120 communicate with each other through some air interface technology, such as a Uu interface. Exemplarily, there are two communication scenarios between the network device 110 and the terminal device 120: an uplink communication scenario and a downlink communication scenario. Uplink communication refers to sending signals to the network device 110; downlink communication refers to sending signals to the terminal device 120.

终端设备120与终端设备130之间通过某种空口技术互相通信，例如Uu接口。示例性的，终端设备120与终端设备130之间存在两种通信场景：第一侧行通信场景与第二侧行通信场景。其中，第一侧行通信是指向终端设备130发送信号；第二侧行通信是指向终端设备120发送信号。The terminal device 120 and the terminal device 130 communicate with each other through a certain air interface technology, such as a Uu interface. Exemplarily, there are two communication scenarios between the terminal device 120 and the terminal device 130: a first side communication scenario and a second side communication scenario. The first side communication refers to sending a signal to the terminal device 130; the second side communication refers to sending a signal to the terminal device 120.

终端设备120与终端设备130均在网络覆盖范围内且位于相同的小区，或者终端设备120与终端设备130均在网络覆盖范围内但位于不同的小区，或者终端设备120在网络覆盖范围内但终端设备130在网络覆盖范围外。Terminal device 120 and terminal device 130 are both within the network coverage and located in the same cell, or terminal device 120 and terminal device 130 are both within the network coverage but located in different cells, or terminal device 120 is within the network coverage but terminal device 130 is outside the network coverage.

本申请中实施例提供的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统，例如：全球移动通讯(Global System of Mobile communication，GSM)系统、码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access，CDMA)系统、宽带码分多址(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access，WCDMA)系统、通用分组无线业务(General Packet Radio Service，GPRS)、长期演进(Long Term Evolution，LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(Frequency Division Duplex，FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(Time Division Duplex，TDD)系统、先进的长期演进(Advanced Long Term Evolution，LTE-A)系统、通用移动通信系统(Universal Mobile Telecommunication System，UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access，WiMAX)通信系统、第五代(5th Generation，5G)移动通信系统、新空口(New Radio，NR)系统、NR系统的演进系统、非授权频谱上的LTE(LTE-based access to unlicensed spectrum，LTE-U)系统、非授权频谱上的NR(NR-based access to unlicensed spectrum，NR-U)系统、地面通信网络(Terrestrial Networks，TN)系统、非地面通信网络(Non-Terrestrial Networks，NTN)系统、无线局域网(Wireless Local Area Networks，WLAN)、无线保真(Wireless Fidelity，Wi-Fi)、蜂窝物联网系统、蜂窝无源物联网系统，也可以适用于5G NR系统后续的演进系统，还可以适用于超5代移动通信系统(Beyond Fifth Generation，B5G)、第6代移动通信系统(Sixth Generation，6G)以及后续的演进系统。本申请的一些实施例中，“NR”也可以称为5G NR系统或者5G系统。其中，5G移动通信系统可以包括非独立组网(Non-Standalone，NSA)和/或独立组网(Standalone，SA)。The technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: Global System of Mobile communication (GSM) system, Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA) system, Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA) system, General Packet Radio Service (GPRS), Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, LTE Frequency Division Duplex (FDD) system, LTE Time Division Duplex (TDD) system, Advanced Long Term Evolution (LTE-A) system, Universal Mobile Telecommunication System (UMTS), Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access WiMAX) communication system, 5th Generation 5G) mobile communication system, New Radio NR system, NR system evolution system, LTE based access to unlicensed spectrum (LTE-U) system, NR based access to unlicensed spectrum (NR-U) system, Terrestrial Networks (TN) system The 5G NR system may be applied to systems, non-terrestrial communication networks (NTN) systems, wireless local area networks (WLAN), wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi), cellular Internet of Things systems, and cellular passive Internet of Things systems. It may also be applied to subsequent evolution systems of 5G NR systems, and may also be applied to Beyond Fifth Generation (B5G), Sixth Generation (6G) mobile communication systems, and subsequent evolution systems. In some embodiments of the present application, "NR" may also be referred to as a 5G NR system or a 5G system. Among them, the 5G mobile communication system may include non-standalone (NSA) and/or standalone (SA).

本申请中实施例提供的技术方案还可以应用于机器类通信(Machine Type Communication，MTC)、机器间通信长期演进技术(Long Term Evolution-Machine，LTE-M)、设备到设备(Device to Device，D2D)网络、机器到机器(Machine to Machine，M2M)网络、物联网(Internet of Things，IoT)网络或者其他网络。其中，IoT网络例如可以包括车联网。其中，车联网系统中的通信方式统称为车到其他设备(Vehicle to X，V2X，X可以代表任何事物)，例如，该V2X可以包括：车辆到车辆(Vehicle to Vehicle，V2V)通信、车辆与基础设施(Vehicle to Infrastructure，V2I)通信、车辆与行人之间的通信(Vehicle to Pedestrian，V2P)或车辆与网络(Vehicle to Network，V2N)通信等。The technical solution provided in the embodiments of the present application can also be applied to machine type communication (MTC), long term evolution technology for machine-to-machine communication (LTE-M), device to device (D2D) network, machine to machine (M2M) network, Internet of Things (IoT) network or other networks. Among them, IoT network can include vehicle networking, for example. Among them, the communication mode in the vehicle networking system is collectively referred to as vehicle to other devices (Vehicle to X, V2X, X can represent anything), for example, the V2X can include: vehicle to vehicle (V2V) communication, vehicle to infrastructure (V2I) communication, vehicle to pedestrian communication (V2P) or vehicle to network (V2N) communication, etc.

本实施例提供的通信系统，可以应用于但不限于以下通信场景中的一种或多种：上行通信场景、下行通信场景、侧行通信场景。The communication system provided in this embodiment can be applied to but is not limited to one or more of the following communication scenarios: uplink communication scenario, downlink communication scenario, and sidelink communication scenario.

在一些实施例中，通信系统中针对控制信道有多个不同的DMRS。其中，多个不同的DMRS可能是相同类型的DMRS，也可能是不同类型的DMRS。示例性的，假设通信系统中针对控制信道有两个DMRS，分别为第一DMRS和第二DMRS。本申请以2个不同DMRS为例，很容易扩展到更多不同DMRS的情况，不再一一赘述。In some embodiments, there are multiple different DMRS for the control channel in the communication system. Among them, the multiple different DMRS may be the same type of DMRS, or may be different types of DMRS. For example, it is assumed that there are two DMRS for the control channel in the communication system, namely the first DMRS and the second DMRS. This application takes two different DMRS as an example, which can be easily extended to more different DMRS situations, and will not be described one by one.

可选的，第一DMRS和第二DMRS是相同类型的DMRS。比如，第一DMRS是与控制信息使用不同的资源元素的DMRS，或理解为第一DMRS使用的资源元素与控制信息使用的资源元素是不同的，或理解为第一DMRS使用的资源元素与控制信息使用的资源元素是不重叠的，或理解为第一DMRS与控制信息在时频资源上是正交的。第二DMRS是与控制信息使用不同的资源元素的DMRS，或理解为第二DMRS使用的资源元素与控制信息使用的资源元素是不同的，或理解为第二DMRS使用的资源元素与控制信息使用的资源元素是不重叠的，或理解为第二DMRS与控制信息在时频资源上是正交的。上述与控制信息使用的资源元素是不同的DMRS是相关技术中已使用的DMRS，使用此种DMRS能够降低通信系统的复杂度。Optionally, the first DMRS and the second DMRS are DMRS of the same type. For example, the first DMRS is a DMRS that uses different resource elements from the control information, or it is understood that the resource elements used by the first DMRS are different from the resource elements used by the control information, or it is understood that the resource elements used by the first DMRS and the resource elements used by the control information do not overlap, or it is understood that the first DMRS and the control information are orthogonal in time-frequency resources. The second DMRS is a DMRS that uses different resource elements from the control information, or it is understood that the resource elements used by the second DMRS are different from the resource elements used by the control information, or it is understood that the resource elements used by the second DMRS and the resource elements used by the control information do not overlap, or it is understood that the second DMRS and the control information are orthogonal in time-frequency resources. The above-mentioned DMRS that uses different resource elements from the control information is a DMRS that has been used in the relevant technology, and the use of this DMRS can reduce the complexity of the communication system.

可选的，第一DMRS和第二DMRS是不同类型的DMRS。比如，第一DMRS是与控制信息使用一个或多个相同的资源元素的DMRS，或理解为第一DMRS中的一个或多个资源元素同时也是控制信息使用的资源元素。第二DMRS是与控制信息使用不同的资源元素的DMRS，或理解为第二DMRS使用的资源元素与控制信息使用的资源元素是不同的，或理解为第二DMRS使用的资源元素与控制信息使用的资源元素是不重叠的，或理解为第二DMRS与控制信息在时频资源上是正交的。使用上述与控制信息使用一个或多个相同的资源元素的DMRS，能够在时频资源固定的情况下，保证用于传输数据的资源数量，从而保证数据传输的速率。Optionally, the first DMRS and the second DMRS are different types of DMRS. For example, the first DMRS is a DMRS that uses one or more of the same resource elements as the control information, or it is understood that one or more resource elements in the first DMRS are also resource elements used by the control information. The second DMRS is a DMRS that uses different resource elements from the control information, or it is understood that the resource elements used by the second DMRS are different from the resource elements used by the control information, or it is understood that the resource elements used by the second DMRS are non-overlapping with the resource elements used by the control information, or it is understood that the second DMRS is orthogonal to the control information in terms of time-frequency resources. One or more DMRSs of the same resource elements can ensure the amount of resources used to transmit data when the time-frequency resources are fixed, thereby ensuring the data transmission rate.

在一些实施例中，不同类型的DMRS包括第一类型DMRS和第二类型DMRS，第一类型DMRS是与控制信息使用一个或多个相同的资源元素的DMRS，第二类型DMRS是与控制信息使用不同的资源元素的DMRS。本申请以2个DMRS类型为例，很容易扩展到更多个DMRS类型的情况，不再一一赘述。In some embodiments, different types of DMRS include a first type DMRS and a second type DMRS, the first type DMRS is a DMRS that uses one or more of the same resource elements as the control information, and the second type DMRS is a DMRS that uses different resource elements from the control information. This application takes two DMRS types as an example, which can be easily expanded to more DMRS types, and will not be described one by one.

在一些实施例中，第一类型DMRS与控制信息使用的相同的资源元素的位置是可选的。示例性的，如图5所示，以频域上包括12个子载波为例进行举例说明。第一类型DMRS与控制信息使用的相同的资源元素的位置如图5的(a)所示，为每个符号上的第2、5、8、11个子载波的位置；或第一类型DMRS与控制信息使用的相同的资源元素的位置如图5的(b)所示，以两个符号为一组，分别对应两个符号中的第一个符号上的第3、6、9、12个子载波的位置和第二个符号上的第2、5、8、11个子载波的位置。示例性的，第一类型DMRS和控制信息使用完全相同的资源元素。In some embodiments, the position of the same resource element used by the first type DMRS and the control information is optional. Exemplarily, as shown in FIG5 , an example is given in which 12 subcarriers are included in the frequency domain. The position of the same resource element used by the first type DMRS and the control information is shown in FIG5(a), which is the position of the 2nd, 5th, 8th, and 11th subcarriers on each symbol; or the position of the same resource element used by the first type DMRS and the control information is shown in FIG5(b), with two symbols as a group, corresponding to the positions of the 3rd, 6th, 9th, and 12th subcarriers on the first symbol of the two symbols and the positions of the 2nd, 5th, 8th, and 11th subcarriers on the second symbol. Exemplarily, the first type DMRS and the control information use exactly the same resource elements.

需要说明的是，在CDMA系统中，虽然导频信号和数据信号可以在相同的时频资源上传输，但是导频信号和数据信号均需要经过额外的扩频处理，例如，导频信号和数据信号需要使用不同的正交码以进行区分；换句话说，在相关技术中的CDMA中，在相同的时频资源上传输的导频信号和数据信号，是扩频处理后的导频信号和数据信号。在接收时，需要通过解扩频码来分离导频信号和数据信号，从而实现最终的解调。而本申请实施例主要应用于OFDM系统，以及其他基于多个子载波(Sub-carrier)的系统，数据信号的调制符号和解调导频信号的调制符号可以直接在相同的时频资源上传输，导频信号和数据信号无需进行额外的扩频处理，在接收时，需要使用先进接收机来进行解调；也就是说，本申请实施例中，在相同的时频资源上传输的导频信号和数据信号，可以是未经过扩频处理的导频信号和数据信号。It should be noted that in the CDMA system, although the pilot signal and the data signal can be transmitted on the same time-frequency resource, both the pilot signal and the data signal need to undergo additional spread spectrum processing, for example, the pilot signal and the data signal need to use different orthogonal codes to distinguish them; in other words, in the CDMA in the related art, the pilot signal and the data signal transmitted on the same time-frequency resource are the pilot signal and the data signal after spread spectrum processing. When receiving, it is necessary to separate the pilot signal and the data signal by despreading the code, so as to achieve the final demodulation. The embodiment of the present application is mainly applied to the OFDM system and other systems based on multiple sub-carriers. The modulation symbol of the data signal and the modulation symbol of the demodulation pilot signal can be directly transmitted on the same time-frequency resource. The pilot signal and the data signal do not need to undergo additional spread spectrum processing. When receiving, an advanced receiver is required for demodulation; that is, in the embodiment of the present application, the pilot signal and the data signal transmitted on the same time-frequency resource can be the pilot signal and the data signal that have not undergone spread spectrum processing.

在一些实施例中，第一终端设备接收网络设备和/或第二终端设备发送的DMRS指示信息，该DMRS指示信息用于指示第一终端设备确定控制信道所使用的目标DMRS。该目标DMRS可以是第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS。网络设备通过发送DMRS指示信息，可以灵活地配置控制信道所使用的DMRS，从而更好地匹配无线环境，提高系统性能。In some embodiments, the first terminal device receives DMRS indication information sent by the network device and/or the second terminal device, and the DMRS indication information is used to instruct the first terminal device to determine the target DMRS used by the control channel. The target DMRS can be a first type DMRS or a second type DMRS. By sending the DMRS indication information, the network device can flexibly configure the DMRS used by the control channel, thereby better matching the wireless environment and improving system performance.

可选的，第一DMRS对应哪个DMRS类型(例如第一DMRS是第一类型DMRS，还是第二类型DMRS)由协议预先规定和/或网络配置。Optionally, which DMRS type the first DMRS corresponds to (for example, whether the first DMRS is a first type DMRS or a second type DMRS) is pre-specified by a protocol and/or configured by a network.

可选的，第二DMRS对应哪个DMRS类型(例如第二DMRS是第一类型DMRS，还是第二类型DMRS)由协议预先规定和/或网络配置。一个典型的实现是，第二DMRS是第二类型DMRS，例如可以通过预先规定第二DMRS是第二类型DMRS，而不需要网络配置。Optionally, which DMRS type the second DMRS corresponds to (e.g., whether the second DMRS is a first type DMRS or a second type DMRS) is pre-specified by a protocol and/or configured by a network. A typical implementation is that the second DMRS is a second type DMRS, for example, the second DMRS can be pre-specified as a second type DMRS without the need for network configuration.

第一DMRS和第二DMRS实现的一些典型组合有：Some typical combinations of the first DMRS and the second DMRS are:

·第一DMRS是第二类型DMRS，第二DMRS是第二类型DMRS；The first DMRS is a second type DMRS, and the second DMRS is a second type DMRS;

·第一DMRS是第一类型DMRS，第二DMRS是第二类型DMRS。The first DMRS is a first-type DMRS, and the second DMRS is a second-type DMRS.

上面典型组合仅仅用于示例，不排除其他组合。其他组合根据上面描述可以直接得到，不再一一罗列。The above typical combinations are only used as examples, and other combinations are not excluded. Other combinations can be directly obtained according to the above description, and are not listed one by one.

可选的，在DMRS指示信息是由网络设备发送的情况下，上述控制信道对应下行控制信道，比如PDCCH。可选的，在DMRS指示信息是由第二终端设备发送的情况下，上述控制信道对应侧行控制信道，比如PSCCH。Optionally, when the DMRS indication information is sent by the network device, the control channel corresponds to a downlink control channel, such as PDCCH. Optionally, when the DMRS indication information is sent by the second terminal device, the control channel corresponds to a sidelink control channel, such as PSCCH.

可选地，上述DMRS指示信息可以通过如下一种或多种消息/信令实现：Optionally, the DMRS indication information may be implemented through one or more of the following messages/signalings:

·广播消息；Broadcast messages;

·系统消息；System messages;

·RRC信令；RRC signaling;

·MAC CE信令；MAC CE signaling;

·DCI信令；DCI signaling;

·随机接入过程中的下行消息；Downlink messages during random access;

·人工智能(Artificial Intelligence，AI)/机器学习(Machine Learning，ML)专用信令。Artificial Intelligence (AI)/Machine Learning (ML) dedicated signaling.

在通过广播消息和/或系统消息指示DMRS指示信息的情况下，能够实现一次性通知全部终端设备，降低总的信令开销。When the DMRS indication information is indicated by a broadcast message and/or a system message, all terminal devices can be notified at one time, thereby reducing the total signaling overhead.

在通过RRC信令和/或MAC CE信令和/或DCI信令指示DMRS指示信息的情况下，能够针对每个终端设备单独配置，更具针对性，有利于提高每个终端设备的性能。另外，RRC信令的可靠性高于MAC CE信令和DCI信令；MAC CE信令的时延小于RRC信令，可靠性高于DCI信令；DCI信令的时延小于RRC信令和MAC CE信令；也即RRC信令的可靠性>MAC CE信令的可靠性>DCI信令的可靠性，RRC信令的时延>MAC CE信令的时延>DCI信令的时延。In the case where DMRS indication information is indicated by RRC signaling and/or MAC CE signaling and/or DCI signaling, it can be configured individually for each terminal device, which is more targeted and conducive to improving the performance of each terminal device. In addition, the reliability of RRC signaling is higher than that of MAC CE signaling and DCI signaling; the delay of MAC CE signaling is smaller than that of RRC signaling, and the reliability is higher than that of DCI signaling; the delay of DCI signaling is smaller than that of RRC signaling and MAC CE signaling; that is, the reliability of RRC signaling>the reliability of MAC CE signaling>the reliability of DCI signaling, and the delay of RRC signaling>the delay of MAC CE signaling>the delay of DCI signaling.

随机接入过程中的下行消息可以是提前配置的，有利于提高通信系统的性能。AI/ML专用信令有利于提高通信效率。Downlink messages in the random access process can be configured in advance, which is beneficial to improve the performance of the communication system. AI/ML dedicated signaling is beneficial To improve communication efficiency.

在一些实施例中，上述任一种消息/信令可以进行搭配或组合。示例性的，DMRS指示信息通过RRC信令和MAC CE信令指示。或，DMRS指示信息通过广播消息和系统消息指示。对于同一种信令/消息，也可以是多个同一种信令/消息。示例性的，例如DMRS指示信息通过多个RRC信令指示。In some embodiments, any of the above messages/signals may be matched or combined. Exemplarily, the DMRS indication information is indicated by RRC signaling and MAC CE signaling. Or, the DMRS indication information is indicated by a broadcast message and a system message. For the same signaling/message, there may also be multiple same signaling/messages. Exemplarily, for example, the DMRS indication information is indicated by multiple RRC signalings.

在一些实施例中，DMRS指示信息中至少有一个第一域(field)，该第一域用于指示上述目标DMRS，例如上述目标DMRS可以是第一DMRS或第二DMRS，上述目标DMRS是第一类型DMRS或是第二类型DMRS。可选的，通过第一域的不同取值确定目标DMRS是第一类型DMRS或是第二类型DMRS。示例性的，第一域的取值包括如下一个或多个选项：In some embodiments, the DMRS indication information includes at least one first field, and the first field is used to indicate the target DMRS. For example, the target DMRS may be the first DMRS or the second DMRS, and the target DMRS may be the first type DMRS or the second type DMRS. Optionally, the target DMRS may be the first type DMRS or the second type DMRS by different values of the first field. Exemplarily, the value of the first field includes one or more of the following options:

·第一值；First value;

·第二值。Second value.

在第一域的取值为第一值的情况下，确定目标DMRS是第一DMRS；在第一域的取值为第二值的情况下，确定目标DMRS是第二DMRS。或，在第一域的取值为第一值的情况下，确定目标DMRS是第二DMRS；在第一域的取值为第二值的情况下，确定目标DMRS是第一DMRS。通过第一域的取值能够灵活地指示任意DMRS。When the value of the first domain is the first value, the target DMRS is determined to be the first DMRS; when the value of the first domain is the second value, the target DMRS is determined to be the second DMRS. Or, when the value of the first domain is the first value, the target DMRS is determined to be the second DMRS; when the value of the first domain is the second value, the target DMRS is determined to be the first DMRS. The value of the first domain can flexibly indicate any DMRS.

可选的，通过第一域的配置情况，确定目标DMRS是第一DMRS或是第二DMRS。比如，在第一域配置的情况下，确定目标DMRS是第一DMRS；在第一域未配置的情况下，确定目标DMRS是第二DMRS。或者，在第一域配置的情况下，确定目标DMRS是第二DMRS；在第一域未配置的情况下，确定目标DMRS是第一DMRS。可选的，当第一域配置时，第一域的取值可以为“启用”或者“支持”，或者其他相关形式。通过第一域的配置情况确定目标DMRS能够节约信令开销。Optionally, the target DMRS is determined to be the first DMRS or the second DMRS through the configuration of the first domain. For example, when the first domain is configured, the target DMRS is determined to be the first DMRS; when the first domain is not configured, the target DMRS is determined to be the second DMRS. Alternatively, when the first domain is configured, the target DMRS is determined to be the second DMRS; when the first domain is not configured, the target DMRS is determined to be the first DMRS. Optionally, when the first domain is configured, the value of the first domain can be "enabled" or "supported", or other related forms. Determining the target DMRS through the configuration of the first domain can save signaling overhead.

可选地，DMRS指示信息中通过CHOICE结构，通过配置不同的域来指示目标DMRS是第一类型DMRS或是第二类型DMRS。此时，作为一个实施例，DMRS指示信息可以通过RRC信令来传输。Optionally, the DMRS indication information indicates whether the target DMRS is the first type DMRS or the second type DMRS by configuring different fields through a CHOICE structure. At this time, as an embodiment, the DMRS indication information may be transmitted through RRC signaling.

在一些实施例中，上述DMRS指示信息是针对如下一种或多种对象进行配置的：In some embodiments, the DMRS indication information is configured for one or more of the following objects:

·针对一个小区(cell)或一个载波(carrier)，能够降低信令开销；For a cell or a carrier, it can reduce signaling overhead;

·针对PSCCH配置的，能够降低信令开销；For PSCCH configuration, it can reduce signaling overhead;

·针对CORESET配置的，能够更灵活的控制每个CORESET，自由度更大；For CORESET configuration, each CORESET can be controlled more flexibly with greater freedom;

·针对CORESET组配置的，能够更灵活的控制每个CORESET组，自由度更大；·For CORESET group configuration, each CORESET group can be controlled more flexibly with greater freedom;

·针对搜索空间配置的，能够灵活的控制每个搜索空间，自由度更大；·Configured for search space, each search space can be flexibly controlled with greater freedom;

·针对搜索空间组配置的，能够灵活的控制每组搜索空间，自由度更大，其中搜索空间组可以包含1个或多个搜索空间/搜索空间集合；·Configuration for search space groups, which can flexibly control each group of search spaces with greater freedom. A search space group can contain one or more search spaces/search space sets;

在一些实施例中，为了避免不同DMRS切换时的模糊阶段，提高系统稳定性，上述DMRS指示信息不用于下述情况：In some embodiments, in order to avoid the ambiguity phase when switching between different DMRSs and improve system stability, the above DMRS indication information is not used in the following situations:

·编号为0的CORESET，即CORESET 0；CORESET numbered 0, i.e. CORESET 0;

·编号为0的搜索空间，即Search Space 0；Search space numbered 0, i.e. Search Space 0;

·编号为0的搜索空间对应的CORESET；CORESET corresponding to the search space numbered 0;

·用于接收第一系统消息的搜索空间；A search space for receiving a first system message;

·用于接收第一系统消息的搜索空间对应的CORESET；A CORESET corresponding to the search space for receiving the first system message;

·用于接收其他系统消息的搜索空间；Search space for receiving other system messages;

·用于接收其他系统消息的搜索空间对应的CORESET；CORESET corresponding to the search space used to receive other system messages;

·用于寻呼的搜索空间；Search space used for paging;

·用于寻呼的搜索空间对应的CORESET；CORESET corresponding to the search space used for paging;

·用于随机接入的搜索空间；Search space for random access;

·用于随机接入的搜索空间对应的CORESET。CORESET corresponding to the search space used for random access.

在一些实施例中，DMRS指示信息指示目标DMRS的功率参数。或者目标DMRS的功率参数是预先规定的，比如通过协议预先规定，或者通过广播信息预先规定。在本申请实施例中，“功率”还可以扩展理解为“能量”，不做限定。如果目标DMRS的功率参数是DMRS指示信息指示的，则目标DMRS的功率参数的指示方式更灵活，系统能够灵活地确定目标DMRS的功率参数；如果目标DMRS的功率参数是预先规定的，那么能够节约信令开销。In some embodiments, the DMRS indication information indicates the power parameter of the target DMRS. Or the power parameter of the target DMRS is predetermined, such as predetermined by a protocol, or predetermined by broadcast information. In the embodiments of the present application, "power" can also be expanded to mean "energy" without limitation. If the power parameter of the target DMRS is indicated by the DMRS indication information, the indication method of the power parameter of the target DMRS is more flexible, and the system can flexibly determine the power parameter of the target DMRS; if the power parameter of the target DMRS is predetermined, signaling overhead can be saved.

在一些实施例中，DMRS指示信息指示目标DMRS的频域资源密度和/或频域资源位置。或者目标DMRS的频域资源密度和/或频域资源位置是预先规定的，比如通过协议预先规定，或者通过广播信息预先规定。在一些实施例中，DMRS指示信息指示目标DMRS的时域密度和/或时域资源位置。在一些实施例中，DMRS指示信息指示目标DMRS的序列生成参数。In some embodiments, the DMRS indication information indicates the frequency domain resource density and/or frequency domain resource position of the target DMRS. Or the frequency domain resource density and/or frequency domain resource position of the target DMRS is pre-specified, such as pre-specified by a protocol, or pre-specified by broadcast information. In some embodiments, the DMRS indication information indicates the time domain density and/or time domain resource position of the target DMRS. In some embodiments, the DMRS indication information indicates the sequence generation parameters of the target DMRS.

针对波束失败检测(Beam failure detection)：For Beam failure detection:

在一些实施例中，第一终端设备基于第一参考信号组评估链路质量，其中第一参考信号组包括一个或多个参考信号。可选地，第一参考信号组对应第一TRP，第一参考信号组中每个参考信号与第一TRP的一个波束关联。可选的，该参考信号是CSI-RS和/或SSB。可选地，该参考信号是周期性的信号。In some embodiments, the first terminal device evaluates the link quality based on a first reference signal group, wherein the first reference signal group includes one or more reference signals. Optionally, the first reference signal group corresponds to a first TRP, and each reference signal in the first reference signal group is associated with a beam of the first TRP. Optionally, the reference signal is a CSI-RS and/or SSB. Optionally, the reference signal is a periodic signal.

可选地，第一终端设备还基于第二参考信号组评估链路质量，其中第二参考信号组中包括一个或多个参考信号。可选地，第二参考信号组对应第二TRP，第二参考信号组中每个参考信号与第二TRP的一个波束关联。可选的，该参考信号是CSI-RS和/或SSB。可选地，该参考信号是周期性的信号。Optionally, the first terminal device further evaluates the link quality based on a second reference signal group, wherein the second reference signal group includes one or more reference signals. Optionally, the second reference signal group corresponds to a second TRP, and each reference signal in the second reference signal group is associated with a beam of the second TRP. Optionally, the reference signal is a CSI-RS and/or SSB. Optionally, the reference signal is a periodic signal.

可选地，第一终端设备基于第一参考信号组和第二参考信号组，分别评估链路质量。可选地，第一终端设备基于第一参考信号组和第二参考信号组联合评估链路质量。该链路质量可以用于指示或评估是否发生目标事件，比如是否发生波束失败(beam failure)。发生目标事件的条件包括如下一个或多个选项：Optionally, the first terminal device evaluates the link quality based on the first reference signal group and the second reference signal group, respectively. Optionally, the first terminal device jointly evaluates the link quality based on the first reference signal group and the second reference signal group. The link quality can be used to indicate or evaluate whether a target event occurs, such as whether a beam failure occurs. The condition for the occurrence of the target event includes one or more of the following options:

·链路质量小于第一门限；The link quality is less than the first threshold;

·链路质量小于第一门限的连续次数大于或大于等于预设值(记为第E1次数阈值)，其中预设值可以是预先规定，也可以是网络配置；例如，针对周期性参考信号，基于每次信号的测量结果进行一次，如果连续N1_successive次链路质量都小于第一门限，则确定发生目标事件。其中，N1_successive的取值为正整数。The number of consecutive times that the link quality is less than the first threshold is greater than or equal to a preset value (recorded as the E1th number threshold), where the preset value can be pre-defined or network configured; for example, for a periodic reference signal, it is performed once based on the measurement result of each signal, and if the link quality is less than the first threshold for N1_successive consecutive times, it is determined that the target event occurs. Wherein, the value of N1_successive is a positive integer.

·链路质量在第一目标时间内(或第一目标时间窗口，即第一目标window)小于第二门限的次数大于或大于等于第一次数阈值；The number of times that the link quality is less than the second threshold within the first target time (or the first target time window, i.e., the first target window) is greater than or equal to the first numerical threshold;

·链路质量与第三门限的差值大于第一差值阈值；The difference between the link quality and the third threshold is greater than the first difference threshold;

·链路质量与第三门限的差值大于第一差值阈值的连续次数大于或大于等于预设的值(记为第E2次数阈值)，其中预设值可以是预先规定，也可以是网络配置；例如，针对周期性参考信号，基于每次信号的测量结果进行一次，如果连续N2_successive次链路质量与第三门限的差值大于第一差值阈值，则确定发生目标事件。其中，N2_successive的取值为正整数。The number of consecutive times that the difference between the link quality and the third threshold is greater than the first difference threshold is greater than or equal to a preset value (recorded as the E2th number threshold), where the preset value can be pre-defined or network configured; for example, for a periodic reference signal, it is performed once based on the measurement result of each signal, and if the difference between the link quality and the third threshold for N2_successive consecutive times is greater than the first difference threshold, it is determined that the target event occurs. Wherein, the value of N2_successive is a positive integer.

在一些实施例中，第一终端设备评估链路质量的方式包括一种或多种。比如，第一终端设备可以基于上述参考信号的参考信号接收功率(Reference Signal Receiving Power，RSRP)来评估链路质量。或，第一终端设备可以基于上述参考信号的信号与干扰加噪声比(Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio，SINR)来评估链路质量。或，第一终端设备可以基于控制信道的传输质量来评估链路质量。例如，基于假设的误块率(Block Error Rate，BLER)，也即hypothetical BLER来评估链路质量。In some embodiments, the first terminal device may evaluate the link quality in one or more ways. For example, the first terminal device may evaluate the link quality based on the reference signal receiving power (RSRP) of the reference signal. Or, the first terminal device may evaluate the link quality based on the signal to interference plus noise ratio (SINR) of the reference signal. Or, the first terminal device may evaluate the link quality based on the transmission quality of the control channel. For example, the link quality is evaluated based on the assumed block error rate (BLER), that is, the hypothetical BLER.

在第一终端设备基于控制信道传输质量来评估链路质量时，不同的DMRS对控制信道传输的影响是不一样的，原因有以下一些方面：When the first terminal device evaluates the link quality based on the control channel transmission quality, different DMRSs have different effects on the control channel transmission. The reasons are as follows:

·不同DMRS可能会导致控制信息传输可用资源不同。例如，当DMRS和控制信息传输采用不同的RE时，控制信息不同使用DMRS占用的RE；而当DMRS和控制信息传输可以共用部分或所有RE时，控制信息可以使用的RE就会更多；再例如，当DMRS和控制信息传输采用不同的RE时，不同DMRS自身占用的资源也可以不同；Different DMRS may result in different available resources for control information transmission. For example, when DMRS and control information transmission use different REs, control information uses different REs occupied by DMRS; when DMRS and control information transmission can share some or all REs, control information can use more REs; for another example, when DMRS and control information transmission use different REs, different DMRS themselves may also occupy different resources;

·不同DMRS与控制信息相互之间的干扰不同；Different DMRSs have different interference with control information;

·不同DMRS信道估计性能存在差异。There are differences in the channel estimation performance of different DMRS.

因此在存在两种DMRS的情况下需要确定评估链路质量时所对应的DMRS。还可以理解为，需要确定采用哪种DMRS假设来评估链路质量，或者评估链路质量假设采用哪种DMRS，或者评估链路质量采用哪种DMRS作为假设(assumption)。Therefore, when there are two DMRS, it is necessary to determine the DMRS corresponding to link quality evaluation. It can also be understood that it is necessary to determine which DMRS assumption is used to evaluate link quality, or which DMRS is used to evaluate link quality, or which DMRS is used as an assumption to evaluate link quality.

需要说明的是，本申请实施例中的一些“DMRS”可扩展理解为DMRS图样(pattern)，也即DMRS在时域频域上的位置，DMRS类型或DMRS序列或DMRS图样(pattern)，这几个词语的含义在本申请实施例中可视为等同可替换概念。本申请实施例对此不进行一一扩展说明。但需要理解，本申请实施例中对此不做限定。It should be noted that some "DMRS" in the embodiments of the present application can be expanded to DMRS patterns, that is, the position of DMRS in the time domain and frequency domain, DMRS type or DMRS sequence or DMRS pattern. The meanings of these terms can be regarded as equivalent and replaceable concepts in the embodiments of the present application. The embodiments of the present application do not provide an extended description of this one by one. However, it should be understood that this is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.

图6示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的DMRS的确定方法的流程图。该方法由第一终端设备执行，该方法包括：FIG6 shows a flow chart of a method for determining a DMRS provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application. The method is executed by a first terminal device, and the method includes:

步骤220：确定第一参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的DMRS。Step 220: Determine the DMRS corresponding to the reference signal in the first reference signal group.

在一些实施例中，第一参考信号组中的参考信号以及第一参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的DMRS用于评估第一链路质量。或者，可以理解为，结合第一参考信号组中的参考信号以及第一参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的DMRS，评估第一链路质量。其中，第一参考信号组中的参考信号用于评估第一链路质量，该参考信号所对应的DMRS也用于评估第一链路质量，即基于第一参考信号组中的参考信号评估第一链路质量，或基于第一参考信号组中的参考信号和对应的DMRS评估第一链路质量。In some embodiments, the reference signals in the first reference signal group and the DMRS corresponding to the reference signals in the first reference signal group are used to evaluate the first link quality. Alternatively, it can be understood that the first link quality is evaluated in combination with the reference signals in the first reference signal group and the DMRS corresponding to the reference signals in the first reference signal group. Among them, the reference signals in the first reference signal group are used to evaluate the first link quality, and the DMRS corresponding to the reference signals is also used to evaluate the first link quality, that is, the first link quality is evaluated based on the reference signals in the first reference signal group, or the first link quality is evaluated based on the reference signals in the first reference signal group and the corresponding DMRS.

在一些实施例中，第一链路质量是第一参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的链路质量。或者，可以理解为，第一链路质量是第一参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的波束的链路质量。比如，第一参考信号组与TRP1关联，第一参考信号组中的每个参考信号与TRP1的一个波束关联。该第一链路质量用于指示是否发生目标事件，比如是否发生波束失败(beam failure)。In some embodiments, the first link quality is the link quality corresponding to the reference signal in the first reference signal group. Alternatively, it can be understood that the first link quality is the link quality of the beam corresponding to the reference signal in the first reference signal group. For example, the first reference signal group Associated with TRP1, each reference signal in the first reference signal group is associated with a beam of TRP1. The first link quality is used to indicate whether a target event occurs, such as whether a beam failure occurs.

示例性的，如图7所示，TRP1的每个波束分别对应一个参考信号，每个波束覆盖不同的通信范围。终端设备能够基于不同波束对应的参考信号以及参考信号所对应的DMRS评估链路质量。比如，终端设备能够基于波束1对应的参考信号评估波束1的链路质量和/或基于波束2对应的参考信号评估波束2的链路质量，或者终端设备能够基于波束1对应的参考信号和波束2对应的参考信号评估当前的链路质量。例如，在终端设备处于波束2覆盖的通信区域内时，基于波束1对应的参考信号评估的波束1的链路质量不满足链路质量条件，也即发生波束失败。再例如，在终端设备处于某个通信区域内时，基于波束1对应的参考信号和波束2对应的参考信号来评估链路质量不满足链路质量条件(例如波束1和波束2链路都很差)，则认为发生了目标事件(即波束失败)。又比如，终端设备能够基于波束1对应的参考信号以及波束1对应的DMRS来评估波束1的链路质量，基于波束2对应的参考信号以及波束2对应的DMRS来评估波束2的链路质量。若波束1/2对应的DMRS存在两种DMRS，则需要确定第一参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的DMRS，或者说，确定第一参考信号组中的参考信号关联的波束所对应的DMRS类型或DMRS假设，该DMRS类型或DMRS假设用于评估该波束的链路质量。在这个例子中，为了说明简单，引入了波束。而在协议中，可以不用考虑波束或者不会明确提到波束，而是直接考虑参考信号，例如前面提到的“波束1对应的参考信号”可以直接替换为“参考信号RS1”，“波束2对应的参考信号”可以直接替换为“参考信号RS2”，“波束1的链路质量”可以替换为“参考信号RS1对应的链路质量”，波束2的链路质量”可以替换为“参考信号RS2对应的链路质量”，等等。本申请中以“参考信号”和“参考信号所对应的链路质量”进行描述，但应当还可以理解为“波束对应的参考信号”和“波束的链路质量”，本申请实施例中不再一一赘述。Exemplarily, as shown in FIG7 , each beam of TRP1 corresponds to a reference signal, and each beam covers a different communication range. The terminal device can evaluate the link quality based on the reference signals corresponding to different beams and the DMRS corresponding to the reference signals. For example, the terminal device can evaluate the link quality of beam 1 based on the reference signal corresponding to beam 1 and/or evaluate the link quality of beam 2 based on the reference signal corresponding to beam 2, or the terminal device can evaluate the current link quality based on the reference signal corresponding to beam 1 and the reference signal corresponding to beam 2. For example, when the terminal device is in the communication area covered by beam 2, the link quality of beam 1 evaluated based on the reference signal corresponding to beam 1 does not meet the link quality condition, that is, beam failure occurs. For another example, when the terminal device is in a certain communication area, the link quality evaluated based on the reference signal corresponding to beam 1 and the reference signal corresponding to beam 2 does not meet the link quality condition (for example, both beam 1 and beam 2 links are very poor), then it is considered that the target event (i.e., beam failure) has occurred. For another example, the terminal device can evaluate the link quality of beam 1 based on the reference signal corresponding to beam 1 and the DMRS corresponding to beam 1, and evaluate the link quality of beam 2 based on the reference signal corresponding to beam 2 and the DMRS corresponding to beam 2. If there are two types of DMRS corresponding to beam 1/2, it is necessary to determine the DMRS corresponding to the reference signal in the first reference signal group, or to determine the DMRS type or DMRS hypothesis corresponding to the beam associated with the reference signal in the first reference signal group, and the DMRS type or DMRS hypothesis is used to evaluate the link quality of the beam. In this example, beams are introduced for simplicity of explanation. In the protocol, the beam may not be considered or may not be explicitly mentioned, but the reference signal may be directly considered. For example, the "reference signal corresponding to beam 1" mentioned above may be directly replaced by "reference signal RS1", "reference signal corresponding to beam 2" may be directly replaced by "reference signal RS2", "link quality of beam 1" may be replaced by "link quality corresponding to reference signal RS1", "link quality of beam 2" may be replaced by "link quality corresponding to reference signal RS2", and so on. In this application, "reference signal" and "link quality corresponding to the reference signal" are described, but it should also be understood as "reference signal corresponding to the beam" and "link quality of the beam", which will not be described one by one in the embodiments of this application.

在一些实施例中，在一个无线链路环境中，不同的DMRS会影响最终的传输性能。一些可能的因素包括如下一种或多种：不同的DMRS占用的开销不同、不同的DMRS与数据信号之间产生的干扰情况不同、不同的DMRS的信道估计性能不同。因此，在存在两种DMRS的情况下，需要确定使用哪种DMRS作为假设的控制信道使用的DMRS。In some embodiments, in a wireless link environment, different DMRSs may affect the final transmission performance. Some possible factors include one or more of the following: different DMRSs occupy different overheads, different DMRSs generate different interference with data signals, and different DMRSs have different channel estimation performances. Therefore, in the case of two DMRSs, it is necessary to determine which DMRS to use as the DMRS for the assumed control channel.

在一些实施例中，确定该第一参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的DMRS是第一DMRS或第二DMRS。其中，第一参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的DMRS是第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS，第一类型DMRS是与控制信息使用一个或多个相同的资源元素的DMRS，第二类型DMRS是与控制信息使用不同的资源元素的DMRS。第一DMRS可以是第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS，第二DMRS可以是第二类型DMRS。In some embodiments, it is determined that the DMRS corresponding to the reference signal in the first reference signal group is a first DMRS or a second DMRS. The DMRS corresponding to the reference signal in the first reference signal group is a first type DMRS or a second type DMRS, the first type DMRS is a DMRS that uses one or more of the same resource elements as the control information, and the second type DMRS is a DMRS that uses different resource elements from the control information. The first DMRS may be a first type DMRS or a second type DMRS, and the second DMRS may be a second type DMRS.

在一些实施例中，第一DMRS是第一类型DMRS，第二DMRS是第二类型DMRS；或，第一DMRS是第二类型DMRS，第二DMRS是第二类型DMRS。In some embodiments, the first DMRS is a first type DMRS and the second DMRS is a second type DMRS; or, the first DMRS is a second type DMRS and the second DMRS is a second type DMRS.

在一些实施例中，确定第一参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的DMRS是第一DMRS。或理解为，采用第一参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的第一DMRS作为DMRS假设，或假设采用第一参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的第一DMRS评估链路质量。可选地，此时第一DMRS是第一类型DMRS。In some embodiments, it is determined that the DMRS corresponding to the reference signal in the first reference signal group is the first DMRS. Or it can be understood that the first DMRS corresponding to the reference signal in the first reference signal group is used as the DMRS hypothesis, or it is assumed that the first DMRS corresponding to the reference signal in the first reference signal group is used to evaluate the link quality. Optionally, at this time, the first DMRS is a first type DMRS.

在一些实施例中，确定第一参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的DMRS是第二DMRS。或理解为，采用第一参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的第二DMRS作为DMRS假设，或假设采用第一参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的第二DMRS评估链路质量。可选地，此时第二DMRS是第二类型DMRS。In some embodiments, it is determined that the DMRS corresponding to the reference signal in the first reference signal group is the second DMRS. Or it can be understood that the second DMRS corresponding to the reference signal in the first reference signal group is used as the DMRS hypothesis, or it is assumed that the second DMRS corresponding to the reference signal in the first reference signal group is used to evaluate the link quality. Optionally, at this time, the second DMRS is a second type DMRS.

本实施例提供的方法，通过确定第一参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的DMRS，使得终端设备能够确定采用哪种DMRS作为DMRS假设。通过确定假设的控制信道使用的DMRS来评估波束的链路质量，从而使在有可能使用两种DMRS的任意一种DMRS的情况下，提高了评估链路质量的准确性。The method provided in this embodiment enables the terminal device to determine which DMRS to use as the DMRS hypothesis by determining the DMRS corresponding to the reference signal in the first reference signal group. The link quality of the beam is evaluated by determining the DMRS used by the assumed control channel, thereby improving the accuracy of evaluating the link quality when any one of the two DMRSs may be used.

在一些实施例中，第一参考信号组中的参考信号由第一指示信息进行指示。In some embodiments, the reference signals in the first reference signal group are indicated by first indication information.

可选的，第一终端设备接收网络设备或第二终端设备发送的第一指示信息，第一指示信息用于指示或配置第一参考信号组中的参考信号。可选的，第一指示信息还用于指示与目标事件相关的参数信息。比如，第一指示信息还用于指示与目标事件相关的第一门限、第一目标时间、第二门限、第一次数阈值、第三门限、第一差值阈值、第E1次数阈值、第E2次数阈值中的一种或多种。可选的，第一指示信息是通过RRC信令、MAC CE信令、DCI信令中的一个或多个发送的。Optionally, the first terminal device receives first indication information sent by the network device or the second terminal device, and the first indication information is used to indicate or configure the reference signal in the first reference signal group. Optionally, the first indication information is also used to indicate parameter information related to the target event. For example, the first indication information is also used to indicate one or more of the first threshold, the first target time, the second threshold, the first number threshold, the third threshold, the first difference threshold, the E1 number threshold, and the E2 number threshold related to the target event. Optionally, the first indication information is sent through one or more of RRC signaling, MAC CE signaling, and DCI signaling.

值得说明的是，通信协议中一般不会明确参考信号和波束的对应关系。但在实际的通信过程中，可以简单理解为一个参考信号对应一个波束。因此，在评估参考信号所对应的链路质量时，实际是评估波束所对应的链路质量。It is worth noting that the correspondence between reference signals and beams is generally not clear in the communication protocol. However, in the actual communication process, it can be simply understood that one reference signal corresponds to one beam. Therefore, when evaluating the link quality corresponding to the reference signal, it is actually evaluating the link quality corresponding to the beam.

在以上述图6所示实施例为基础的进一步实施例中，上述步骤220还可替换为如下子步骤：In a further embodiment based on the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 , the step 220 may also be replaced by the following sub-steps:

步骤221：确定第一指示信息指示的第一参考信号组中的每个参考信号分别对应的DMRS。Step 221: Determine a DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group indicated by the first indication information.

每个参考信号分别对应的DMRS用于评估每个参考信号分别对应的链路质量。 The DMRS corresponding to each reference signal is used to evaluate the link quality corresponding to each reference signal.

在第一指示信息指示有第一参考信号组中的每个参考信号分别对应的DMRS的情况下，确定第一指示信息指示的第一参考信号组中的每个参考信号分别对应的DMRS，为在评估链路质量时第一参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS。In a case where the first indication information indicates a DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group, the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group indicated by the first indication information is determined to be the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group when evaluating link quality.

第一参考信号组中的每个参考信号分别对应的DMRS为第一DMRS或第二DMRS。其中，第一参考信号组中的每个参考信号分别对应的DMRS是第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS，不同参考信号对应的目标DMRS相同或不同，第一类型DMRS是与控制信息使用一个或多个相同的资源元素的DMRS，第二类型DMRS是与控制信息使用不同的资源元素的DMRS。其中，第一DMRS可以是第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS，第二DMRS可以是第二类型DMRS。在一些实施例中，第一DMRS是第一类型DMRS，第二DMRS是第二类型DMRS；或，第一DMRS是第二类型DMRS，第二DMRS是第二类型DMRS。The DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group is the first DMRS or the second DMRS. The DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group is the first type DMRS or the second type DMRS, and the target DMRSs corresponding to different reference signals are the same or different. The first type DMRS is a DMRS that uses one or more of the same resource elements as the control information, and the second type DMRS is a DMRS that uses different resource elements from the control information. The first DMRS can be the first type DMRS or the second type DMRS, and the second DMRS can be the second type DMRS. In some embodiments, the first DMRS is the first type DMRS and the second DMRS is the second type DMRS; or, the first DMRS is the second type DMRS and the second DMRS is the second type DMRS.

示例性的，假设第一参考信号组中包括3个参考信号，分别是第一参考信号、第二参考信号和第三参考信号。在第一指示信息指示第一参考信号对应的DMRS为第一DMRS、第二参考信号对应的DMRS为第一DMRS，以及第三参考信号对应的DMRS为第二DMRS的情况下，确定采用第一参考信号和第一参考信号对应的第一DMRS评估第一参考信号对应的链路质量，采用第二参考信号和第二参考信号对应的第一DMRS评估第二参考信号对应的链路质量，采用第三参考信号和第三参考信号对应的第二DMRS评估第三参考信号对应的链路质量。Exemplarily, assuming that the first reference signal group includes three reference signals, namely the first reference signal, the second reference signal and the third reference signal. When the first indication information indicates that the DMRS corresponding to the first reference signal is the first DMRS, the DMRS corresponding to the second reference signal is the first DMRS, and the DMRS corresponding to the third reference signal is the second DMRS, it is determined that the first reference signal and the first DMRS corresponding to the first reference signal are used to evaluate the link quality corresponding to the first reference signal, the second reference signal and the first DMRS corresponding to the second reference signal are used to evaluate the link quality corresponding to the second reference signal, and the third reference signal and the second DMRS corresponding to the third reference signal are used to evaluate the link quality corresponding to the third reference signal.

示例性的，如图7所示，波束1对应第一参考信号，波束2对应第二参考信号，在第一指示信息指示波束1对应的第一参考信号对应的DMRS为第一DMRS、波束2对应的第二参考信号对应的DMRS为第二DMRS的情况下，将第一参考信号所对应的第一DMRS作为评估波束1的链路质量时使用的DMRS假设，将第二参考信号所对应的第二DMRS作为评估波束2的链路质量时使用的DMRS假设。Exemplarily, as shown in Figure 7, beam 1 corresponds to the first reference signal, and beam 2 corresponds to the second reference signal. When the first indication information indicates that the DMRS corresponding to the first reference signal corresponding to beam 1 is the first DMRS, and the DMRS corresponding to the second reference signal corresponding to beam 2 is the second DMRS, the first DMRS corresponding to the first reference signal is used as the DMRS hypothesis for evaluating the link quality of beam 1, and the second DMRS corresponding to the second reference signal is used as the DMRS hypothesis for evaluating the link quality of beam 2.

本申请实施例提供的方法，通过将第一参考信号组中的每个参考信号分别对应的DMRS确定为第一参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS，使得能够灵活地确定采用哪种DMRS作为假设，从而能够更准确的判断链路质量。在该方法中，允许针对不同的波束采用不同DMRS作为假设，从而能够协助通信系统更灵活的给不同的波束上配置不同的DMRS，获得更大的灵活性。不同的波束上对应不同的DMRS，则为了评估两个波束的链路质量，就需要考虑不同的DMRS。The method provided in the embodiment of the present application determines the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group as the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group, so that it is possible to flexibly determine which DMRS to use as an assumption, thereby enabling a more accurate judgment of the link quality. In this method, different DMRS are allowed to be used as assumptions for different beams, thereby enabling the communication system to more flexibly configure different DMRS on different beams and obtain greater flexibility. Different beams correspond to different DMRS, so in order to evaluate the link quality of the two beams, different DMRS need to be considered.

步骤222：在第一指示信息指示有第一参考信号组对应的DMRS的情况下，确定第一参考信号组对应的DMRS为第一参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS。Step 222: when the first indication information indicates that there is a DMRS corresponding to the first reference signal group, determine that the DMRS corresponding to the first reference signal group is the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group.

每个参考信号对应的DMRS用于评估每个参考信号分别对应的链路质量。The DMRS corresponding to each reference signal is used to evaluate the link quality corresponding to each reference signal.

第一参考信号组对应的DMRS为第一DMRS或第二DMRS，第一参考信号组对应的DMRS为第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS。其中，第一DMRS可以是第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS，第二DMRS可以是第二类型DMRS。第一类型DMRS是与控制信息使用一个或多个相同的资源元素的DMRS，第二类型DMRS是与控制信息使用不同的资源元素的DMRS。在一些实施例中，第一DMRS是第一类型DMRS，第二DMRS是第二类型DMRS；或，第一DMRS是第二类型DMRS，第二DMRS是第二类型DMRS。第一参考信号组对应的DMRS表示以整个组为粒度配置的DMRS，第一参考信号组中的每个参考信号均对应相同的DMRS。The DMRS corresponding to the first reference signal group is the first DMRS or the second DMRS, and the DMRS corresponding to the first reference signal group is the first type DMRS or the second type DMRS. Among them, the first DMRS can be the first type DMRS or the second type DMRS, and the second DMRS can be the second type DMRS. The first type DMRS is a DMRS that uses one or more of the same resource elements as the control information, and the second type DMRS is a DMRS that uses different resource elements from the control information. In some embodiments, the first DMRS is the first type DMRS and the second DMRS is the second type DMRS; or, the first DMRS is the second type DMRS and the second DMRS is the second type DMRS. The DMRS corresponding to the first reference signal group represents a DMRS configured with the entire group as the granularity, and each reference signal in the first reference signal group corresponds to the same DMRS.

在一些实施例中，在第一指示信息指示有第一参考信号组对应的DMRS为第一DMRS的情况下，确定第一参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS为第一DMRS。也即，使用第一DMRS评估第一参考信号组中的每个参考信号对应的链路质量。In some embodiments, when the first indication information indicates that the DMRS corresponding to the first reference signal group is the first DMRS, the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group is determined to be the first DMRS. That is, the first DMRS is used to evaluate the link quality corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group.

在一些实施例中，在第一指示信息指示有第一参考信号组对应的DMRS为第二DMRS的情况下，确定第一参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS为第二DMRS。也即，使用第二DMRS评估第一参考信号组中的每个参考信号对应的链路质量。In some embodiments, when the first indication information indicates that the DMRS corresponding to the first reference signal group is the second DMRS, the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group is determined to be the second DMRS. That is, the second DMRS is used to evaluate the link quality corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group.

示例性的，假设第一参考信号组中包括3个参考信号，分别是第一参考信号、第二参考信号和第三参考信号。在第一指示信息指示第一参考信号组对应的DMRS为第一DMRS的情况下，确定第一参考信号、第二参考信号和第三参考信号所对应的DMRS均为第一DMRS，以及采用第一参考信号和第一DMRS评估第一参考信号对应的链路质量，采用第二参考信号和第一DMRS评估第二参考信号对应的链路质量，采用第三参考信号和第一DMRS评估第三参考信号对应的链路质量。或，在第一指示信息指示第一参考信号组对应的DMRS为第二DMRS的情况下，确定第一参考信号、第二参考信号和第三参考信号所对应的DMRS均为第二DMRS，以及采用第一参考信号和第二DMRS评估第一参考信号对应的链路质量，采用第二参考信号和第二DMRS评估第二参考信号对应的链路质量，采用第三参考信号和第二DMRS评估第三参考信号对应的链路质量。Exemplarily, it is assumed that the first reference signal group includes three reference signals, namely the first reference signal, the second reference signal and the third reference signal. When the first indication information indicates that the DMRS corresponding to the first reference signal group is the first DMRS, it is determined that the DMRS corresponding to the first reference signal, the second reference signal and the third reference signal are all the first DMRS, and the first reference signal and the first DMRS are used to evaluate the link quality corresponding to the first reference signal, the second reference signal and the first DMRS are used to evaluate the link quality corresponding to the second reference signal, and the third reference signal and the first DMRS are used to evaluate the link quality corresponding to the third reference signal. Or, when the first indication information indicates that the DMRS corresponding to the first reference signal group is the second DMRS, it is determined that the DMRS corresponding to the first reference signal, the second reference signal and the third reference signal are all the second DMRS, and the first reference signal and the second DMRS are used to evaluate the link quality corresponding to the first reference signal, the second reference signal and the second DMRS are used to evaluate the link quality corresponding to the second reference signal, and the third reference signal and the second DMRS are used to evaluate the link quality corresponding to the third reference signal.

示例性的，如图7所示，波束1对应第一参考信号，波束2对应第二参考信号，在第一指示信息指示第一参考信号组对应的DMRS为第一DMRS的情况下，波束1对应的第一参考信号对应的DMRS为第一DMRS，且波束2对应的第二参考信号对应的DMRS也为第一DMRS，则将第一参考信号组所对应的第一DMRS作为评估波束1和波束2的链路质量时所使用的DMRS假设。Exemplarily, as shown in FIG7 , beam 1 corresponds to the first reference signal, beam 2 corresponds to the second reference signal, and in the first indication information When the DMRS corresponding to the first reference signal group is the first DMRS, the DMRS corresponding to the first reference signal corresponding to beam 1 is the first DMRS, and the DMRS corresponding to the second reference signal corresponding to beam 2 is also the first DMRS, the first DMRS corresponding to the first reference signal group is used as the DMRS hypothesis used to evaluate the link quality of beam 1 and beam 2.

本申请实施例提供的方法，通过将第一参考信号组对应的DMRS确定为第一参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS，能够在确定采用哪种DMRS评估波束的链路质量的同时，还有效节约信令开销。The method provided in the embodiment of the present application can effectively save signaling overhead while determining which DMRS to use to evaluate the link quality of the beam by determining the DMRS corresponding to the first reference signal group as the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group.

步骤223：基于控制信道使用的DMRS，确定第一参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS。Step 223: Based on the DMRS used by the control channel, determine the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group.

在一些实施例中，第一终端设备接收控制信道的配置信息，该控制信道的配置信息中包括控制信道使用的DMRS。可选的，控制信道使用的DMRS是第一DMRS或第二DMRS，控制信道使用的DMRS是第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS。其中，第一DMRS可以是第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS，第二DMRS可以是第二类型DMRS。在一些实施例中，第一DMRS是第一类型DMRS，第二DMRS是第二类型DMRS；或，第一DMRS是第二类型DMRS，第二DMRS是第二类型DMRS。其中，第一类型DMRS是与控制信息使用一个或多个相同的资源元素的DMRS，第二类型DMRS是与控制信息使用不同的资源元素的DMRS。In some embodiments, the first terminal device receives configuration information of a control channel, and the configuration information of the control channel includes a DMRS used by the control channel. Optionally, the DMRS used by the control channel is a first DMRS or a second DMRS, and the DMRS used by the control channel is a first type DMRS or a second type DMRS. Among them, the first DMRS can be a first type DMRS or a second type DMRS, and the second DMRS can be a second type DMRS. In some embodiments, the first DMRS is a first type DMRS, and the second DMRS is a second type DMRS; or, the first DMRS is a second type DMRS, and the second DMRS is a second type DMRS. Among them, the first type DMRS is a DMRS that uses one or more of the same resource elements as the control information, and the second type DMRS is a DMRS that uses different resource elements from the control information.

在一些实施例中，在控制信道使用第一DMRS的情况下，确定第一DMRS为第一参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS。则使用第一DMRS作为评估第一参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的链路质量时所采用的DMRS假设。In some embodiments, when the control channel uses the first DMRS, the first DMRS is determined to be the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group, and the first DMRS is used as the DMRS hypothesis adopted when evaluating the link quality corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group.

在一些实施例中，在控制信道使用第二DMRS的情况下，确定第二DMRS为第一参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS。则使用第二DMRS作为评估第一参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的链路质量时所采用的DMRS假设。In some embodiments, when the control channel uses the second DMRS, the second DMRS is determined to be the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group, and the second DMRS is used as the DMRS hypothesis adopted when evaluating the link quality corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group.

在一些实施例中，在控制信道不使用第一DMRS的情况下，确定第二DMRS为第一参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS。则使用第二DMRS作为评估第一参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的链路质量时所采用的DMRS假设。在一些实施例中，在控制信道不使用第二DMRS的情况下，确定第一DMRS为第一参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS。则使用第一DMRS作为评估第一参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的链路质量时所采用的DMRS假设。例如，此时第一DMRS是第一类型DMRS，第二DMRS是第二类型DMRS。In some embodiments, when the control channel does not use the first DMRS, the second DMRS is determined to be the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group. The second DMRS is used as the DMRS hypothesis adopted when evaluating the link quality corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group. In some embodiments, when the control channel does not use the second DMRS, the first DMRS is determined to be the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group. The first DMRS is used as the DMRS hypothesis adopted when evaluating the link quality corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group. For example, at this time, the first DMRS is a first type DMRS and the second DMRS is a second type DMRS.

本申请实施例提供的方法，通过基于控制信道使用的DMRS确定第一参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS，不需要额外的第一指示信息对DMRS指示，有效节约信令开销。The method provided in the embodiment of the present application determines the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group based on the DMRS used by the control channel, and does not require additional first indication information to indicate the DMRS, thereby effectively saving signaling overhead.

在一些实施例中，在以上述图6所示实施例为基础的进一步实施例中，上述步骤220还可替换为如下子步骤：In some embodiments, in a further embodiment based on the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 , the above step 220 may also be replaced by the following sub-steps:

步骤224：确定目标DMRS为第一参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS。Step 224: Determine the target DMRS as the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group.

每个参考信号所对应的DMRS用于评估每个参考信号分别对应的链路质量。The DMRS corresponding to each reference signal is used to evaluate the link quality corresponding to each reference signal.

目标DMRS是第一DMRS或第二DMRS，此时第一DMRS为第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS，第二DMRS为第二类型DMRS。其中，第一类型DMRS是与控制信息使用一个或多个相同的资源元素的DMRS，第二类型DMRS是与控制信息使用不同的资源元素的DMRS。在一些实施例中，第一DMRS是第一类型DMRS，第二DMRS是第二类型DMRS；或，第一DMRS是第二类型DMRS，第二DMRS是第二类型DMRS。The target DMRS is the first DMRS or the second DMRS, in which case the first DMRS is a first type DMRS or a second type DMRS, and the second DMRS is a second type DMRS. The first type DMRS is a DMRS that uses one or more of the same resource elements as the control information, and the second type DMRS is a DMRS that uses different resource elements than the control information. In some embodiments, the first DMRS is a first type DMRS and the second DMRS is a second type DMRS; or, the first DMRS is a second type DMRS and the second DMRS is a second type DMRS.

目标DMRS是默认的DMRS，或者说，目标DMRS对应默认的DMRS类型。The target DMRS is a default DMRS, or in other words, the target DMRS corresponds to a default DMRS type.

在一些实施例中，确定第一DMRS为第一参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS。则使用第一DMRS作为评估第一参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的链路质量时所采用的DMRS假设。In some embodiments, the first DMRS is determined to be the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group, and the first DMRS is used as the DMRS hypothesis adopted when evaluating the link quality corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group.

在一些实施例中，确定第二DMRS为第一参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS。则使用第二DMRS作为评估第一参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的链路质量时所采用的DMRS假设。In some embodiments, the second DMRS is determined to be the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group, and the second DMRS is used as the DMRS hypothesis adopted when evaluating the link quality corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group.

本申请实施例提供的方法，通过确定目标DMRS作为第一参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS，能够在确定采用哪种DMRS作为假设的同时，无需其它指示信息的指示，从而有效节约信令开销。The method provided in the embodiment of the present application can determine which DMRS to use as a hypothesis without the need for other indication information by determining the target DMRS as the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group, thereby effectively saving signaling overhead.

在一些实施例中，第一指示信息不指示第一参考信号组中的参考信号。第一参考信号组中的参考信号基于控制信道的配置信息确定。In some embodiments, the first indication information does not indicate a reference signal in the first reference signal group. The reference signal in the first reference signal group is determined based on configuration information of a control channel.

可选的，第一参考信号组中的参考信号是基于控制信道中的目标CORESET对应的TCI状态确定的。在一个TCI状态对应至少两个参考信号的情况下，基于QCL typeD对应的参考信号确定第一参考信号组中的参考信号。Optionally, the reference signals in the first reference signal group are determined based on a TCI state corresponding to a target CORESET in a control channel. In the case where one TCI state corresponds to at least two reference signals, the reference signals in the first reference signal group are determined based on a reference signal corresponding to QCL type D.

在以上述图6所示实施例为基础的进一步实施例中，上述步骤220还可替换为如下子步骤： In a further embodiment based on the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 , the step 220 may also be replaced by the following sub-steps:

步骤225：在第一参考信号组中的第一参考信号是基于控制信道中的目标CORESET对应的TCI状态确定的情况下，确定目标CORESET对应的DMRS为第一参考信号组中的第一参考信号所对应的DMRS。Step 225: When the first reference signal in the first reference signal group is determined based on the TCI state corresponding to the target CORESET in the control channel, determine that the DMRS corresponding to the target CORESET is the DMRS corresponding to the first reference signal in the first reference signal group.

第一参考信号所对应的DMRS用于评估第一参考信号对应的链路质量。The DMRS corresponding to the first reference signal is used to evaluate the link quality corresponding to the first reference signal.

在一些实施例中，目标CORESET对应的DMRS还可以理解为在目标CORESET中传输的PDCCH采用的DMRS。目标CORESET对应的DMRS为第一DMRS或第二DMRS，该目标CORESET对应的DMRS是第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS。其中，第一DMRS可以是第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS，第二DMRS可以是第二类型DMRS。第一类型DMRS是与控制信息使用一个或多个相同的资源元素的DMRS，第二类型DMRS是与控制信息使用不同的资源元素的DMRS。在一些实施例中，第一DMRS是第一类型DMRS，第二DMRS是第二类型DMRS；或，第一DMRS是第二类型DMRS，第二DMRS是第二类型DMRS。In some embodiments, the DMRS corresponding to the target CORESET can also be understood as the DMRS used by the PDCCH transmitted in the target CORESET. The DMRS corresponding to the target CORESET is the first DMRS or the second DMRS, and the DMRS corresponding to the target CORESET is the first type DMRS or the second type DMRS. Among them, the first DMRS can be the first type DMRS or the second type DMRS, and the second DMRS can be the second type DMRS. The first type DMRS is a DMRS that uses one or more of the same resource elements as the control information, and the second type DMRS is a DMRS that uses different resource elements from the control information. In some embodiments, the first DMRS is a first type DMRS, and the second DMRS is a second type DMRS; or, the first DMRS is a second type DMRS, and the second DMRS is a second type DMRS.

目标CORESET是用于确定第一参考信号的CORESET，第一参考信号是基于控制信道中的目标CORESET对应的TCI状态确定。The target CORESET is a CORESET used to determine a first reference signal, and the first reference signal is determined based on a TCI state corresponding to the target CORESET in a control channel.

在一些实施例中，在目标CORESET对应的DMRS为第一DMRS的情况下，确定第一参考信号组中的第一参考信号所对应的DMRS为第一DMRS。则使用第一DMRS作为评估第一参考信号所对应的链路质量时所采用的DMRS假设。例如，此时第一DMRS是第一类型DMRS。In some embodiments, when the DMRS corresponding to the target CORESET is the first DMRS, the DMRS corresponding to the first reference signal in the first reference signal group is determined to be the first DMRS. The first DMRS is used as the DMRS hypothesis adopted when evaluating the link quality corresponding to the first reference signal. For example, at this time, the first DMRS is a first type DMRS.

在一些实施例中，在目标CORESET对应的DMRS为第二DMRS的情况下，确定第一参考信号组中的第一参考信号所对应的DMRS为第二DMRS。则使用第二DMRS作为评估第一参考信号所对应的链路质量时所采用的DMRS假设。例如，此时第二DMRS是第二类型DMRS。In some embodiments, when the DMRS corresponding to the target CORESET is the second DMRS, it is determined that the DMRS corresponding to the first reference signal in the first reference signal group is the second DMRS. The second DMRS is used as the DMRS hypothesis adopted when evaluating the link quality corresponding to the first reference signal. For example, at this time, the second DMRS is a second type DMRS.

本申请实施例提供的方法，通过参考目标CORESET对应的DMRS，确定第一参考信号组中的第一参考信号所对应的DMRS，能够更准确的对应实际传输过程确定采用哪种DMRS作为假设。同时，不需要额外的第一指示信息对DMRS指示，有效节约信令开销。The method provided in the embodiment of the present application determines the DMRS corresponding to the first reference signal in the first reference signal group by referring to the DMRS corresponding to the target CORESET, and can more accurately determine which DMRS to use as a hypothesis in the actual transmission process. At the same time, no additional first indication information is required for DMRS indication, which effectively saves signaling overhead.

步骤226：基于第一参考信号组中的参考信号对应的多个CORESET对应的DMRS，确定第一参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS。Step 226: Determine the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group based on the DMRSs corresponding to multiple CORESETs corresponding to the reference signals in the first reference signal group.

在一些实施例中，在第一参考信号组中的参考信号对应的多个CORESET中的一个或多个CORESET对应第一DMRS的情况下，确定第一DMRS为第一参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS。则使用第一DMRS作为评估第一参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的链路质量时所采用的DMRS假设。例如，此时第一DMRS是第一类型DMRS。In some embodiments, when one or more of the multiple CORESETs corresponding to the reference signals in the first reference signal group correspond to the first DMRS, the first DMRS is determined to be the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group. The first DMRS is used as the DMRS hypothesis adopted when evaluating the link quality corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group. For example, at this time, the first DMRS is a first type DMRS.

在一些实施例中，在第一参考信号组中的参考信号对应的多个CORESET中的一个或多个CORESET对应第二DMRS的情况下，确定第二DMRS为第一参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS。则使用第二DMRS作为评估第一参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的链路质量时所采用的DMRS假设。例如，此时第二DMRS是第二类型DMRS。In some embodiments, when one or more of the multiple CORESETs corresponding to the reference signals in the first reference signal group correspond to the second DMRS, the second DMRS is determined to be the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group. The second DMRS is used as the DMRS hypothesis adopted when evaluating the link quality corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group. For example, at this time, the second DMRS is a second type DMRS.

在一些实施例中，在第一参考信号组中的参考信号对应的多个CORESET全部使用第一DMRS的情况下，确定第一DMRS为第一参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS。则使用第一DMRS作为评估第一参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的链路质量时所采用的DMRS假设。例如，此时第一DMRS是第一类型DMRS。In some embodiments, when all the CORESETs corresponding to the reference signals in the first reference signal group use the first DMRS, the first DMRS is determined to be the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group. The first DMRS is used as the DMRS hypothesis adopted when evaluating the link quality corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group. For example, at this time, the first DMRS is a first type DMRS.

在一些实施例中，在第一参考信号组中的参考信号对应的多个CORESET全部使用第二DMRS的情况下，确定第二DMRS为第一参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS。则使用第二DMRS作为评估第一参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的链路质量时所采用的DMRS假设。例如，此时第二DMRS是第二类型DMRS。其中，第一DMRS可以是第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS，第二DMRS可以是第二类型DMRS。第一类型DMRS是与控制信息使用一个或多个相同的资源元素的DMRS，第二类型DMRS是与控制信息使用不同的资源元素的DMRS。在一些实施例中，第一DMRS是第一类型DMRS，第二DMRS是第二类型DMRS；或，第一DMRS是第二类型DMRS，第二DMRS是第二类型DMRS。In some embodiments, when all the multiple CORESETs corresponding to the reference signals in the first reference signal group use the second DMRS, the second DMRS is determined to be the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group. The second DMRS is used as the DMRS hypothesis adopted when evaluating the link quality corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group. For example, at this time, the second DMRS is a second type DMRS. Among them, the first DMRS can be a first type DMRS or a second type DMRS, and the second DMRS can be a second type DMRS. The first type DMRS is a DMRS that uses one or more of the same resource elements as the control information, and the second type DMRS is a DMRS that uses different resource elements from the control information. In some embodiments, the first DMRS is a first type DMRS, and the second DMRS is a second type DMRS; or, the first DMRS is a second type DMRS, and the second DMRS is a second type DMRS.

本申请实施例提供的方法，通过基于第一参考信号组中的参考信号对应的多个CORESET对应的DMRS，确定第一参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS，能够在确定采用哪种DMRS作为假设的同时，还有效节约信令开销。而且在存在多个CORESET的场景下，也能较为合理的确定每个参考信号所对应的DMRS。The method provided in the embodiment of the present application determines the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group based on the DMRS corresponding to multiple CORESETs corresponding to the reference signal in the first reference signal group, and can effectively save signaling overhead while determining which DMRS to use as a hypothesis. Moreover, in the scenario where there are multiple CORESETs, the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal can also be determined more reasonably.

步骤227：确定目标DMRS为第一参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS。Step 227: Determine the target DMRS as the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group.

每个参考信号所对应的DMRS用于评估每个参考信号分别对应的链路质量。 The DMRS corresponding to each reference signal is used to evaluate the link quality corresponding to each reference signal.

在一些实施例中，第一参考信号组中的参考信号是基于控制信道中的目标搜索空间对应的TCI状态确定的。In some embodiments, the reference signals in the first reference signal group are determined based on a TCI state corresponding to a target search space in a control channel.

在一个TCI状态对应至少两个参考信号的情况下，基于QCL typeD对应的参考信号确定第一参考信号组中的参考信号。在以上述图6所示实施例为基础的进一步实施例中，上述步骤220还可替换为如下子步骤：In the case where a TCI state corresponds to at least two reference signals, the reference signal in the first reference signal group is determined based on the reference signal corresponding to QCL type D. In a further embodiment based on the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 above, the above step 220 can also be replaced by the following sub-steps:

步骤228：在第一参考信号组中的第二参考信号是基于控制信道中的目标搜索空间对应的TCI状态确定的情况下，确定目标搜索空间对应的DMRS为第二参考信号所对应的DMRS。Step 228: When the second reference signal in the first reference signal group is determined based on the TCI state corresponding to the target search space in the control channel, determine that the DMRS corresponding to the target search space is the DMRS corresponding to the second reference signal.

第二参考信号所对应的DMRS用于评估第二参考信号对应的链路质量。The DMRS corresponding to the second reference signal is used to evaluate the link quality corresponding to the second reference signal.

在一些实施例中，目标搜索空间对应的DMRS还可以理解为在目标搜索空间中传输的PDCCH采用的DMRS。目标搜索空间对应的DMRS为第一DMRS或第二DMRS，目标搜索空间对应的DMRS为第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS。其中，第一类型DMRS是与控制信息使用一个或多个相同的资源元素的DMRS，第二类型DMRS是与控制信息使用不同的资源元素的DMRS。其中，第一DMRS可以是第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS，第二DMRS可以是第二类型DMRS。在一些实施例中，第一DMRS是第一类型DMRS，第二DMRS是第二类型DMRS；或，第一DMRS是第二类型DMRS，第二DMRS是第二类型DMRS。In some embodiments, the DMRS corresponding to the target search space can also be understood as the DMRS used by the PDCCH transmitted in the target search space. The DMRS corresponding to the target search space is the first DMRS or the second DMRS, and the DMRS corresponding to the target search space is the first type DMRS or the second type DMRS. Among them, the first type DMRS is a DMRS that uses one or more of the same resource elements as the control information, and the second type DMRS is a DMRS that uses different resource elements from the control information. Among them, the first DMRS can be the first type DMRS or the second type DMRS, and the second DMRS can be the second type DMRS. In some embodiments, the first DMRS is the first type DMRS, and the second DMRS is the second type DMRS; or, the first DMRS is the second type DMRS, and the second DMRS is the second type DMRS.

第二参考信号是基于控制信道中的目标搜索空间对应的TCI状态确定。The second reference signal is determined based on a TCI state corresponding to a target search space in the control channel.

在一些实施例中，在目标搜索空间对应的DMRS为第一DMRS的情况下，确定第一参考信号组中的第二参考信号所对应的DMRS为第一DMRS。则使用第一DMRS作为评估第二参考信号所对应的链路质量时所采用的DMRS假设。例如，此时第一DMRS是第一类型DMRS。In some embodiments, when the DMRS corresponding to the target search space is the first DMRS, it is determined that the DMRS corresponding to the second reference signal in the first reference signal group is the first DMRS. The first DMRS is used as the DMRS hypothesis adopted when evaluating the link quality corresponding to the second reference signal. For example, at this time, the first DMRS is a first type DMRS.

在一些实施例中，在目标搜索空间对应的DMRS为第二DMRS的情况下，确定第一参考信号组中的第二参考信号所对应的DMRS为第二DMRS。则使用第二DMRS作为评估第二参考信号所对应的链路质量时所采用的DMRS假设。例如，此时第二DMRS是第二类型DMRS。In some embodiments, when the DMRS corresponding to the target search space is the second DMRS, the DMRS corresponding to the second reference signal in the first reference signal group is determined to be the second DMRS. The second DMRS is used as the DMRS hypothesis adopted when evaluating the link quality corresponding to the second reference signal. For example, at this time, the second DMRS is a second type DMRS.

本申请实施例提供的方法，通过参考目标搜索空间对应的DMRS，确定第一参考信号组中的第二参考信号所对应的DMRS，能够更准确的对应实际传输过程确定采用哪种DMRS作为假设。同时，不需要额外的第一指示信息对DMRS指示，有效节约信令开销。The method provided in the embodiment of the present application determines the DMRS corresponding to the second reference signal in the first reference signal group by referring to the DMRS corresponding to the target search space, and can more accurately determine which DMRS to use as a hypothesis in the actual transmission process. At the same time, no additional first indication information is required for DMRS indication, effectively saving signaling overhead.

步骤229：基于第一参考信号组中的参考信号对应的多个搜索空间对应的DMRS，确定第一参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS。Step 229: Determine the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group based on the DMRSs corresponding to multiple search spaces corresponding to the reference signals in the first reference signal group.

在一些实施例中，在第一参考信号组中的参考信号对应的多个搜索空间中的一个或多个搜索空间对应第一DMRS的情况下，确定第一DMRS为第一参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS。则使用第一DMRS作为评估第一参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的链路质量时所采用的DMRS假设。例如，此时第一DMRS是第一类型DMRS。In some embodiments, when one or more search spaces among the multiple search spaces corresponding to the reference signals in the first reference signal group correspond to the first DMRS, the first DMRS is determined to be the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group. The first DMRS is used as the DMRS hypothesis adopted when evaluating the link quality corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group. For example, at this time, the first DMRS is a first type DMRS.

在一些实施例中，在第一参考信号组中的参考信号对应的多个搜索空间中的一个或多个搜索空间对应第二DMRS的情况下，确定第二DMRS为第一参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS。则使用第二DMRS作为评估第一参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的链路质量时所采用的DMRS假设。例如，此时第二DMRS是第二类型DMRS。In some embodiments, when one or more search spaces in a plurality of search spaces corresponding to a reference signal in a first reference signal group correspond to a second DMRS, the second DMRS is determined to be a DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group. The second DMRS is used as a DMRS hypothesis adopted when evaluating the link quality corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group. For example, at this time, the second DMRS is a second type DMRS.

在一些实施例中，在第一参考信号组中的参考信号对应的多个搜索空间全部使用第一DMRS的情况下，确定第一DMRS为第一参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS。则使用第一DMRS作为评估第一参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的链路质量时所采用的DMRS假设。例如，此时第一DMRS是第一类型DMRS。In some embodiments, when all the multiple search spaces corresponding to the reference signals in the first reference signal group use the first DMRS, the first DMRS is determined to be the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group. The DMRS assumption used when the link quality corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group is used. For example, at this time, the first DMRS is a first type DMRS.

在一些实施例中，在第一参考信号组中的参考信号对应的多个搜索空间全部使用第二DMRS的情况下，确定第二DMRS为第一参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS。则使用第二DMRS作为评估第一参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的链路质量时所采用的DMRS假设。例如，此时第二DMRS是第二类型DMRS。其中，第一DMRS可以是第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS，第二DMRS可以是第二类型DMRS。第一类型DMRS是与控制信息使用一个或多个相同的资源元素的DMRS，第二类型DMRS是与控制信息使用不同的资源元素的DMRS。In some embodiments, when all the multiple search spaces corresponding to the reference signals in the first reference signal group use the second DMRS, the second DMRS is determined to be the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group. The second DMRS is used as the DMRS hypothesis adopted when evaluating the link quality corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group. For example, at this time, the second DMRS is a second type DMRS. Among them, the first DMRS can be a first type DMRS or a second type DMRS, and the second DMRS can be a second type DMRS. The first type DMRS is a DMRS that uses one or more of the same resource elements as the control information, and the second type DMRS is a DMRS that uses different resource elements from the control information.

本申请实施例提供的方法，通过基于第一参考信号组中的参考信号对应的多个搜索空间对应的DMRS，确定第一参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS，能够在确定采用哪种DMRS作为假设的同时，还有效节约信令开销。而且在存在多个搜索空间的场景下，也能较为合理的确定每个参考信号所对应的DMRS。The method provided in the embodiment of the present application can effectively save signaling overhead while determining which DMRS to use as a hypothesis by determining the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group based on the DMRS corresponding to multiple search spaces corresponding to the reference signal in the first reference signal group. Moreover, in the scenario where there are multiple search spaces, the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal can also be determined more reasonably.

步骤230：确定目标DMRS为第一参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS。Step 230: Determine the target DMRS as the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group.

目标DMRS是第一DMRS或第二DMRS，此时第一DMRS为第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS，第二DMRS为第二类型DMRS。其中，第一类型DMRS是与控制信息使用一个或多个相同的资源元素的DMRS，第二类型DMRS是与控制信息使用不同的资源元素的DMRS。The target DMRS is the first DMRS or the second DMRS, in which case the first DMRS is a first type DMRS or a second type DMRS, and the second DMRS is a second type DMRS. The first type DMRS is a DMRS that uses one or more of the same resource elements as the control information, and the second type DMRS is a DMRS that uses different resource elements than the control information.

值得说明的是，上述步骤221至步骤230中的任一步骤均可实施为一个单独的实施例。It is worth noting that any of the above steps 221 to 230 can be implemented as a separate embodiment.

上述实施例是针对单个TRP的波束失败检测场景，在一些实施例中，针对两个TRP的波束失败检测场景还包括如下实施例：The above embodiment is for a beam failure detection scenario of a single TRP. In some embodiments, the beam failure detection scenario for two TRPs also includes the following embodiments:

在一些实施例中，针对两个参考信号组的情况：第一参考信号组对应一个或多个参考信号，以及第二参考信号组对应一个或多个参考信号。此时，假设第一指示信息指示第一参考信号组对应的参考信号采用哪个DMRS(第一DMRS或者第二DMRS)和第二参考信号组对应的参考信号采用哪个DMRS(第一DMRS或者第二DMRS)。则第一终端设备基于第一参考信号组评估链路质量时，假设采用第一参考信号组中的参考信号对应的DMRS；第一终端设备基于第二参考信号组评估链路质量时，假设采用第二参考信号组中的参考信号对应的DMRS。具体的，如下实施例所述：In some embodiments, for the case of two reference signal groups: the first reference signal group corresponds to one or more reference signals, and the second reference signal group corresponds to one or more reference signals. At this time, it is assumed that the first indication information indicates which DMRS (first DMRS or second DMRS) is used for the reference signal corresponding to the first reference signal group and which DMRS (first DMRS or second DMRS) is used for the reference signal corresponding to the second reference signal group. When the first terminal device evaluates the link quality based on the first reference signal group, it is assumed that the DMRS corresponding to the reference signal in the first reference signal group is used; when the first terminal device evaluates the link quality based on the second reference signal group, it is assumed that the DMRS corresponding to the reference signal in the second reference signal group is used. Specifically, as described in the following embodiments:

图8示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的DMRS的确定方法的流程图。该方法由第一终端设备执行，该方法包括：FIG8 shows a flow chart of a method for determining a DMRS provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application. The method is executed by a first terminal device, and the method includes:

步骤240：确定第一参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的DMRS，以及第二参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的DMRS。Step 240: Determine the DMRS corresponding to the reference signals in the first reference signal group and the DMRS corresponding to the reference signals in the second reference signal group.

在一些实施例中，确定第一参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的DMRS的方式参照上述步骤220至步骤230。下述实施例中对此不再赘述。In some embodiments, the manner of determining the DMRS corresponding to the reference signal in the first reference signal group refers to the above steps 220 to 230. This will not be described in detail in the following embodiments.

在一些实施例中，第二参考信号组中的参考信号以及第二参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的DMRS用于评估第二链路质量。或者，可以理解为，结合第二参考信号组中的参考信号以及第二参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的DMRS，评估第二链路质量。其中，第二参考信号组中的参考信号用于评估第二链路质量，该参考信号所对应的DMRS也用于评估第二链路质量，即基于第二参考信号组中的参考信号评估第二链路质量，或基于第二参考信号组中的参考信号和对应的DMRS评估第二链路质量。In some embodiments, the reference signals in the second reference signal group and the DMRS corresponding to the reference signals in the second reference signal group are used to evaluate the second link quality. Alternatively, it can be understood that the second link quality is evaluated in combination with the reference signals in the second reference signal group and the DMRS corresponding to the reference signals in the second reference signal group. Among them, the reference signals in the second reference signal group are used to evaluate the second link quality, and the DMRS corresponding to the reference signals are also used to evaluate the second link quality, that is, the second link quality is evaluated based on the reference signals in the second reference signal group, or the second link quality is evaluated based on the reference signals in the second reference signal group and the corresponding DMRS.

在一些实施例中，第二链路质量是第二参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的链路质量。或者，可以理解为，第二链路质量是第二参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的波束的链路质量。比如，第二参考信号组与TRP2关联，第二参考信号组中的每个参考信号与TRP2的一个波束关联。In some embodiments, the second link quality is the link quality corresponding to the reference signal in the second reference signal group. The solution is that the second link quality is the link quality of the beam corresponding to the reference signal in the second reference signal group. For example, the second reference signal group is associated with TRP2, and each reference signal in the second reference signal group is associated with a beam of TRP2.

该第二链路质量用于指示是否发生目标事件，比如是否发生波束失败(beam failure)。The second link quality is used to indicate whether a target event occurs, such as whether a beam failure occurs.

在一些实施例中，第一终端设备基于第一参考信号组中的参考信号评估第一链路质量，和/或，基于第二参考信号组中的参考信号评估第二链路质量。示例性的，如图9所示，TRP1的每个波束分别对应第一参考信号组中的一个参考信号，TRP2的每个波束也分别对应第二参考信号组中的一个参考信号，每个波束覆盖不同的通信范围。终端设备能够基于不同波束对应的参考信号评估链路质量，也可以基于不同的参考信号对应的DMRS评估链路质量。比如，终端设备能够基于TRP1的波束1对应的参考信号评估链路质量和/或基于TRP2的波束2对应的参考信号评估链路质量。在终端设备处于TRP2的波束2覆盖的通信区域内时，基于TRP1的波束1对应的参考信号评估的链路质量不满足链路质量条件，也即发生波束失败。又比如，终端设备能够基于波束1对应的参考信号以及波束1对应的DMRS来评估波束1的链路质量，基于波束2对应的参考信号以及波束2对应的DMRS来评估波束2的链路质量。若波束1/2对应的DMRS存在两种DMRS，则需要确定波束1/2关联的参考信号所对应的DMRS。In some embodiments, the first terminal device evaluates the first link quality based on the reference signal in the first reference signal group, and/or, evaluates the second link quality based on the reference signal in the second reference signal group. Exemplarily, as shown in FIG9, each beam of TRP1 corresponds to a reference signal in the first reference signal group, and each beam of TRP2 also corresponds to a reference signal in the second reference signal group, and each beam covers a different communication range. The terminal device can evaluate the link quality based on the reference signals corresponding to different beams, and can also evaluate the link quality based on the DMRS corresponding to different reference signals. For example, the terminal device can evaluate the link quality based on the reference signal corresponding to beam 1 of TRP1 and/or evaluate the link quality based on the reference signal corresponding to beam 2 of TRP2. When the terminal device is in the communication area covered by beam 2 of TRP2, the link quality evaluated based on the reference signal corresponding to beam 1 of TRP1 does not meet the link quality condition, that is, a beam failure occurs. For another example, the terminal device can evaluate the link quality of beam 1 based on the reference signal corresponding to beam 1 and the DMRS corresponding to beam 1, and evaluate the link quality of beam 2 based on the reference signal corresponding to beam 2 and the DMRS corresponding to beam 2. If there are two types of DMRS corresponding to beam 1/2, it is necessary to determine the DMRS corresponding to the reference signal associated with beam 1/2.

在一些实施例中，确定第二参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的DMRS是第一DMRS或第二DMRS。其中，第二参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的DMRS是第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS。其中，第一类型DMRS是与控制信息使用一个或多个相同的资源元素的DMRS，第二类型DMRS是与控制信息使用不同的资源元素的DMRS。In some embodiments, it is determined that the DMRS corresponding to the reference signal in the second reference signal group is a first DMRS or a second DMRS. The DMRS corresponding to the reference signal in the second reference signal group is a first type DMRS or a second type DMRS. The first type DMRS is a DMRS that uses one or more of the same resource elements as the control information, and the second type DMRS is a DMRS that uses different resource elements from the control information.

在一些实施例中，确定第二参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的DMRS是第一DMRS。或理解为，采用第二参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的第一DMRS作为假设，或假设采用第二参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的第一DMRS评估链路质量。可选地，此时第一DMRS是第一类型DMRS。In some embodiments, it is determined that the DMRS corresponding to the reference signal in the second reference signal group is the first DMRS. Alternatively, it is understood that the first DMRS corresponding to the reference signal in the second reference signal group is used as an assumption, or it is assumed that the first DMRS corresponding to the reference signal in the second reference signal group is used to evaluate the link quality. Optionally, at this time, the first DMRS is a first type DMRS.

在一些实施例中，确定第二参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的DMRS是第二DMRS。或理解为，采用第二参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的第二DMRS作为假设，或假设采用第二参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的第二DMRS评估链路质量。可选地，此时第二DMRS是第二类型DMRS。In some embodiments, it is determined that the DMRS corresponding to the reference signal in the second reference signal group is a second DMRS. Or it is understood that the second DMRS corresponding to the reference signal in the second reference signal group is used as an assumption, or it is assumed that the second DMRS corresponding to the reference signal in the second reference signal group is used to evaluate the link quality. Optionally, at this time, the second DMRS is a second type DMRS.

本实施例提供的方法，通过确定第二参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的DMRS，使得终端设备能够确定采用哪种DMRS作为假设。通过确定假设的控制信道使用的DMRS，从而使在有可能使用两种DMRS的任意一种DMRS的情况下，提高了评估链路质量的准确性。The method provided in this embodiment enables the terminal device to determine which DMRS to use as the hypothesis by determining the DMRS corresponding to the reference signal in the second reference signal group. By determining the DMRS used by the assumed control channel, the accuracy of link quality assessment is improved when any one of the two DMRSs may be used.

另外，在同时确定第一参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的DMRS和第二参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的DMRS的情况下，能够更匹配多点传输。In addition, when the DMRS corresponding to the reference signals in the first reference signal group and the DMRS corresponding to the reference signals in the second reference signal group are determined simultaneously, multi-point transmission can be better matched.

在一些实施例中，第二参考信号组中的参考信号由第一指示信息进行指示。In some embodiments, the reference signals in the second reference signal group are indicated by first indication information.

可选的，第一终端设备接收网络设备或第二终端设备发送的第一指示信息，第一指示信息用于指示或配置第一参考信号组中的参考信号以及第二参考信号组中的参考信号。Optionally, the first terminal device receives first indication information sent by the network device or the second terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate or configure reference signals in the first reference signal group and reference signals in the second reference signal group.

在以上述图8所示实施例为基础的进一步实施例中，上述确定第二参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的DMRS的步骤还可替换为如下子步骤：In a further embodiment based on the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 , the step of determining the DMRS corresponding to the reference signal in the second reference signal group may also be replaced by the following sub-steps:

步骤241：确定第一指示信息指示的第二参考信号组中的每个参考信号分别对应的DMRS。Step 241: Determine the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the second reference signal group indicated by the first indication information.

在第一指示信息指示有第二参考信号组中的每个参考信号分别对应的DMRS的情况下，确定第一指示信息指示的第二参考信号组中的每个参考信号分别对应的DMRS，为在评估链路质量时第二参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS。In a case where the first indication information indicates a DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the second reference signal group, the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the second reference signal group indicated by the first indication information is determined to be the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the second reference signal group when evaluating link quality.

第二参考信号组中的每个参考信号分别对应的DMRS为第一DMRS或第二DMRS，不同参考信号对应的DMRS相同或不同。其中，第二参考信号组中的每个参考信号分别对应的DMRS可以为第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS，第一类型DMRS是与控制信息使用一个或多个相同的资源元素的DMRS，第二类型DMRS是与控制信息使用不同的资源元素的DMRS。The DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the second reference signal group is the first DMRS or the second DMRS, and the DMRSs corresponding to different reference signals are the same or different. The DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the second reference signal group may be a first type DMRS or a second type DMRS, the first type DMRS is a DMRS that uses one or more of the same resource elements as the control information, and the second type DMRS is a DMRS that uses different resource elements from the control information.

示例性的，假设第二参考信号组中包括3个参考信号，分别是第一参考信号、第二参考信号和第三参考信号。在第一指示信息指示第一参考信号对应的DMRS为第一DMRS、第二参考信号对应的DMRS为第一DMRS，以及第三参考信号对应的DMRS为第二DMRS的情况下，确定第一参考信号对应的第一DMRS作为评估波束1的链路质量时使用的DMRS、第二参考信号对应的第一DMRS为评估波束2的链路质量时使用的DMRS，以及第三参考信号对应的第二DMRS为评估波束3的链路质量时使用的DMRS。例如，此时第一DMRS是第一类型DMRS，第二DMRS是第二类型DMRS。Exemplarily, it is assumed that the second reference signal group includes three reference signals, namely the first reference signal, the second reference signal and the third reference signal. When the first indication information indicates that the DMRS corresponding to the first reference signal is the first DMRS, the DMRS corresponding to the second reference signal is the first DMRS, and the DMRS corresponding to the third reference signal is the second DMRS, it is determined that the first DMRS corresponding to the first reference signal is used as the DMRS for evaluating the link quality of beam 1, the first DMRS corresponding to the second reference signal is used as the DMRS for evaluating the link quality of beam 2, and the second DMRS corresponding to the third reference signal is used as the DMRS for evaluating the link quality of beam 3. For example, at this time, the first DMRS is a first type DMRS, and the second DMRS is a second type DMRS.

本申请实施例提供的方法，通过将第二参考信号组中的每个参考信号分别对应的DMRS确定为第二参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS，使得能够灵活地确定采用哪种DMRS作为假设，从而能够更准确的判断链路质量。在该方法中，允许针对不同的波束采用不同DMRS作为假设，从而能够协助通信系统更灵活的给不同的波束上配置不同的DMRS，获得更大的灵活性。不同的波束上对应不同的DMRS类型，则为了评估两个波束的链路质量，就需要考虑不同的DMRS类型。The method provided in the embodiment of the present application determines the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the second reference signal group as the second The DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the reference signal group enables flexible determination of which DMRS to use as an assumption, thereby enabling more accurate judgment of link quality. In this method, different DMRS are allowed to be used as assumptions for different beams, thereby enabling the communication system to more flexibly configure different DMRS on different beams, thereby achieving greater flexibility. Different beams correspond to different DMRS types, so in order to evaluate the link quality of two beams, different DMRS types need to be considered.

步骤242：在第一指示信息指示有第二参考信号组对应的DMRS的情况下，确定第二参考信号组对应的DMRS为第二参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS。Step 242: when the first indication information indicates that there is a DMRS corresponding to the second reference signal group, determine that the DMRS corresponding to the second reference signal group is the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the second reference signal group.

第二参考信号组对应的DMRS为第一DMRS或第二DMRS。其中，第二参考信号组对应的DMRS为第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS，第一类型DMRS是与控制信息使用一个或多个相同的资源元素的DMRS，第二类型DMRS是与控制信息使用不同的资源元素的DMRS。The DMRS corresponding to the second reference signal group is the first DMRS or the second DMRS. The DMRS corresponding to the second reference signal group is the first type DMRS or the second type DMRS, the first type DMRS is a DMRS that uses one or more of the same resource elements as the control information, and the second type DMRS is a DMRS that uses different resource elements from the control information.

第二参考信号组对应的DMRS表示以整个组为粒度配置的DMRS，第二参考信号组中的每个参考信号均对应相同的DMRS。The DMRS corresponding to the second reference signal group represents a DMRS configured with the entire group as the granularity, and each reference signal in the second reference signal group corresponds to the same DMRS.

在一些实施例中，在第一指示信息指示有第二参考信号组对应的DMRS为第一DMRS的情况下，确定第二参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS为第一DMRS。也即，使用第一DMRS评估第二参考信号组中的每个参考信号对应的链路质量。In some embodiments, when the first indication information indicates that the DMRS corresponding to the second reference signal group is the first DMRS, the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the second reference signal group is determined to be the first DMRS. That is, the first DMRS is used to evaluate the link quality corresponding to each reference signal in the second reference signal group.

在一些实施例中，在第一指示信息指示有第二参考信号组对应的DMRS为第二DMRS的情况下，确定第二参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS为第二DMRS。也即，使用第二DMRS评估第二参考信号组中的每个参考信号对应的链路质量。In some embodiments, when the first indication information indicates that the DMRS corresponding to the second reference signal group is the second DMRS, the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the second reference signal group is determined to be the second DMRS. That is, the second DMRS is used to evaluate the link quality corresponding to each reference signal in the second reference signal group.

示例性的，假设第二参考信号组中包括3个参考信号，分别是第一参考信号、第二参考信号和第三参考信号。在第一指示信息指示第二参考信号组对应的DMRS为第一DMRS的情况下，确定第一参考信号、第二参考信号和第三参考信号所对应的DMRS均为第一DMRS，以及采用第一参考信号和第一DMRS评估第一参考信号对应的链路质量，采用第二参考信号和第一DMRS评估第二参考信号对应的链路质量，采用第三参考信号和第一DMRS评估第三参考信号对应的链路质量。或，在第一指示信息指示第二参考信号组对应的DMRS为第二DMRS的情况下，确定第一参考信号、第二参考信号和第三参考信号所对应的DMRS均为第二DMRS，以及采用第一参考信号和第二DMRS评估第一参考信号对应的链路质量，采用第二参考信号和第二DMRS评估第二参考信号对应的链路质量，采用第三参考信号和第二DMRS评估第三参考信号对应的链路质量。Exemplarily, it is assumed that the second reference signal group includes three reference signals, namely the first reference signal, the second reference signal and the third reference signal. When the first indication information indicates that the DMRS corresponding to the second reference signal group is the first DMRS, it is determined that the DMRS corresponding to the first reference signal, the second reference signal and the third reference signal are all the first DMRS, and the first reference signal and the first DMRS are used to evaluate the link quality corresponding to the first reference signal, the second reference signal and the first DMRS are used to evaluate the link quality corresponding to the second reference signal, and the third reference signal and the first DMRS are used to evaluate the link quality corresponding to the third reference signal. Or, when the first indication information indicates that the DMRS corresponding to the second reference signal group is the second DMRS, it is determined that the DMRS corresponding to the first reference signal, the second reference signal and the third reference signal are all the second DMRS, and the first reference signal and the second DMRS are used to evaluate the link quality corresponding to the first reference signal, the second reference signal and the second DMRS are used to evaluate the link quality corresponding to the second reference signal, and the third reference signal and the second DMRS are used to evaluate the link quality corresponding to the third reference signal.

本申请实施例提供的方法，通过将第二参考信号组对应的DMRS确定为第二参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS，能够在确定采用哪种DMRS作为假设，还有效节约信令开销。The method provided in the embodiment of the present application can effectively save signaling overhead when determining which DMRS to adopt as a hypothesis by determining the DMRS corresponding to the second reference signal group as the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the second reference signal group.

步骤243：基于控制信道使用的DMRS，确定第二参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS。Step 243: Based on the DMRS used by the control channel, determine the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the second reference signal group.

在一些实施例中，第一终端设备接收控制信道的配置信息，该控制信道的配置信息中包括控制信道使用的DMRS。可选的，控制信道使用的DMRS是第一DMRS或第二DMRS。In some embodiments, the first terminal device receives configuration information of a control channel, and the configuration information of the control channel includes a DMRS used by the control channel. Optionally, the DMRS used by the control channel is the first DMRS or the second DMRS.

在一些实施例中，在控制信道使用第一DMRS的情况下，确定第一DMRS为第二参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS。则使用第一DMRS作为评估第二参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的链路质量时所采用的DMRS假设。In some embodiments, when the control channel uses the first DMRS, the first DMRS is determined to be the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the second reference signal group, and the first DMRS is used as the DMRS hypothesis adopted when evaluating the link quality corresponding to each reference signal in the second reference signal group.

在一些实施例中，在控制信道使用第二DMRS的情况下，确定第二DMRS为第二参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS。则使用第二DMRS作为评估第二参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的链路质量时所采用的DMRS假设。In some embodiments, when the control channel uses the second DMRS, the second DMRS is determined to be the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the second reference signal group, and the second DMRS is used as the DMRS hypothesis adopted when evaluating the link quality corresponding to each reference signal in the second reference signal group.

在一些实施例中，在控制信道不使用第一DMRS的情况下，确定第二DMRS为第二参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS。则使用第二DMRS作为评估第二参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的链路质量时所采用的DMRS假设。In some embodiments, when the control channel does not use the first DMRS, the second DMRS is determined to be the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the second reference signal group, and the second DMRS is used as the DMRS hypothesis adopted when evaluating the link quality corresponding to each reference signal in the second reference signal group.

在一些实施例中，在控制信道不使用第二DMRS的情况下，确定第一DMRS为第二参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS。则使用第一DMRS作为评估第二参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的链路质量时所采用的DMRS假设。In some embodiments, when the control channel does not use the second DMRS, the first DMRS is determined to be the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the second reference signal group, and the first DMRS is used as the DMRS hypothesis adopted when evaluating the link quality corresponding to each reference signal in the second reference signal group.

其中，第一DMRS可以是第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS，第二DMRS可以是第二类型DMRS，第一类型DMRS是与控制信息使用一个或多个相同的资源元素的DMRS，第二类型DMRS是与控制信息使用不同的资源元素的DMRS。The first DMRS may be a first type DMRS or a second type DMRS, the second DMRS may be a second type DMRS, The first type DMRS is a DMRS that uses one or more of the same resource elements as the control information, and the second type DMRS is a DMRS that uses different resource elements from the control information.

本申请实施例提供的方法，通过基于控制信道使用的DMRS确定第二参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS，不需要额外的第一指示信息对DMRS指示，有效节约信令开销。The method provided in the embodiment of the present application determines the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the second reference signal group based on the DMRS used by the control channel, and does not require additional first indication information to indicate the DMRS, thereby effectively saving signaling overhead.

在一些实施例中，在以上述图8所示实施例为基础的进一步实施例中，上述确定第二参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的DMRS的步骤还可替换为如下子步骤：In some embodiments, in a further embodiment based on the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 above, the step of determining the DMRS corresponding to the reference signal in the second reference signal group may also be replaced by the following sub-steps:

步骤244：确定目标DMRS为第二参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS。Step 244: Determine the target DMRS as the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the second reference signal group.

在一些实施例中，确定第一DMRS为第二参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS。则使用第一DMRS作为评估第二参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的链路质量时所采用的DMRS假设。In some embodiments, the first DMRS is determined to be the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the second reference signal group, and the first DMRS is used as the DMRS hypothesis adopted when evaluating the link quality corresponding to each reference signal in the second reference signal group.

在一些实施例中，确定第二DMRS为第二参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS。则使用第二DMRS作为评估第二参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的链路质量时所采用的DMRS假设。In some embodiments, the second DMRS is determined to be the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the second reference signal group, and the second DMRS is used as the DMRS hypothesis adopted when evaluating the link quality corresponding to each reference signal in the second reference signal group.

本申请实施例提供的方法，通过确定目标DMRS作为第二参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS，能够在确定采用哪种DMRS作为假设的同时，无需其它指示信息的指示，从而有效节约信令开销。The method provided in the embodiment of the present application can determine which DMRS to use as a hypothesis without the need for other indication information by determining the target DMRS as the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the second reference signal group, thereby effectively saving signaling overhead.

在一些实施例中，第一指示信息不指示第二参考信号组中的参考信号。第二参考信号组中的参考信号基于控制信道的配置信息确定。In some embodiments, the first indication information does not indicate a reference signal in the second reference signal group. The reference signal in the second reference signal group is determined based on configuration information of a control channel.

可选的，第二参考信号组中的参考信号是基于控制信道中的目标CORESET对应的TCI状态确定的。在一个TCI状态对应至少两个参考信号的情况下，基于QCL typeD对应的参考信号确定第一参考信号组中的参考信号。Optionally, the reference signal in the second reference signal group is determined based on the TCI state corresponding to the target CORESET in the control channel. In the case where one TCI state corresponds to at least two reference signals, the reference signal in the first reference signal group is determined based on the reference signal corresponding to QCL type D.

步骤245：在第二参考信号组中的第一参考信号是基于控制信道中的目标CORESET对应的TCI状态确定的情况下，确定目标CORESET对应的DMRS为第二参考信号组中的第一参考信号所对应的DMRS。Step 245: When the first reference signal in the second reference signal group is determined based on the TCI state corresponding to the target CORESET in the control channel, determine that the DMRS corresponding to the target CORESET is the DMRS corresponding to the first reference signal in the second reference signal group.

第一参考信号对应的DMRS用于评估第一参考信号对应的链路质量。The DMRS corresponding to the first reference signal is used to evaluate the link quality corresponding to the first reference signal.

在一些实施例中，目标CORESET对应的DMRS还可以理解为在目标CORESET中传输的PDCCH采用的DMRS。目标CORESET对应的DMRS为第一DMRS或第二DMRS。In some embodiments, the DMRS corresponding to the target CORESET may also be understood as the DMRS used by the PDCCH transmitted in the target CORESET. The DMRS corresponding to the target CORESET is the first DMRS or the second DMRS.

其中，第一DMRS可以是第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS，第二DMRS可以是第二类型DMRS。第一类型DMRS是与控制信息使用一个或多个相同的资源元素的DMRS，第二类型DMRS是与控制信息使用不同的资源元素的DMRS。The first DMRS may be a first type DMRS or a second type DMRS, and the second DMRS may be a second type DMRS. The first type DMRS is a DMRS that uses one or more of the same resource elements as the control information, and the second type DMRS is a DMRS that uses different resource elements than the control information.

在一些实施例中，在目标CORESET对应的DMRS为第一DMRS的情况下，确定第二参考信号组中的第一参考信号所对应的DMRS为第一DMRS。则使用第一DMRS作为评估第一参考信号所对应的链路质量时所采用的DMRS假设。例如，此时第一DMRS是第一类型DMRS。In some embodiments, when the DMRS corresponding to the target CORESET is the first DMRS, the DMRS corresponding to the first reference signal in the second reference signal group is determined to be the first DMRS. The first DMRS is used as the DMRS hypothesis adopted when evaluating the link quality corresponding to the first reference signal. For example, at this time, the first DMRS is a first type DMRS.

在一些实施例中，在目标CORESET对应的DMRS为第二DMRS的情况下，确定第二参考信号组中的第一参考信号所对应的DMRS为第二DMRS。则使用第二DMRS作为评估第一参考信号所对应的链路质量时所采用的DMRS假设。例如，此时第二DMRS是第二类型DMRS。In some embodiments, when the DMRS corresponding to the target CORESET is the second DMRS, the DMRS corresponding to the first reference signal in the second reference signal group is determined to be the second DMRS. The second DMRS is used as the DMRS hypothesis adopted when evaluating the link quality corresponding to the first reference signal. For example, at this time, the second DMRS is a second type DMRS.

本申请实施例提供的方法，通过参考目标CORESET对应的DMRS，确定第二参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS，能够更准确的对应实际传输过程确定采用哪种DMRS作为假设。同时，不需要额外的第一指示信息对DMRS指示，有效节约信令开销。The method provided in the embodiment of the present application determines the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the second reference signal group by referring to the DMRS corresponding to the target CORESET, and can more accurately determine which DMRS to use as a hypothesis in the actual transmission process. At the same time, no additional first indication information is required for DMRS indication, which effectively saves signaling overhead.

在以上述图8所示实施例为基础的进一步实施例中，上述确定第二参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的DMRS的步骤还可替换为如下子步骤：In a further embodiment based on the embodiment shown in FIG. 8, the reference signal corresponding to the reference signal in the second reference signal group is determined The steps of DMRS can also be replaced by the following sub-steps:

步骤246：基于第二参考信号组中的参考信号对应的多个CORESET对应的DMRS，确定第二参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS。Step 246: Determine the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the second reference signal group based on the DMRSs corresponding to multiple CORESETs corresponding to the reference signals in the second reference signal group.

在一些实施例中，在第二参考信号组中的参考信号对应的多个CORESET中的一个或多个CORESET对应第一DMRS的情况下，确定第一DMRS为第二参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS。则使用第一DMRS作为评估第二参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的链路质量时所采用的DMRS假设。例如，此时第一DMRS是第一类型DMRS。In some embodiments, when one or more of the multiple CORESETs corresponding to the reference signals in the second reference signal group correspond to the first DMRS, the first DMRS is determined to be the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the second reference signal group. The first DMRS is used as the DMRS hypothesis adopted when evaluating the link quality corresponding to each reference signal in the second reference signal group. For example, at this time, the first DMRS is a first type DMRS.

在一些实施例中，在第二参考信号组中的参考信号对应的多个CORESET中的一个或多个CORESET对应第二DMRS的情况下，确定第二DMRS为第二参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS。则使用第二DMRS作为评估第二参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的链路质量时所采用的DMRS假设。例如，此时第二DMRS是第二类型DMRS。In some embodiments, when one or more of the multiple CORESETs corresponding to the reference signals in the second reference signal group correspond to the second DMRS, the second DMRS is determined to be the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the second reference signal group. The second DMRS is used as the DMRS hypothesis adopted when evaluating the link quality corresponding to each reference signal in the second reference signal group. For example, at this time, the second DMRS is a second type DMRS.

在一些实施例中，在第二参考信号组中的参考信号对应的多个CORESET全部使用第一DMRS的情况下，确定第一DMRS为第二参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS。则使用第一DMRS作为评估第二参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的链路质量时所采用的DMRS假设。例如，此时第一DMRS是第一类型DMRS。In some embodiments, when all the CORESETs corresponding to the reference signals in the second reference signal group use the first DMRS, the first DMRS is determined to be the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the second reference signal group. The first DMRS is used as the DMRS hypothesis adopted when evaluating the link quality corresponding to each reference signal in the second reference signal group. For example, at this time, the first DMRS is a first type DMRS.

在一些实施例中，在第二参考信号组中的参考信号对应的多个CORESET全部使用第二DMRS的情况下，确定第二DMRS为第二参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS。则使用第二DMRS作为评估第二参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的链路质量时所采用的DMRS假设。例如，此时第二DMRS是第二类型DMRS。In some embodiments, when all the CORESETs corresponding to the reference signals in the second reference signal group use the second DMRS, the second DMRS is determined to be the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the second reference signal group. The second DMRS is used as the DMRS hypothesis adopted when evaluating the link quality corresponding to each reference signal in the second reference signal group. For example, at this time, the second DMRS is a second type DMRS.

本申请实施例提供的方法，通过基于第二参考信号组中的参考信号对应的多个CORESET对应的DMRS，确定第二参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS，能够在确定采用哪种DMRS作为假设的同时，还有效节约信令开销。而且在存在多个CORESET的场景下，也能较为合理的确定每个参考信号所对应的DMRS。The method provided in the embodiment of the present application determines the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the second reference signal group based on the DMRS corresponding to multiple CORESETs corresponding to the reference signal in the second reference signal group, and can effectively save signaling overhead while determining which DMRS to use as a hypothesis. Moreover, in the scenario where there are multiple CORESETs, the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal can also be determined more reasonably.

步骤247：确定目标DMRS为第二参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS。Step 247: Determine the target DMRS as the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the second reference signal group.

在一些实施例中，第二参考信号组中的参考信号是基于控制信道中的目标搜索空间对应的TCI状态确定的。In some embodiments, the reference signals in the second reference signal group are determined based on a TCI state corresponding to a target search space in the control channel.

在一个TCI状态对应至少两个参考信号的情况下，基于QCL typeD对应的参考信号确定第一参考信号组中的参考信号。When one TCI state corresponds to at least two reference signals, the reference signal in the first reference signal group is determined based on the reference signal corresponding to QCL type D.

在以上述图8所示实施例为基础的进一步实施例中，上述确定第二参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的DMRS的步骤还可替换为如下子步骤： In a further embodiment based on the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 , the step of determining the DMRS corresponding to the reference signal in the second reference signal group may also be replaced by the following sub-steps:

步骤248：在第二参考信号组中的第二参考信号是基于控制信道中的目标搜索空间对应的TCI状态确定的情况下，确定目标搜索空间对应的DMRS为第二参考信号组中的第二参考信号所对应的DMRS。Step 248: When the second reference signal in the second reference signal group is determined based on the TCI state corresponding to the target search space in the control channel, determine that the DMRS corresponding to the target search space is the DMRS corresponding to the second reference signal in the second reference signal group.

在一些实施例中，目标搜索空间对应的DMRS还可以理解为在目标搜索空间中传输的PDCCH采用的DMRS。目标搜索空间对应的DMRS为第一DMRS或第二DMRS。其中目标搜索空间对应的DMRS为第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS，第一DMRS是与控制信息使用一个或多个相同的资源元素的DMRS，第二DMRS是与控制信息使用不同的资源元素的DMRS。其中，第一DMRS可以是第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS，第二DMRS可以是第二类型DMRS。In some embodiments, the DMRS corresponding to the target search space can also be understood as the DMRS used by the PDCCH transmitted in the target search space. The DMRS corresponding to the target search space is the first DMRS or the second DMRS. The DMRS corresponding to the target search space is the first type DMRS or the second type DMRS, the first DMRS is a DMRS that uses one or more of the same resource elements as the control information, and the second DMRS is a DMRS that uses different resource elements from the control information. The first DMRS can be the first type DMRS or the second type DMRS, and the second DMRS can be the second type DMRS.

在一些实施例中，在目标搜索空间对应的DMRS为第一DMRS的情况下，确定第二参考信号组中的第二参考信号所对应的DMRS为第一DMRS。则使用第一DMRS作为评估第二参考信号所对应的链路质量时所采用的DMRS假设。例如，此时第一DMRS是第一类型DMRS。In some embodiments, when the DMRS corresponding to the target search space is the first DMRS, it is determined that the DMRS corresponding to the second reference signal in the second reference signal group is the first DMRS. The first DMRS is used as the DMRS hypothesis adopted when evaluating the link quality corresponding to the second reference signal. For example, at this time, the first DMRS is a first type DMRS.

在一些实施例中，在目标搜索空间对应的DMRS为第二DMRS的情况下，确定第二参考信号组中的第二参考信号所对应的DMRS为第二DMRS。则使用第二DMRS作为评估第二参考信号所对应的链路质量时所采用的DMRS假设。例如，此时第二DMRS是第二类型DMRS。In some embodiments, when the DMRS corresponding to the target search space is the second DMRS, the DMRS corresponding to the second reference signal in the second reference signal group is determined to be the second DMRS. The second DMRS is used as the DMRS hypothesis adopted when evaluating the link quality corresponding to the second reference signal. For example, at this time, the second DMRS is a second type DMRS.

本申请实施例提供的方法，通过参考目标搜索空间对应的DMRS，确定第二参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS，能够更准确的对应实际传输过程确定采用哪种DMRS作为假设。同时，不需要额外的第一指示信息对DMRS指示，有效节约信令开销。The method provided in the embodiment of the present application determines the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the second reference signal group by referring to the DMRS corresponding to the target search space, and can more accurately determine which DMRS to use as a hypothesis in the actual transmission process. At the same time, no additional first indication information is required for DMRS indication, effectively saving signaling overhead.

步骤249：基于第二参考信号组中的参考信号对应的多个搜索空间对应的DMRS，确定第二参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS。Step 249: Determine the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the second reference signal group based on the DMRSs corresponding to multiple search spaces corresponding to the reference signals in the second reference signal group.

在一些实施例中，在第二参考信号组中的参考信号对应的多个搜索空间中的一个或多个搜索空间对应第一DMRS的情况下，确定第一DMRS为第二参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS。则使用第一DMRS作为评估第二参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的链路质量时所采用的DMRS假设。例如，此时第一DMRS是第一类型DMRS。In some embodiments, when one or more search spaces among the multiple search spaces corresponding to the reference signals in the second reference signal group correspond to the first DMRS, the first DMRS is determined to be the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the second reference signal group. The first DMRS is used as the DMRS hypothesis adopted when evaluating the link quality corresponding to each reference signal in the second reference signal group. For example, at this time, the first DMRS is a first type DMRS.

在一些实施例中，在第二参考信号组中的参考信号对应的多个搜索空间中的一个或多个搜索空间对应第二DMRS的情况下，确定第二DMRS为第二参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS。则使用第二DMRS作为评估第二参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的链路质量时所采用的DMRS假设。例如，此时第二DMRS是第二类型DMRS。In some embodiments, when one or more search spaces among the multiple search spaces corresponding to the reference signals in the second reference signal group correspond to the second DMRS, the second DMRS is determined to be the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the second reference signal group. The second DMRS is used as the DMRS hypothesis adopted when evaluating the link quality corresponding to each reference signal in the second reference signal group. For example, at this time, the second DMRS is a second type DMRS.

在一些实施例中，在第二参考信号组中的参考信号对应的多个搜索空间全部使用第一DMRS的情况下，确定第一DMRS为第二参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS。则使用第一DMRS作为评估第二参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的链路质量时所采用的DMRS假设。例如，此时第一DMRS是第一类型DMRS。In some embodiments, when all the multiple search spaces corresponding to the reference signals in the second reference signal group use the first DMRS, the first DMRS is determined to be the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the second reference signal group. The first DMRS is used as the DMRS hypothesis adopted when evaluating the link quality corresponding to each reference signal in the second reference signal group. For example, at this time, the first DMRS is a first type DMRS.

在一些实施例中，在第二参考信号组中的参考信号对应的多个搜索空间全部使用第二DMRS的情况下，确定第二DMRS为第二参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS。则使用第二DMRS作为评估第二参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的链路质量时所采用的DMRS假设。例如，此时第二DMRS是第二类型DMRS。In some embodiments, when all the multiple search spaces corresponding to the reference signals in the second reference signal group use the second DMRS, the second DMRS is determined to be the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the second reference signal group. The second DMRS is used as the DMRS hypothesis adopted when evaluating the link quality corresponding to each reference signal in the second reference signal group. For example, at this time, the second DMRS is a second type DMRS.

其中，第一DMRS可以是第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS，第二DMRS可以是第二类型DMRS。第一DMRS是与控制信息使用一个或多个相同的资源元素的DMRS，第二DMRS是与控制信息使用不同的资源元素的DMRS。The first DMRS may be a first type DMRS or a second type DMRS, and the second DMRS may be a second type DMRS. The first DMRS is a DMRS that uses one or more of the same resource elements as the control information, and the second DMRS is a DMRS that uses different resource elements than the control information.

本申请实施例提供的方法，通过基于第二参考信号组中的参考信号对应的多个搜索空间对应的DMRS，确定第二参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS，能够在确定采用哪种DMRS作为假设的同时，还有效节约信令开销。而且在存在多个搜索空间的场景下，也能较为合理的确定每个参考信号所对应的DMRS。The method provided in the embodiment of the present application can effectively save signaling overhead while determining which DMRS to use as a hypothesis by determining the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the second reference signal group based on the DMRS corresponding to multiple search spaces corresponding to the reference signal in the second reference signal group. Moreover, in the scenario where there are multiple search spaces, the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal can also be determined more reasonably.

在一些实施例中，在以上述图8所示实施例为基础的进一步实施例中，上述确定第二参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的DMRS的步骤还可替换为如下子步骤： In some embodiments, in a further embodiment based on the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 above, the step of determining the DMRS corresponding to the reference signal in the second reference signal group may also be replaced by the following sub-steps:

步骤250：确定目标DMRS为第二参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS。Step 250: Determine the target DMRS as the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the second reference signal group.

值得说明的是，上述步骤241至步骤250中的任一步骤均可实施为一个单独的实施例。It is worth noting that any of the above steps 241 to 250 can be implemented as a separate embodiment.

另外，上述步骤221和步骤241可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤221和步骤242可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤221和步骤243可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤221和步骤244可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤221和步骤245可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤221和步骤246可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤221和步骤247可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤221和步骤248可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤221和步骤249可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤221和步骤250可组合实施为一个新的实施例。In addition, the above steps 221 and 241 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 221 and 242 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 221 and 243 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 221 and 244 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 221 and 245 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 221 and 246 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 221 and 247 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 221 and 248 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 221 and 249 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 221 and 250 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment.

上述步骤222和步骤241可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤222和步骤242可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤222和步骤243可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤222和步骤244可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤222和步骤245可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤222和步骤246可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤222和步骤247可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤222和步骤248可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤222和步骤249可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤222和步骤250可组合实施为一个新的实施例。The above steps 222 and 241 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 222 and 242 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 222 and 243 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 222 and 244 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 222 and 245 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 222 and 246 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 222 and 247 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 222 and 248 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 222 and 249 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 222 and 250 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment.

上述步骤223和步骤241可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤223和步骤242可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤223和步骤243可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤223和步骤244可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤223和步骤245可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤223和步骤246可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤223和步骤247可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤223和步骤248可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤223和步骤249可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤223和步骤250可组合实施为一个新的实施例。The above steps 223 and 241 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 223 and 242 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 223 and 243 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 223 and 244 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 223 and 245 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 223 and 246 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 223 and 247 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 223 and 248 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 223 and 249 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 223 and 250 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment.

上述步骤224和步骤241可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤224和步骤242可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤224和步骤243可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤224和步骤244可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤224和步骤245可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤224和步骤246可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤224和步骤247可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤224和步骤248可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤224和步骤249可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤224和步骤250可组合实施为一个新的实施例。The above steps 224 and 241 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 224 and 242 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 224 and 243 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 224 and 244 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 224 and 245 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 224 and 246 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 224 and 247 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 224 and 248 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 224 and 249 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 224 and 250 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment.

上述步骤225和步骤241可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤225和步骤242可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤225和步骤243可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤225和步骤244可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤225和步骤245可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤225和步骤246可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤225和步骤247可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤225和步骤248可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤225和步骤249可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤225和步骤250可组合实施为一个新的实施例。The above steps 225 and 241 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 225 and 242 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 225 and 243 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 225 and 244 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 225 and 245 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 225 and 246 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 225 and 247 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 225 and 248 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 225 and 249 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 225 and 250 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment.

上述步骤226和步骤241可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤226和步骤242可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤226和步骤243可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤226和步骤244可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤226和步骤245可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤226和步骤246可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤226和步骤247可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤226和步骤248可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤226和步骤249可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤226和步骤250可组合实施为一个新的实施例。 The above steps 226 and 241 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 226 and 242 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 226 and 243 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 226 and 244 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 226 and 245 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 226 and 246 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 226 and 247 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 226 and 248 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 226 and 249 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 226 and 250 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment.

上述步骤227和步骤241可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤227和步骤242可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤227和步骤243可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤227和步骤244可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤227和步骤245可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤227和步骤246可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤227和步骤247可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤227和步骤248可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤227和步骤249可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤227和步骤250可组合实施为一个新的实施例。The above steps 227 and 241 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 227 and 242 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 227 and 243 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 227 and 244 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 227 and 245 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 227 and 246 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 227 and 247 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 227 and 248 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 227 and 249 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 227 and 250 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment.

上述步骤228和步骤241可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤228和步骤242可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤228和步骤243可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤228和步骤244可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤228和步骤245可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤228和步骤246可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤228和步骤247可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤228和步骤248可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤228和步骤249可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤228和步骤250可组合实施为一个新的实施例。The above steps 228 and 241 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 228 and 242 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 228 and 243 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 228 and 244 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 228 and 245 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 228 and 246 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 228 and 247 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 228 and 248 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 228 and 249 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 228 and 250 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment.

图10示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的DMRS的确定方法的流程图。在以上述图8所示实施例为基础的进一步实施例中，在上述步骤220和步骤240之前，上述方法还包括：FIG10 is a flowchart of a method for determining a DMRS provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application. In a further embodiment based on the embodiment shown in FIG8 above, before step 220 and step 240 above, the method further includes:

步骤260：上报终端能力。Step 260: Report terminal capabilities.

可选的，上报第一终端能力。该第一终端能力用于指示第一终端设备支持使用第一类型DMRS。第一类型DMRS是与控制信息使用一个或多个相同的资源元素的DMRS。在本申请实施例中，“上报”一词可理解为发送。Optionally, the first terminal capability is reported. The first terminal capability is used to indicate that the first terminal device supports the use of a first type of DMRS. The first type of DMRS is a DMRS that uses one or more of the same resource elements as the control information. In the embodiment of the present application, the term "report" can be understood as sending.

在一些实施例中，第一终端能力通过RRC信令传输，或者第一终端能力通过MAC CE信令传输。In some embodiments, the first terminal capability is transmitted via RRC signaling, or the first terminal capability is transmitted via MAC CE signaling.

在一些实施例中，第一终端能力是按照如下一个或多个选项进行上报的：In some embodiments, the first terminal capability is reported according to one or more of the following options:

·第一频段；·The first frequency band;

·第一频段组合；The first frequency band combination;

·第一频段组合中的每个频段；Each frequency band in the first frequency band combination;

·第一频段组合中的每个频段上每个载波；Each carrier on each frequency band in the first frequency band combination;

·第一目标频段范围；The first target frequency band range;

·第一目标终端设备。·The first target terminal device.

可选的，第一终端能力是针对频段(band)上报的。也即针对不同频段能够独立上报与当前频段对应的终端能力。有利于提高终端设备的自由度。Optionally, the first terminal capability is reported for a frequency band, that is, the terminal capability corresponding to the current frequency band can be reported independently for different frequency bands, which is conducive to improving the degree of freedom of the terminal device.

可选的，第一终端能力是针对频段组合(band combination)上报的。也即针对不同频段组合能够独立上报与当前频段组合对应的终端能力。有利于提高终端设备的自由度。Optionally, the first terminal capability is reported for a band combination. That is, the terminal capability corresponding to the current band combination can be reported independently for different band combinations. This is conducive to improving the degree of freedom of the terminal device.

可选的，第一终端能力是针对频段组合(band combination)中的每个频段独立上报的。也即针对不同的频段组合中的不同频段能够独立上报与当前频段对应的终端能力。有利于提高终端设备的自由度。Optionally, the first terminal capability is reported independently for each frequency band in a band combination. That is, the terminal capability corresponding to the current frequency band can be reported independently for different frequency bands in different frequency band combinations. This is conducive to improving the degree of freedom of the terminal device.

可选的，第一终端能力是针对频段组合(band combination)中的每个频段上每个载波独立上报的。也即针对不同频段组合中的不同频段中的不同载波能够独立上报与当前载波对应的终端能力。有利于提高终端设备的自由度。Optionally, the first terminal capability is reported independently for each carrier on each frequency band in a band combination. That is, the terminal capability corresponding to the current carrier can be reported independently for different carriers in different frequency bands in different frequency band combinations. This is conducive to improving the degree of freedom of the terminal device.

可选的，第一终端能力是针对频段范围(Frequency range)上报的。也即针对不同频段范围能够独立上报与当前频段范围对应的终端能力。有利于提高终端设备的自由度。Optionally, the first terminal capability is reported for a frequency range. That is, the terminal capability corresponding to the current frequency range can be reported independently for different frequency ranges. This is conducive to improving the degree of freedom of the terminal device.

可选的，第一终端能力是针对终端设备上报的。也即不同终端设备能够独立上报与终端设备本身对应的终端能力。能够有效降低终端设备上报终端能力的信令开销。Optionally, the first terminal capability is reported for the terminal device, that is, different terminal devices can independently report the terminal capabilities corresponding to the terminal device itself, which can effectively reduce the signaling overhead of the terminal device reporting the terminal capabilities.

在一些实施例中，第一终端能力还用于指示如下一个或多个选项：In some embodiments, the first terminal capability is further used to indicate one or more of the following options:

·支持的功率参数；Supported power parameters;

·支持第一类型DMRS的模式；A mode supporting the first type of DMRS;

·支持第一类型DMRS的频域密度；Support frequency domain density of the first type of DMRS;

·支持第一类型DMRS的时域密度。·Support the time domain density of the first type of DMRS.

可选的，上报第二终端能力。该第二终端能力用于指示支持确定参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的DMRS，该参考信号组包括第一参考信号组和/或第二参考信号组。Optionally, a second terminal capability is reported. The second terminal capability is used to indicate support for determining a DMRS corresponding to a reference signal in a reference signal group, where the reference signal group includes the first reference signal group and/or the second reference signal group.

可选的，该第二终端能力用于指示支持确定第一参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的DMRS。第一参考信号组中的参考信号以及该参考信号对应的DMRS用于评估第一链路质量。该第一链路质量用于指示是否发生目标事件，比如是否发生波束失败(beam failure)。该第一参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的DMRS是第一DMRS或第二DMRS。其中，该第一参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的DMRS是第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS，第一类型DMRS是与控制信息使用一个或多个相同的资源元素的DMRS，第二类型DMRS是与控制信息使用不同的资源元素的DMRS。 Optionally, the second terminal capability is used to indicate support for determining the DMRS corresponding to the reference signal in the first reference signal group. The reference signal in the first reference signal group and the DMRS corresponding to the reference signal are used to evaluate the first link quality. The first link quality is used to indicate whether a target event occurs, such as whether a beam failure occurs. The DMRS corresponding to the reference signal in the first reference signal group is a first DMRS or a second DMRS. Among them, the DMRS corresponding to the reference signal in the first reference signal group is a first type DMRS or a second type DMRS, the first type DMRS is a DMRS that uses one or more of the same resource elements as the control information, and the second type DMRS is a DMRS that uses different resource elements from the control information.

可选的，该第二终端能力用于指示支持确定第二参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的DMRS。第二参考信号组中的参考信号以及该参考信号对应的DMRS用于评估第二链路质量。该第二链路质量用于指示是否发生目标事件，比如是否发生波束失败(beam failure)。该第二参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的DMRS是第一DMRS或第二DMRS。其中，该第二参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的DMRS是第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS，第一类型DMRS是与控制信息使用一个或多个相同的资源元素的DMRS，第二类型DMRS是与控制信息使用不同的资源元素的DMRS。Optionally, the second terminal capability is used to indicate support for determining the DMRS corresponding to the reference signal in the second reference signal group. The reference signal in the second reference signal group and the DMRS corresponding to the reference signal are used to evaluate the second link quality. The second link quality is used to indicate whether a target event occurs, such as whether a beam failure occurs. The DMRS corresponding to the reference signal in the second reference signal group is a first DMRS or a second DMRS. The DMRS corresponding to the reference signal in the second reference signal group is a first type DMRS or a second type DMRS, the first type DMRS is a DMRS that uses one or more of the same resource elements as the control information, and the second type DMRS is a DMRS that uses different resource elements from the control information.

在一些实施例中，第一DMRS可以是第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS，第二DMRS可以是第二类型DMRS。可选的，该第二终端能力用于指示支持确定第一参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的DMRS和第二参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的DMRS。In some embodiments, the first DMRS may be a first type DMRS or a second type DMRS, and the second DMRS may be a second type DMRS. Optionally, the second terminal capability is used to indicate support for determining a DMRS corresponding to a reference signal in the first reference signal group and a DMRS corresponding to a reference signal in the second reference signal group.

在一些实施例中，第二终端能力通过RRC信令传输，或者第二终端能力通过MAC CE信令传输。In some embodiments, the second terminal capabilities are transmitted via RRC signaling, or the second terminal capabilities are transmitted via MAC CE signaling.

在一些实施例中，第二终端能力是按照如下一个或多个选项进行上报的：In some embodiments, the second terminal capability is reported according to one or more of the following options:

·第二频段；· Second frequency band;

·第二频段组合；· Second frequency band combination;

·第二频段组合中的每个频段；Each frequency band in the second frequency band combination;

·第二频段组合中的每个频段上每个载波；Each carrier on each frequency band in the second frequency band combination;

·第二目标频段范围；Second target frequency band range;

·第二目标终端设备。· Second target terminal device.

可选的，第二终端能力是针对频段上报的。也即针对不同频段能够独立上报与当前频段对应的终端能力。有利于提高终端设备的自由度。Optionally, the second terminal capability is reported for a frequency band, that is, the terminal capability corresponding to the current frequency band can be reported independently for different frequency bands, which is conducive to improving the degree of freedom of the terminal device.

可选的，第二终端能力是针对频段组合上报的。也即针对不同频段组合能够独立上报与当前频段组合对应的终端能力。有利于提高终端设备的自由度。Optionally, the second terminal capability is reported for a frequency band combination, that is, the terminal capability corresponding to the current frequency band combination can be reported independently for different frequency band combinations, which is conducive to improving the degree of freedom of the terminal device.

可选的，第二终端能力是针对频段组合中的每个频段独立上报的。也即针对不同的频段组合中的不同频段能够独立上报与当前频段对应的终端能力。有利于提高终端设备的自由度。Optionally, the second terminal capability is reported independently for each frequency band in the frequency band combination. That is, the terminal capability corresponding to the current frequency band can be reported independently for different frequency bands in different frequency band combinations. This is conducive to improving the degree of freedom of the terminal device.

可选的，第二终端能力是针对频段组合中的每个频段上每个载波独立上报的。也即针对不同频段组合中的不同频段中的不同载波能够独立上报与当前载波对应的终端能力。有利于提高终端设备的自由度。Optionally, the second terminal capability is reported independently for each carrier on each frequency band in the frequency band combination. That is, the terminal capability corresponding to the current carrier can be reported independently for different carriers in different frequency bands in different frequency band combinations. This is conducive to improving the degree of freedom of the terminal device.

可选的，第二终端能力是针对频段范围上报的。也即针对不同频段范围能够独立上报与当前频段范围对应的终端能力。有利于提高终端设备的自由度。Optionally, the second terminal capability is reported for a frequency band range, that is, the terminal capability corresponding to the current frequency band range can be reported independently for different frequency band ranges, which is conducive to improving the degree of freedom of the terminal device.

可选的，第二终端能力是针对终端设备上报的。也即不同终端设备能够独立上报与终端设备本身对应的终端能力。能够有效降低终端设备上报终端能力的信令开销。Optionally, the second terminal capability is reported for the terminal device, that is, different terminal devices can independently report the terminal capability corresponding to the terminal device itself, which can effectively reduce the signaling overhead of the terminal device reporting the terminal capability.

可选地，第一终端能力和第二终端能力可以一起上报；可选地，第一终端能力和第二终端能力可以使用相同的选项上报，比如第一终端能力对应的第一频段和第二终端能力对应的第二频段是相同频段。Optionally, the first terminal capability and the second terminal capability may be reported together; optionally, the first terminal capability and the second terminal capability may be reported using the same options, for example, the first frequency band corresponding to the first terminal capability and the second frequency band corresponding to the second terminal capability are the same frequency band.

图11示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的DMRS的确定方法的流程图。该方法由第二终端设备或网络设备执行，该方法包括：FIG11 is a flowchart of a method for determining a DMRS provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application. The method is executed by a second terminal device or a network device, and the method includes:

步骤20：发送第一指示信息。Step 20: Send the first indication information.

在一些实施例中，第一指示信息用于指示第一参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的DMRS。其中，第一参考信号组中的参考信号以及第一参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的DMRS用于评估第一链路质量，第一参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的DMRS是第一DMRS或第二DMRS。第一DMRS可以是第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS，第二DMRS可以是第二类型DMRS。In some embodiments, the first indication information is used to indicate the DMRS corresponding to the reference signal in the first reference signal group. The reference signal in the first reference signal group and the DMRS corresponding to the reference signal in the first reference signal group are used to evaluate the first link quality, and the DMRS corresponding to the reference signal in the first reference signal group is the first DMRS or the second DMRS. The first DMRS may be a first type DMRS or a second type DMRS, and the second DMRS may be a second type DMRS.

在一些实施例中，第一参考信号组中的参考信号以及第一参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的DMRS用于评估第一链路质量。或者，可以理解为，结合第一参考信号组中的参考信号以及第一参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的DMRS，评估第一链路质量。其中，第一参考信号组中的参考信号用于评估第一链路质量，该参考信号所对应的DMRS也用于评估第一链路质量。In some embodiments, the reference signals in the first reference signal group and the DMRS corresponding to the reference signals in the first reference signal group are used to evaluate the first link quality. Alternatively, it can be understood that the first link quality is evaluated in combination with the reference signals in the first reference signal group and the DMRS corresponding to the reference signals in the first reference signal group. Wherein, the reference signals in the first reference signal group are used to evaluate the first link quality, and the DMRS corresponding to the reference signals are also used to evaluate the first link quality.

在一些实施例中，第一链路质量是第一参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的链路质量。或者，可以理解为，第一链路质量是第一参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的波束的链路质量。比如，第一参考信号组与TRP1关联，第一参考信号组中的每个参考信号与TRP1的一个波束关联。In some embodiments, the first link quality is the link quality corresponding to the reference signal in the first reference signal group. Alternatively, it can be understood that the first link quality is the link quality of the beam corresponding to the reference signal in the first reference signal group. For example, the first reference signal group is associated with TRP1, and each reference signal in the first reference signal group is associated with a beam of TRP1.

该第一链路质量用于指示是否发生目标事件，比如是否发生波束失败(beam failure)。The first link quality is used to indicate whether a target event occurs, such as whether a beam failure occurs.

在一些实施例中，第一指示信息用于指示第一参考信号组中的每个参考信号分别对应的DMRS。其中，第一参考信号组中的每个参考信号分别对应的DMRS为第一DMRS或第二DMRS，不同参考信号对应的DMRS相同或不同。In some embodiments, the first indication information is used to indicate the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group. The DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group is the first DMRS or the second DMRS. The corresponding DMRS are the same or different.

在一些实施例中，第一指示信息用于指示第一参考信号组对应的DMRS。其中，第一参考信号组对应的DMRS为第一DMRS或第二DMRS。In some embodiments, the first indication information is used to indicate a DMRS corresponding to the first reference signal group, wherein the DMRS corresponding to the first reference signal group is the first DMRS or the second DMRS.

在一些实施例中，第一指示信息还用于指示第二参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的DMRS。其中，第二参考信号组中的参考信号以及第二参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的DMRS用于评估第二链路质量，第二参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的DMRS是第一DMRS或第二DMRS。第一DMRS可以是第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS，第二DMRS可以是第二类型DMRS。In some embodiments, the first indication information is also used to indicate the DMRS corresponding to the reference signal in the second reference signal group. The reference signal in the second reference signal group and the DMRS corresponding to the reference signal in the second reference signal group are used to evaluate the second link quality, and the DMRS corresponding to the reference signal in the second reference signal group is the first DMRS or the second DMRS. The first DMRS may be a first type DMRS or a second type DMRS, and the second DMRS may be a second type DMRS.

在一些实施例中，第二参考信号组中的参考信号以及第二参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的DMRS用于评估第二链路质量。或者，可以理解为，结合第二参考信号组中的参考信号以及第二参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的DMRS，评估第二链路质量。其中，第二参考信号组中的参考信号用于评估第二链路质量，该参考信号所对应的DMRS也用于评估第二链路质量。In some embodiments, the reference signals in the second reference signal group and the DMRS corresponding to the reference signals in the second reference signal group are used to evaluate the second link quality. Alternatively, it can be understood that the second link quality is evaluated in combination with the reference signals in the second reference signal group and the DMRS corresponding to the reference signals in the second reference signal group. Wherein, the reference signals in the second reference signal group are used to evaluate the second link quality, and the DMRS corresponding to the reference signals are also used to evaluate the second link quality.

在一些实施例中，第二链路质量是第二参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的链路质量。或者，可以理解为，第二链路质量是第二参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的波束的链路质量。比如，第二参考信号组与TRP2关联，第二参考信号组中的每个参考信号与TRP2的一个波束关联。In some embodiments, the second link quality is the link quality corresponding to the reference signal in the second reference signal group. Alternatively, it can be understood that the second link quality is the link quality of the beam corresponding to the reference signal in the second reference signal group. For example, the second reference signal group is associated with TRP2, and each reference signal in the second reference signal group is associated with a beam of TRP2.

具体的，第一指示信息的作用详见上述步骤221、步骤222、步骤241和步骤242。Specifically, the function of the first indication information is detailed in the above steps 221, 222, 241 and 242.

图12示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的DMRS的确定方法的流程图。该方法由第二终端设备或网络设备执行，该方法包括：FIG12 shows a flow chart of a method for determining a DMRS provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application. The method is executed by a second terminal device or a network device, and the method includes:

步骤21：接收终端能力。Step 21: Receive terminal capabilities.

可选的，接收第一终端能力，该第一终端能力用于指示支持使用第一类型DMRS；Optionally, receiving a first terminal capability, where the first terminal capability is used to indicate support for use of a first type of DMRS;

可选的，接收第二终端能力，该第二终端能力用于指示支持确定参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的DMRS。其中，参考信号组包括第一参考信号组和/或第二参考信号组。Optionally, a second terminal capability is received, where the second terminal capability is used to indicate support for determining a DMRS corresponding to a reference signal in a reference signal group. The reference signal group includes a first reference signal group and/or a second reference signal group.

具体的，终端能力的实施方式详见上述步骤260。Specifically, the implementation of the terminal capability is detailed in the above step 260.

值得说明的是，通常情况下，上述步骤21在步骤20之前执行。It is worth noting that, usually, the above step 21 is performed before step 20.

在一些实施例中，第一类型DMRS是与控制信息使用至少一个相同的资源元素的DMRS。第二类型DMRS是与控制信息使用不同的资源元素的DMRS。In some embodiments, the first type DMRS is a DMRS that uses at least one same resource element as the control information. The second type DMRS is a DMRS that uses different resource elements than the control information.

在一些实施例中，图13示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的DMRS的确定方法的流程图。该方法由第一终端设备、第二终端设备和/或网络设备联合执行，该方法还包括：In some embodiments, FIG13 shows a flow chart of a method for determining a DMRS provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application. The method is jointly performed by a first terminal device, a second terminal device and/or a network device, and the method further includes:

步骤1：第一终端设备向第二终端设备和/或网络设备上报终端能力；Step 1: The first terminal device reports terminal capabilities to the second terminal device and/or the network device;

具体的，该终端能力的实现方式参见上述步骤210。Specifically, the implementation method of the terminal capability refers to the above step 210.

步骤2：第二终端设备和/或网络设备发送第一指示信息和/或控制信道的配置信息。Step 2: The second terminal device and/or the network device sends the first indication information and/or the configuration information of the control channel.

可选的，第一指示信息用于指示或配置参考信号组中的参考信号。可选的，控制信道的配置信息用于指示参考信号组中的参考信号。Optionally, the first indication information is used to indicate or configure a reference signal in a reference signal group. Optionally, configuration information of a control channel is used to indicate a reference signal in a reference signal group.

步骤3：第一终端设备确定参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS。Step 3: The first terminal device determines the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the reference signal group.

可选的，第一终端设备确定第一候选参考信号组中的每个候选参考信号所对应的DMRS，具体的确定方式参见上述步骤220。可选的，第一终端设备确定第二参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS，具体的确定方式参见上述步骤240。Optionally, the first terminal device determines the DMRS corresponding to each candidate reference signal in the first candidate reference signal group, and the specific determination method is shown in the above step 220. Optionally, the first terminal device determines the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the second reference signal group, and the specific determination method is shown in the above step 240.

第一终端设备根据参考信号组中的参考信号评估链路质量。The first terminal device evaluates the link quality according to the reference signals in the reference signal group.

上述步骤不一定全部都包括，可能就包括其中一个或多个步骤。The above steps do not necessarily include all of them, and may include one or more of them.

针对新波束的发现和上报场景：Scenarios for discovering and reporting new beams:

在一些实施例中，第一终端设备基于第一参考信号组和/或第二参考信号组中的每个参考信号以及第一参考信号组和/或第二参考信号组中的每个参考信号对应的DMRS评估链路质量，然后基于该链路质量可以给网络上报第一上报信息。如果目标事件发生，例如在确定发生波束失败(beam failure)的情况下，第一终端设备需要向网络设备或第二终端设备上报第一上报信息。可选地，该第一上报信息可以指示目标参考信号和/或与目标事件相关的其他信息，例如目标事件发生，波束失败(beam failure)发生。示例性的，如图9所示，在终端设备基于TRP1的波束1对应的参考信号以及波束1对应的参考信号所对应的DMRS评估链路质量之后，确定发生波束失败时，需要重新确定满足链路质量条件的目标参考信号，比如确定TRP2的波束2对应的参考信号是满足足链路质量条件的目标参考信号。In some embodiments, the first terminal device evaluates the link quality based on each reference signal in the first reference signal group and/or the second reference signal group and the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group and/or the second reference signal group, and then reports the first reporting information to the network based on the link quality. If the target event occurs, for example, when it is determined that a beam failure occurs, the first terminal device needs to report the first reporting information to the network device or the second terminal device. Optionally, the first reporting information may indicate the target reference signal and/or other information related to the target event, such as the target event occurs and the beam failure occurs. Exemplarily, as shown in FIG9 , after the terminal device evaluates the link quality based on the reference signal corresponding to beam 1 of TRP1 and the DMRS corresponding to the reference signal corresponding to beam 1, when it is determined that a beam failure occurs, it is necessary to re-determine the target reference signal that meets the link quality condition, such as determining that the reference signal corresponding to beam 2 of TRP2 is the target reference signal that meets the link quality condition.

可选地，第一上报信息通过随机接入信道(Random Access Channel，RACH)传输，或者通过MAC CE信令传输，或者通过RRC信令传输。Optionally, the first reporting information is transmitted via a random access channel (RACH) or via a MAC CE signaling transmission, or transmission through RRC signaling.

在一些实施例中，目标参考信号是从第三参考信号组中选择出的满足链路质量条件的信号。第三参考信号组中包括一个或多个候选参考信号，第三参考信号组由第二指示信息指示。可选的，第一终端设备接收网络设备或第二终端设备发送的第二指示信息。可选地，第二指示信息是通过RRC信令、MAC CE信令、DCI信令中的一种或多种发送的。In some embodiments, the target reference signal is a signal that satisfies the link quality condition selected from the third reference signal group. The third reference signal group includes one or more candidate reference signals, and the third reference signal group is indicated by the second indication information. Optionally, the first terminal device receives the second indication information sent by the network device or the second terminal device. Optionally, the second indication information is sent through one or more of RRC signaling, MAC CE signaling, and DCI signaling.

可选地，上述第一指示信息和第二指示信息是同一个信息，或者第一指示信息和第二指示信息通过同一个信令传输。有利于节约信令开销。可选地，上述第一指示信息和第二指示信息是不同信息，或者第一指示信息和第二指示信息通过不同信令传输。由此通过不同的信息进行指示能够使灵活性更好。Optionally, the first indication information and the second indication information are the same information, or the first indication information and the second indication information are transmitted through the same signaling. This is conducive to saving signaling overhead. Optionally, the first indication information and the second indication information are different information, or the first indication information and the second indication information are transmitted through different signaling. Thus, indicating through different information can make flexibility better.

满足链路质量条件的情况包括如下一个或多个选项：The link quality condition may be satisfied by one or more of the following options:

·链路质量大于或等于第四门限；The link quality is greater than or equal to the fourth threshold;

·链路质量在第二目标时间内大于第五门限的次数大于第二次数阈值；The number of times that the link quality is greater than the fifth threshold within the second target time is greater than the second numerical threshold;

·链路质量与第六门限的差值大于第二差值阈值；The difference between the link quality and the sixth threshold is greater than the second difference threshold;

·链路质量最大值。Maximum link quality.

可选的，第二指示信息能够用于指示链路质量条件的相关参数。比如，第二指示信息用于指示第四门限、第二目标时间、第五门限、第二次数阈值、第六门限、第二差值阈值中的一种或多种。Optionally, the second indication information can be used to indicate relevant parameters of the link quality condition. For example, the second indication information is used to indicate one or more of a fourth threshold, a second target time, a fifth threshold, a second numerical threshold, a sixth threshold, and a second difference threshold.

在一些实施例中，第一终端设备评估链路质量的方式包括一种或多种。比如，第一终端设备可以基于上述参考信号的RSRP来评估链路质量，也即基于第三参考信号组中的候选参考信号对应的RSRP来评估第三链路质量。或，第一终端设备可以基于上述参考信号的SINR来评估链路质量，也即基于第三参考信号组中的候选参考信号对应的SINR来评估第三链路质量。或，第一终端设备可以基于控制信道的传输质量来评估链路质量，也即基于第三参考信号组中的候选参考信号对应的信道用来传输控制信道时的传输性能来评估第三链路质量，例如基于hypothetical BLER来评估第三链路质量。In some embodiments, the first terminal device may evaluate the link quality in one or more ways. For example, the first terminal device may evaluate the link quality based on the RSRP of the reference signal, that is, evaluate the third link quality based on the RSRP corresponding to the candidate reference signal in the third reference signal group. Or, the first terminal device may evaluate the link quality based on the SINR of the reference signal, that is, evaluate the third link quality based on the SINR corresponding to the candidate reference signal in the third reference signal group. Or, the first terminal device may evaluate the link quality based on the transmission quality of the control channel, that is, evaluate the third link quality based on the transmission performance of the channel corresponding to the candidate reference signal in the third reference signal group when used to transmit the control channel, for example, evaluate the third link quality based on hypothetical BLER.

在第一终端设备基于控制信道传输质量来评估链路质量时，不同的DMRS对控制信道传输的影响是不一样的，因此在存在两种DMRS的情况下需要确定评估链路质量时所对应的DMRS。还可以理解为，在一些实施例中，需要确定采用哪种DMRS假设来评估链路质量，或者评估链路质量假设采用哪种DMRS，或者评估链路质量采用哪种DMRS作为假设。When the first terminal device evaluates the link quality based on the control channel transmission quality, different DMRSs have different effects on the control channel transmission, so when there are two DMRSs, it is necessary to determine the DMRS corresponding to the link quality evaluation. It can also be understood that in some embodiments, it is necessary to determine which DMRS assumption is used to evaluate the link quality, or which DMRS is used to evaluate the link quality assumption, or which DMRS is used as an assumption to evaluate the link quality.

图14示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的DMRS的确定方法的流程图。该方法由第一终端设备执行，该方法包括：FIG14 shows a flow chart of a method for determining a DMRS provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application. The method is executed by a first terminal device, and the method includes:

步骤320：确定第三参考信号组中的候选参考信号所对应的DMRS。Step 320: Determine the DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signal in the third reference signal group.

在一些实施例中，第三参考信号组中的候选参考信号以及第三参考信号组中的候选参考信号所对应的DMRS用于评估第三链路质量。或者，可以理解为，结合第三参考信号组中的候选参考信号以及第三参考信号组中的候选参考信号所对应的DMRS，评估第三链路质量。其中，第三参考信号组中的候选参考信号用于评估第三链路质量，该候选参考信号所对应的DMRS也用于评估第三链路质量，即基于第三参考信号组中的候选参考信号评估第三链路质量，或基于第三参考信号组中的候选参考信号和对应的DMRS评估第三链路质量。In some embodiments, the candidate reference signals in the third reference signal group and the DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signals in the third reference signal group are used to evaluate the third link quality. Alternatively, it can be understood that the third link quality is evaluated in combination with the candidate reference signals in the third reference signal group and the DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signals in the third reference signal group. Among them, the candidate reference signals in the third reference signal group are used to evaluate the third link quality, and the DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signals are also used to evaluate the third link quality, that is, the third link quality is evaluated based on the candidate reference signals in the third reference signal group, or the third link quality is evaluated based on the candidate reference signals in the third reference signal group and the corresponding DMRS.

在一些实施例中，第三链路质量是第三参考信号组中的候选参考信号所对应的链路质量。或者，可以理解为，第三链路质量是第三参考信号组中的候选参考信号所对应的波束的链路质量。该第三链路质量用于从一个或多个候选参考信号中选择出满足链路质量条件的目标参考信号。In some embodiments, the third link quality is the link quality corresponding to the candidate reference signal in the third reference signal group. Alternatively, it can be understood that the third link quality is the link quality of the beam corresponding to the candidate reference signal in the third reference signal group. The third link quality is used to select a target reference signal that meets the link quality condition from one or more candidate reference signals.

在一些实施例中，确定第三参考信号组中的候选参考信号所对应的DMRS为第一DMRS或第二DMRS。其中，第三参考信号组中的候选参考信号所对应的DMRS是第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS。第一类型DMRS是与控制信息使用一个或多个相同的资源元素的DMRS，第二类型DMRS是与控制信息使用不同的资源元素的DMRS。第一DMRS为第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS，第二DMRS为第二类型DMRS。In some embodiments, the DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signal in the third reference signal group is determined to be the first DMRS or the second DMRS. The DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signal in the third reference signal group is a first type DMRS or a second type DMRS. The first type DMRS is a DMRS that uses one or more of the same resource elements as the control information, and the second type DMRS is a DMRS that uses different resource elements from the control information. The first DMRS is the first type DMRS or the second type DMRS, and the second DMRS is the second type DMRS.

在一些实施例中，确定第三参考信号组中的候选参考信号所对应的DMRS是第一DMRS。或理解为，采用第三参考信号组中的候选参考信号所对应的第一DMRS作为DMRS假设，或假设采用第三参考信号组中的候选参考信号所对应的第一DMRS评估链路质量。In some embodiments, it is determined that the DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signal in the third reference signal group is the first DMRS. Alternatively, it is understood that the first DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signal in the third reference signal group is used as a DMRS hypothesis, or it is assumed that the first DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signal in the third reference signal group is used to evaluate the link quality.

在一些实施例中，确定第三参考信号组中的候选参考信号所对应的DMRS是第二DMRS。或理解为，采用第三参考信号组中的候选参考信号所对应的第二DMRS作为DMRS假设，或假设采用第三参考信号组中的候选参考信号所对应的第二DMRS评估链路质量。In some embodiments, it is determined that the DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signal in the third reference signal group is the second DMRS. Alternatively, it is understood that the second DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signal in the third reference signal group is used as a DMRS hypothesis, or it is assumed that the second DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signal in the third reference signal group is used to evaluate the link quality.

本实施例提供的方法，通过确定第三参考信号组中的候选参考信号所对应的DMRS，使得能够确定第一终端设备采用哪种DMRS作为DMRS假设。通过确定假设的控制信道使用的DMRS来评估波束的链路质量，从而使在有可能使用两种DMRS的任意一种DMRS的情况下，提高了评估链路质量的准确性。The method provided in this embodiment determines the DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signal in the third reference signal group, so that it is possible to determine which DMRS the first terminal device uses as the DMRS hypothesis. The link of the beam is evaluated by determining the DMRS used by the assumed control channel. The link quality is evaluated, thereby improving the accuracy of evaluating the link quality when any one of the two DMRSs may be used.

在以上述图14所示实施例为基础的进一步实施例中，上述步骤：确定第三参考信号组中的候选参考信号所对应的DMRS，还可替换为如下子步骤：In a further embodiment based on the embodiment shown in FIG. 14 , the above step of determining the DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signal in the third reference signal group may also be replaced by the following sub-steps:

步骤321：确定目标DMRS为第三参考信号组中的候选参考信号所对应的DMRS。Step 321: Determine that the target DMRS is the DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signal in the third reference signal group.

每个候选参考信号所对应的DMRS用于评估每个候选参考信号分别对应的链路质量。The DMRS corresponding to each candidate reference signal is used to evaluate the link quality corresponding to each candidate reference signal.

目标DMRS包括第一DMRS或第二DMRS，此时第一DMRS为第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS，第二DMRS为第二类型DMRS。其中，第一类型DMRS是与控制信息使用一个或多个相同的资源元素的DMRS，第二类型DMRS是与控制信息使用不同的资源元素的DMRS。The target DMRS includes a first DMRS or a second DMRS, in which case the first DMRS is a first type DMRS or a second type DMRS, and the second DMRS is a second type DMRS. The first type DMRS is a DMRS that uses one or more of the same resource elements as the control information, and the second type DMRS is a DMRS that uses different resource elements than the control information.

在一些实施例中，确定第一DMRS为第三参考信号组中的每个候选参考信号所对应的DMRS。则使用第一DMRS作为评估第三参考信号组中的每个候选参考信号所对应的链路质量时所采用的DMRS假设。In some embodiments, the first DMRS is determined to be the DMRS corresponding to each candidate reference signal in the third reference signal group, and the first DMRS is used as the DMRS hypothesis adopted when evaluating the link quality corresponding to each candidate reference signal in the third reference signal group.

在一些实施例中，确定第二DMRS为第三参考信号组中的每个候选参考信号所对应的DMRS。则使用第二DMRS作为评估第三参考信号组中的每个候选参考信号所对应的链路质量时所采用的DMRS假设。In some embodiments, the second DMRS is determined to be the DMRS corresponding to each candidate reference signal in the third reference signal group, and the second DMRS is used as the DMRS hypothesis adopted when evaluating the link quality corresponding to each candidate reference signal in the third reference signal group.

本申请实施例提供的方法，通过确定目标DMRS作为第三参考信号组中的每个候选参考信号所对应的DMRS，能够在确定采用哪种DMRS作为假设的同时，还有效节约信令开销。The method provided in the embodiment of the present application can effectively save signaling overhead while determining which DMRS to adopt as a hypothesis by determining the target DMRS as the DMRS corresponding to each candidate reference signal in the third reference signal group.

步骤322：在第二指示信息指示有第三参考信号组对应的DMRS的情况下，确定第三参考信号组对应的DMRS为第三参考信号组中的每个候选参考信号所对应的DMRS。Step 322: when the second indication information indicates that there is a DMRS corresponding to the third reference signal group, determine that the DMRS corresponding to the third reference signal group is the DMRS corresponding to each candidate reference signal in the third reference signal group.

第三参考信号组对应的DMRS为第一DMRS或第二DMRS，第三参考信号组对应的DMRS为第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS。其中，第一DMRS可以是第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS，第二DMRS可以是第二类型DMRS。第一类型DMRS是与控制信息使用一个或多个相同的资源元素的DMRS，第二类型DMRS是与控制信息使用不同的资源元素的DMRS。The DMRS corresponding to the third reference signal group is the first DMRS or the second DMRS, and the DMRS corresponding to the third reference signal group is the first type DMRS or the second type DMRS. The first DMRS may be the first type DMRS or the second type DMRS, and the second DMRS may be the second type DMRS. The first type DMRS is a DMRS that uses one or more of the same resource elements as the control information, and the second type DMRS is a DMRS that uses different resource elements than the control information.

第三参考信号组对应的DMRS表示以整个组为粒度配置的DMRS，第三参考信号组中的每个参考信号均对应相同的DMRS。The DMRS corresponding to the third reference signal group represents the DMRS configured with the entire group as the granularity, and each reference signal in the third reference signal group corresponds to the same DMRS.

在一些实施例中，在第二指示信息指示有第三参考信号组对应的DMRS为第一DMRS的情况下，确定第三参考信号组对应的DMRS为第三参考信号组中的每个候选参考信号所对应的DMRS为第一DMRS。也即，使用第一DMRS评估第三参考信号组中的每个候选参考信号对应的链路质量。In some embodiments, when the second indication information indicates that the DMRS corresponding to the third reference signal group is the first DMRS, it is determined that the DMRS corresponding to the third reference signal group is the first DMRS corresponding to each candidate reference signal in the third reference signal group. That is, the first DMRS is used to evaluate the link quality corresponding to each candidate reference signal in the third reference signal group.

在一些实施例中，在第二指示信息指示有第三参考信号组对应的DMRS为第二DMRS的情况下，确定第三参考信号组对应的DMRS为第三参考信号组中的每个候选参考信号所对应的DMRS为第二DMRS。也即，使用第二DMRS评估第三参考信号组中的每个候选参考信号对应的链路质量。In some embodiments, when the second indication information indicates that the DMRS corresponding to the third reference signal group is the second DMRS, it is determined that the DMRS corresponding to the third reference signal group is the DMRS corresponding to each candidate reference signal in the third reference signal group is the second DMRS. That is, the link quality corresponding to each candidate reference signal in the third reference signal group is evaluated using the second DMRS.

示例性的，假设第三参考信号组中包括3个候选参考信号，分别是第一候选参考信号、第二候选参考信号和第三候选参考信号。在第二指示信息指示第三参考信号组对应的DMRS为第一DMRS的情况下，确定第一候选参考信号、第二候选参考信号和第三候选参考信号所对应的DMRS均为第一DMRS，以及采用第一候选参考信号和第一DMRS评估第一候选参考信号对应的链路质量，采用第二候选参考信号和第一DMRS评估第二候选参考信号对应的链路质量，采用第三候选参考信号和第一DMRS评估第三候选参考信号对应的链路质量。或，在第二指示信息指示第三参考信号组对应的DMRS为第二DMRS的情况下，确定第一候选参考信号、第二候选参考信号和第三候选参考信号所对应的DMRS均为第二DMRS，以及采用第一候选参考信号和第二DMRS评估第一候选参考信号对应的链路质量，采用第二候选参考信号和第二DMRS评估第二候选参考信号对应的链路质量，采用第三候选参考信号和第二DMRS评估第三候选参考信号对应的链路质量。Exemplarily, it is assumed that the third reference signal group includes three candidate reference signals, namely the first candidate reference signal, the second candidate reference signal and the third candidate reference signal. When the second indication information indicates that the DMRS corresponding to the third reference signal group is the first DMRS, it is determined that the DMRS corresponding to the first candidate reference signal, the second candidate reference signal and the third candidate reference signal are all the first DMRS, and the first candidate reference signal and the first DMRS are used to evaluate the link quality corresponding to the first candidate reference signal, the second candidate reference signal and the first DMRS are used to evaluate the link quality corresponding to the second candidate reference signal, and the third candidate reference signal and the first DMRS are used to evaluate the link quality corresponding to the third candidate reference signal. Or, when the second indication information indicates that the DMRS corresponding to the third reference signal group is the second DMRS, it is determined that the DMRS corresponding to the first candidate reference signal, the second candidate reference signal and the third candidate reference signal are all the second DMRS, and the first candidate reference signal and the second DMRS are used to evaluate the link quality corresponding to the first candidate reference signal, the second candidate reference signal and the second DMRS are used to evaluate the link quality corresponding to the second candidate reference signal, and the third candidate reference signal and the second DMRS are used to evaluate the link quality corresponding to the third candidate reference signal.

本申请实施例提供的方法，通过将第三参考信号组对应的DMRS确定为第三参考信号组中的每个候选参考信号所对应的DMRS，能够在确定采用哪种DMRS评估波束的链路质量的同时，还有效节约信令开销。The method provided in the embodiment of the present application can effectively save signaling overhead while determining which DMRS to use to evaluate the link quality of the beam by determining the DMRS corresponding to the third reference signal group as the DMRS corresponding to each candidate reference signal in the third reference signal group.

步骤323：确定第二指示信息指示的第三参考信号组中的每个候选参考信号分别对应的DMRS。 Step 323: Determine the DMRS corresponding to each candidate reference signal in the third reference signal group indicated by the second indication information.

每个候选参考信号分别对应的DMRS用于评估每个候选参考信号分别对应的链路质量。The DMRS corresponding to each candidate reference signal is used to evaluate the link quality corresponding to each candidate reference signal.

在第二指示信息指示有第三参考信号组中的每个候选参考信号分别对应的DMRS的情况下，确定第二指示信息指示的第三参考信号组中的每个候选参考信号分别对应的DMRS，为在评估链路质量时第三参考信号组中的每个候选参考信号所对应的DMRS。In a case where the second indication information indicates that each candidate reference signal in the third reference signal group corresponds to a DMRS respectively, the DMRS respectively corresponding to each candidate reference signal in the third reference signal group indicated by the second indication information is determined to be the DMRS corresponding to each candidate reference signal in the third reference signal group when evaluating link quality.

第三参考信号组中的每个候选参考信号分别对应的DMRS为第一DMRS或第二DMRS。第三参考信号组中的每个候选参考信号分别对应的DMRS第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS，不同候选参考信号对应的DMRS相同或不同。其中，第一类型DMRS是与控制信息使用一个或多个相同的资源元素的DMRS，第二类型DMRS是与控制信息使用不同的资源元素的DMRS。其中，第一DMRS可以是第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS，第二DMRS可以是第二类型DMRS。The DMRS corresponding to each candidate reference signal in the third reference signal group is the first DMRS or the second DMRS. The DMRS corresponding to each candidate reference signal in the third reference signal group is the first type DMRS or the second type DMRS, and the DMRSs corresponding to different candidate reference signals are the same or different. Among them, the first type DMRS is a DMRS that uses one or more of the same resource elements as the control information, and the second type DMRS is a DMRS that uses different resource elements from the control information. Among them, the first DMRS can be the first type DMRS or the second type DMRS, and the second DMRS can be the second type DMRS.

示例性的，假设第三参考信号组中包括3个候选参考信号，分别是第一候选参考信号、第二候选参考信号和第三候选参考信号。在第二指示信息指示第一候选参考信号对应的DMRS为第一DMRS、第二候选参考信号对应的DMRS为第一DMRS，以及第三候选参考信号对应的DMRS为第二DMRS的情况下，确定采用第一候选参考信号和第一候选参考信号对应的第一DMRS评估第一候选参考信号对应的链路质量，采用第二候选参考信号和第二候选参考信号对应的第一DMRS评估第二候选参考信号对应的链路质量，采用第三候选参考信号和第三候选参考信号对应的第二DMRS评估第三候选参考信号对应的链路质量。Exemplarily, assuming that the third reference signal group includes three candidate reference signals, namely, the first candidate reference signal, the second candidate reference signal, and the third candidate reference signal. When the second indication information indicates that the DMRS corresponding to the first candidate reference signal is the first DMRS, the DMRS corresponding to the second candidate reference signal is the first DMRS, and the DMRS corresponding to the third candidate reference signal is the second DMRS, it is determined that the first candidate reference signal and the first DMRS corresponding to the first candidate reference signal are used to evaluate the link quality corresponding to the first candidate reference signal, the second candidate reference signal and the first DMRS corresponding to the second candidate reference signal are used to evaluate the link quality corresponding to the second candidate reference signal, and the third candidate reference signal and the second DMRS corresponding to the third candidate reference signal are used to evaluate the link quality corresponding to the third candidate reference signal.

本申请实施例提供的方法，通过将第三参考信号组中的每个候选参考信号分别对应的DMRS确定为第三参考信号组中的每个候选参考信号所对应的DMRS，使得能够灵活地确定采用哪种DMRS作为假设，从而能够更准确的判断链路质量。The method provided in the embodiment of the present application, by determining the DMRS corresponding to each candidate reference signal in the third reference signal group as the DMRS corresponding to each candidate reference signal in the third reference signal group, makes it possible to flexibly determine which DMRS to use as a hypothesis, thereby enabling more accurate judgment of link quality.

值得说明的是，上述步骤321至步骤323中的任一步骤均可实施为一个单独的实施例。It is worth noting that any of the above steps 321 to 323 can be implemented as a separate embodiment.

上述实施例是针对单个TRP的新波束的发现和上报场景，在一些实施例中，针对两个TRP的新波束的发现和上报场景还包括如下实施例：The above embodiment is a scenario for discovering and reporting a new beam for a single TRP. In some embodiments, the scenario for discovering and reporting new beams for two TRPs also includes the following embodiments:

在一些实施例中，针对两个参考信号组的情况：第三参考信号组对应一个或多个候选参考信号，以及第四参考信号组对应一个或多个候选参考信号。此时，假设第二指示信息指示第三参考信号组对应的候选参考信号采用哪个DMRS(第一DMRS或者第二DMRS)和第四参考信号组对应的候选参考信号采用哪个DMRS(第一DMRS或者第二DMRS)。则第一终端设备基于第三参考信号组评估链路质量时，假设采用第三参考信号组中的参考信号对应的DMRS；第一终端设备基于第四参考信号组评估链路质量时，假设采用第四参考信号组中的参考信号对应的DMRS。具体的，如下实施例所述：In some embodiments, for the case of two reference signal groups: the third reference signal group corresponds to one or more candidate reference signals, and the fourth reference signal group corresponds to one or more candidate reference signals. At this time, it is assumed that the second indication information indicates which DMRS (first DMRS or second DMRS) is used by the candidate reference signal corresponding to the third reference signal group and which DMRS (first DMRS or second DMRS) is used by the candidate reference signal corresponding to the fourth reference signal group. When the first terminal device evaluates the link quality based on the third reference signal group, it is assumed that the DMRS corresponding to the reference signal in the third reference signal group is used; when the first terminal device evaluates the link quality based on the fourth reference signal group, it is assumed that the DMRS corresponding to the reference signal in the fourth reference signal group is used. Specifically, as described in the following embodiments:

图15示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的DMRS的确定方法的流程图。该方法由第一终端设备执行，该方法包括：FIG15 shows a flow chart of a method for determining a DMRS provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application. The method is executed by a first terminal device, and the method includes:

步骤340：确定第三参考信号组中的候选参考信号所对应的DMRS，以及第四参考信号组中的候选参考信号所对应的DMRS。Step 340: Determine the DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signals in the third reference signal group and the DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signals in the fourth reference signal group.

在一些实施例中，基于第四参考信号组中的候选参考信号来评估第四链路质量，例如基于第四参考信号组中的候选参考信号对应的RSRP，或SINR，或hypothetical BLER等来评估第四链路质量。In some embodiments, the fourth link quality is evaluated based on the candidate reference signals in the fourth reference signal group, for example, the fourth link quality is evaluated based on the RSRP, or SINR, or hypothetical BLER corresponding to the candidate reference signals in the fourth reference signal group.

在一些实施例中，第四参考信号组中的候选参考信号以及第四参考信号组中的候选参考信号所对应的DMRS用于评估第四链路质量。或者，可以理解为，结合第四参考信号组中的候选参考信号以及第四参考信号组中的候选参考信号所对应的DMRS，评估第四链路质量。其中，第四参考信号组中的候选参考信号用于评估第四链路质量，该候选参考信号所对应的DMRS也用于评估第四链路质量，即基于第四参考信号组中的候选参考信号评估第四链路质量，或基于第四参考信号组中的候选参考信号和对应的DMRS评估第四链路质量。In some embodiments, the candidate reference signals in the fourth reference signal group and the DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signals in the fourth reference signal group are used to evaluate the fourth link quality. Alternatively, it can be understood that the fourth link quality is evaluated in combination with the candidate reference signals in the fourth reference signal group and the DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signals in the fourth reference signal group. Among them, the candidate reference signals in the fourth reference signal group are used to evaluate the fourth link quality, and the DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signals are also used to evaluate the fourth link quality, that is, the fourth link quality is evaluated based on the candidate reference signals in the fourth reference signal group, or the fourth link quality is evaluated based on the candidate reference signals in the fourth reference signal group and the corresponding DMRS.

在一些实施例中，第四链路质量是第四参考信号组中的候选参考信号所对应的链路质量。或者，可以理解为，第四链路质量是第四参考信号组中的候选参考信号所对应的波束的链路质量。该第四链路质量用于从一个或多个候选参考信号中选择出满足链路质量条件的目标参考信号。In some embodiments, the fourth link quality is the link quality corresponding to the candidate reference signal in the fourth reference signal group. Alternatively, it can be understood that the fourth link quality is the link quality of the beam corresponding to the candidate reference signal in the fourth reference signal group. The fourth link quality is used to select a target reference signal that meets the link quality condition from one or more candidate reference signals.

在一些实施例中，确定第四参考信号组中的候选参考信号所对应的DMRS为第一DMRS或第二DMRS。其中，第四参考信号组中的候选参考信号所对应的DMRS是第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS。第一类型DMRS是与控制信息使用一个或多个相同的资源元素的DMRS，第二类型DMRS是与控制信息使用不同的资源元素的DMRS。第一DMRS为第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS，第二DMRS为第二类型DMRS。In some embodiments, the DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signal in the fourth reference signal group is determined to be the first DMRS or the second DMRS. The DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signal in the fourth reference signal group is a first type DMRS or a second type DMRS. The first type DMRS is a DMRS that uses one or more of the same resource elements as the control information, and the second type DMRS is a DMRS that uses different resource elements from the control information. The first DMRS is the first type DMRS or the second type DMRS, and the second DMRS is the second type DMRS.

在一些实施例中，第一DMRS是第一类型DMRS，第二DMRS是第二类型DMRS；或，第一DMRS是第二类型DMRS，第二DMRS是第二类型DMRS。 In some embodiments, the first DMRS is a first type DMRS and the second DMRS is a second type DMRS; or, the first DMRS is a second type DMRS and the second DMRS is a second type DMRS.

在一些实施例中，确定第四参考信号组中的候选参考信号所对应的DMRS是第一DMRS。或理解为，采用第四参考信号组中的候选参考信号所对应的第一DMRS作为DMRS假设，或假设采用第四参考信号组中的候选参考信号所对应的第一DMRS评估链路质量。In some embodiments, it is determined that the DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signal in the fourth reference signal group is the first DMRS. Alternatively, it is understood that the first DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signal in the fourth reference signal group is used as a DMRS hypothesis, or it is assumed that the first DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signal in the fourth reference signal group is used to evaluate the link quality.

在一些实施例中，确定第四参考信号组中的候选参考信号所对应的DMRS是第二DMRS。或理解为，采用第四参考信号组中的候选参考信号所对应的第二DMRS作为DMRS假设，或假设采用第四参考信号组中的候选参考信号所对应的第二DMRS评估链路质量。In some embodiments, it is determined that the DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signal in the fourth reference signal group is the second DMRS. Alternatively, it can be understood that the second DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signal in the fourth reference signal group is used as a DMRS hypothesis, or it is assumed that the second DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signal in the fourth reference signal group is used to evaluate the link quality.

本实施例提供的方法，通过确定第四参考信号组中的候选参考信号所对应的DMRS，使得能够确定第一终端设备采用哪种DMRS作为DMRS假设。通过确定假设的控制信道使用的DMRS来评估波束的链路质量，从而使在有可能使用两种DMRS的任意一种DMRS的情况下，提高了评估链路质量的准确性。The method provided in this embodiment determines the DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signal in the fourth reference signal group, so that it is possible to determine which DMRS the first terminal device uses as the DMRS hypothesis. By determining the DMRS used by the assumed control channel to evaluate the link quality of the beam, the accuracy of evaluating the link quality is improved when any one of the two DMRSs may be used.

在以上述图15所示实施例为基础的进一步实施例中，上述步骤：确定第三参考信号组中的候选参考信号所对应的DMRS，还可替换为如下子步骤：In a further embodiment based on the embodiment shown in FIG. 15 , the above step of determining the DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signal in the third reference signal group may also be replaced by the following sub-steps:

步骤341：确定目标DMRS为第四参考信号组中的候选参考信号所对应的DMRS。Step 341: Determine that the target DMRS is the DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signal in the fourth reference signal group.

在一些实施例中，确定第一DMRS为第四参考信号组中的每个候选参考信号所对应的DMRS。则使用第一DMRS作为评估第四参考信号组中的每个候选参考信号所对应的链路质量时所采用的DMRS假设。In some embodiments, the first DMRS is determined to be the DMRS corresponding to each candidate reference signal in the fourth reference signal group. The first DMRS is used as the DMRS hypothesis adopted when evaluating the link quality corresponding to each candidate reference signal in the fourth reference signal group.

在一些实施例中，确定第二DMRS为第四参考信号组中的每个候选参考信号所对应的DMRS。则使用第二DMRS作为评估第四参考信号组中的每个候选参考信号所对应的链路质量时所采用的DMRS假设。In some embodiments, the second DMRS is determined to be the DMRS corresponding to each candidate reference signal in the fourth reference signal group, and the second DMRS is used as the DMRS hypothesis adopted when evaluating the link quality corresponding to each candidate reference signal in the fourth reference signal group.

本申请实施例提供的方法，通过确定目标DMRS作为第四参考信号组中的每个候选参考信号所对应的DMRS，能够在确定采用哪种DMRS作为假设的同时，还有效节约信令开销。The method provided in the embodiment of the present application can effectively save signaling overhead while determining which DMRS to adopt as a hypothesis by determining the target DMRS as the DMRS corresponding to each candidate reference signal in the fourth reference signal group.

在以上述图15所示实施例为基础的进一步实施例中，上述步骤：确定第四参考信号组中的候选参考信号所对应的DMRS，还可替换为如下子步骤：In a further embodiment based on the embodiment shown in FIG. 15 , the above step of determining the DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signal in the fourth reference signal group may also be replaced by the following sub-steps:

步骤342：在第二指示信息指示有第四参考信号组对应的DMRS的情况下，确定第四参考信号组对应的DMRS为第四参考信号组中的每个候选参考信号所对应的DMRS。Step 342: when the second indication information indicates that there is a DMRS corresponding to the fourth reference signal group, determine that the DMRS corresponding to the fourth reference signal group is the DMRS corresponding to each candidate reference signal in the fourth reference signal group.

第四参考信号组对应的DMRS为第一DMRS或第二DMRS，第四参考信号组对应的DMRS为第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS。其中，第一DMRS可以是第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS，第二DMRS可以是第二类型DMRS。第一类型DMRS是与控制信息使用一个或多个相同的资源元素的DMRS，第二类型DMRS是与控制信息使用不同的资源元素的DMRS。The DMRS corresponding to the fourth reference signal group is the first DMRS or the second DMRS, and the DMRS corresponding to the fourth reference signal group is the first type DMRS or the second type DMRS. The first DMRS may be the first type DMRS or the second type DMRS, and the second DMRS may be the second type DMRS. The first type DMRS is a DMRS that uses one or more of the same resource elements as the control information, and the second type DMRS is a DMRS that uses different resource elements than the control information.

第四参考信号组对应的DMRS表示以整个组为粒度配置的DMRS，第四参考信号组中的每个参考信号均对应相同的DMRS。The DMRS corresponding to the fourth reference signal group represents the DMRS configured with the entire group as the granularity, and each reference signal in the fourth reference signal group corresponds to the same DMRS.

在一些实施例中，在第二指示信息指示有第四参考信号组对应的DMRS为第一DMRS的情况下，确定第四参考信号组对应的DMRS为第四参考信号组中的每个候选参考信号所对应的DMRS为第一DMRS。也即，使用第一DMRS评估第四参考信号组中的每个候选参考信号对应的链路质量。In some embodiments, when the second indication information indicates that the DMRS corresponding to the fourth reference signal group is the first DMRS, it is determined that the DMRS corresponding to the fourth reference signal group is the first DMRS corresponding to each candidate reference signal in the fourth reference signal group. That is, the first DMRS is used to evaluate the link quality corresponding to each candidate reference signal in the fourth reference signal group.

在一些实施例中，在第二指示信息指示有第四参考信号组对应的DMRS为第二DMRS的情况下，确定第四参考信号组对应的DMRS为第四参考信号组中的每个候选参考信号所对应的DMRS为第二DMRS。也即，使用第二DMRS评估第四参考信号组中的每个候选参考信号对应的链路质量。In some embodiments, when the second indication information indicates that the DMRS corresponding to the fourth reference signal group is the second DMRS, it is determined that the DMRS corresponding to the fourth reference signal group is the DMRS corresponding to each candidate reference signal in the fourth reference signal group is the second DMRS. That is, the link quality corresponding to each candidate reference signal in the fourth reference signal group is evaluated using the second DMRS.

示例性的，假设第四参考信号组中包括3个候选参考信号，分别是第一候选参考信号、第二候选参考信号和第三候选参考信号。在第二指示信息指示第四参考信号组对应的DMRS为第一DMRS的情况下，确定第一候选参考信号、第二候选参考信号和第三候选参考信号所对应的DMRS均为第一DMRS，以及采用第一候选参考信号和第一DMRS评估第一候选参考信号对应的链路质量，采用第二候选参考信号和第一DMRS评估第二候选参考信号对应的链路质量，采用第三候选参考信号和第一DMRS评估第三候选参考信号对应的链路质量。或，在第二指示信息指示第四参考信号组对应的DMRS为第二DMRS的情况下，确定第一候选参考信号、第二候选参考信号和第三候选参考信号所对应的DMRS均为第二DMRS，以及采用第一候选参考信号和第二DMRS评估第一候选参考信号对应的链路质量，采用第二候选参考信号和第二DMRS评估第二候选参考信号对应的链路质量，采用第三候选参考信号和第二DMRS评估第三候选参考信号对应的链路质量。Exemplarily, it is assumed that the fourth reference signal group includes three candidate reference signals, namely the first candidate reference signal, the second candidate reference signal and the third candidate reference signal. When the second indication information indicates that the DMRS corresponding to the fourth reference signal group is the first DMRS, it is determined that the DMRS corresponding to the first candidate reference signal, the second candidate reference signal and the third candidate reference signal are all the first DMRS, and the first candidate reference signal and the first DMRS are used to evaluate the link quality corresponding to the first candidate reference signal, the second candidate reference signal and the first DMRS are used to evaluate the link quality corresponding to the second candidate reference signal, and the third candidate reference signal and the first DMRS are used to evaluate the link quality corresponding to the third candidate reference signal. Or, when the second indication information indicates that the DMRS corresponding to the fourth reference signal group is the second DMRS, it is determined that the DMRS corresponding to the first candidate reference signal, the second candidate reference signal and the third candidate reference signal are all the second DMRS, and the first candidate reference signal and the second DMRS are used to evaluate the link quality corresponding to the first candidate reference signal, and the second candidate reference signal is used to evaluate the link quality corresponding to the third candidate reference signal. The link quality corresponding to the second candidate reference signal is evaluated by using the second DMRS, and the link quality corresponding to the third candidate reference signal is evaluated by using the third candidate reference signal and the second DMRS.

本申请实施例提供的方法，通过将第四参考信号组对应的DMRS确定为第四参考信号组中的每个候选参考信号所对应的DMRS，能够在确定采用哪种DMRS评估波束的链路质量的同时，还有效节约信令开销。The method provided in the embodiment of the present application can effectively save signaling overhead while determining which DMRS to use to evaluate the link quality of the beam by determining the DMRS corresponding to the fourth reference signal group as the DMRS corresponding to each candidate reference signal in the fourth reference signal group.

步骤343：确定第二指示信息指示的第四参考信号组中的每个候选参考信号分别对应的DMRS。Step 343: Determine the DMRS corresponding to each candidate reference signal in the fourth reference signal group indicated by the second indication information.

在第二指示信息指示有第四参考信号组中的每个候选参考信号分别对应的DMRS的情况下，确定第二指示信息指示的第四参考信号组中的每个候选参考信号分别对应的DMRS，为在评估链路质量时第四参考信号组中的每个候选参考信号所对应的DMRS。In a case where the second indication information indicates that each candidate reference signal in the fourth reference signal group corresponds to a DMRS respectively, the DMRS respectively corresponding to each candidate reference signal in the fourth reference signal group indicated by the second indication information is determined to be the DMRS corresponding to each candidate reference signal in the fourth reference signal group when evaluating link quality.

第四参考信号组中的每个候选参考信号分别对应的DMRS为第一DMRS或第二DMRS。第三参考信号组中的每个候选参考信号分别对应的DMRS第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS，不同候选参考信号对应的DMRS相同或不同。其中，第一类型DMRS是与控制信息使用一个或多个相同的资源元素的DMRS，第二类型DMRS是与控制信息使用不同的资源元素的DMRS。其中，第一DMRS可以是第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS，第二DMRS可以是第二类型DMRS。The DMRS corresponding to each candidate reference signal in the fourth reference signal group is the first DMRS or the second DMRS. The DMRS corresponding to each candidate reference signal in the third reference signal group is the first type DMRS or the second type DMRS, and the DMRSs corresponding to different candidate reference signals are the same or different. Among them, the first type DMRS is a DMRS that uses one or more of the same resource elements as the control information, and the second type DMRS is a DMRS that uses different resource elements from the control information. Among them, the first DMRS can be the first type DMRS or the second type DMRS, and the second DMRS can be the second type DMRS.

示例性的，假设第四参考信号组中包括3个候选参考信号，分别是第一候选参考信号、第二候选参考信号和第三候选参考信号。在第二指示信息指示第一候选参考信号对应的DMRS为第一DMRS、第二候选参考信号对应的DMRS为第一DMRS，以及第三候选参考信号对应的DMRS为第二DMRS的情况下，确定采用第一候选参考信号和第一候选参考信号对应的第一DMRS评估第一候选参考信号对应的链路质量，采用第二候选参考信号和第二候选参考信号对应的第一DMRS评估第二候选参考信号对应的链路质量，采用第三候选参考信号和第三候选参考信号对应的第二DMRS评估第三候选参考信号对应的链路质量。Exemplarily, assuming that the fourth reference signal group includes three candidate reference signals, namely, the first candidate reference signal, the second candidate reference signal, and the third candidate reference signal. When the second indication information indicates that the DMRS corresponding to the first candidate reference signal is the first DMRS, the DMRS corresponding to the second candidate reference signal is the first DMRS, and the DMRS corresponding to the third candidate reference signal is the second DMRS, it is determined that the first candidate reference signal and the first DMRS corresponding to the first candidate reference signal are used to evaluate the link quality corresponding to the first candidate reference signal, the second candidate reference signal and the first DMRS corresponding to the second candidate reference signal are used to evaluate the link quality corresponding to the second candidate reference signal, and the third candidate reference signal and the second DMRS corresponding to the third candidate reference signal are used to evaluate the link quality corresponding to the third candidate reference signal.

本申请实施例提供的方法，通过将第四参考信号组中的每个候选参考信号分别对应的DMRS确定为第四参考信号组中的每个候选参考信号所对应的DMRS，使得能够灵活地确定采用哪种DMRS作为假设，从而能够更准确的判断链路质量。The method provided in the embodiment of the present application, by determining the DMRS corresponding to each candidate reference signal in the fourth reference signal group as the DMRS corresponding to each candidate reference signal in the fourth reference signal group, makes it possible to flexibly determine which DMRS to use as a hypothesis, thereby enabling more accurate judgment of link quality.

值得说明的是，上述步骤341至步骤343中的任一步骤均可实施为一个单独的实施例。It is worth noting that any of the above steps 341 to 343 can be implemented as a separate embodiment.

另外，上述步骤321和步骤341可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤321和步骤342可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤321和步骤343可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤322和步骤341可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤322和步骤342可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤322和步骤343可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤323和步骤341可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤323和步骤342可组合实施为一个新的实施例。上述步骤323和步骤343可组合实施为一个新的实施例。In addition, the above steps 321 and 341 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 321 and 342 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 321 and 343 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 322 and 341 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 322 and 342 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 322 and 343 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 323 and 341 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 323 and 342 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment. The above steps 323 and 343 may be combined and implemented as a new embodiment.

图16示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的DMRS的确定方法的流程图。该方法由第一终端设备执行，该方法还包括：FIG16 shows a flow chart of a method for determining a DMRS provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application. The method is executed by a first terminal device, and the method further includes:

步骤360：上报目标参考信号。Step 360: Report the target reference signal.

该目标参考信号是从一个或多个候选参考信号中选择的满足链路质量条件的参考信号。目标参考信号所对应的DMRS是第一DMRS或第二DMRS，目标参考信号所对应的DMRS是第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS。其中，第一类型DMRS是与控制信息使用一个或多个相同的资源元素的DMRS，第二类型DMRS是与控制信息使用不同的资源元素的DMRS。第一DMRS可以是第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS，第二DMRS可以是第二类型DMRS。The target reference signal is a reference signal that satisfies the link quality condition selected from one or more candidate reference signals. The DMRS corresponding to the target reference signal is a first DMRS or a second DMRS, and the DMRS corresponding to the target reference signal is a first type DMRS or a second type DMRS. Among them, the first type DMRS is a DMRS that uses one or more of the same resource elements as the control information, and the second type DMRS is a DMRS that uses different resource elements from the control information. The first DMRS can be a first type DMRS or a second type DMRS, and the second DMRS can be a second type DMRS.

目标参考信号对应的DMRS用于评估目标参考信号对应的链路质量。The DMRS corresponding to the target reference signal is used to evaluate the link quality corresponding to the target reference signal.

在一些实施例中，上报目标参考信号，以及目标参考信号所对应的DMRS。也即，同时上报目标参考信号和目标参考信号所对应的DMRS。In some embodiments, the target reference signal and the DMRS corresponding to the target reference signal are reported, that is, the target reference signal and the DMRS corresponding to the target reference signal are reported at the same time.

在一些实施例中，在目标参考信号所对应的DMRS为第一DMRS的情况下，上报目标参考信号和第一DMRS。可选地，此时第一DMRS是第一类型DMRS。In some embodiments, when the DMRS corresponding to the target reference signal is the first DMRS, the target reference signal and the first DMRS are reported. Optionally, at this time, the first DMRS is a first type DMRS.

在一些实施例中，在目标参考信号所对应的DMRS为第二DMRS的情况下，上报目标参考信号和第二DMRS。可选地，此时第二DMRS是第二类型DMRS。 In some embodiments, when the DMRS corresponding to the target reference signal is the second DMRS, the target reference signal and the second DMRS are reported. Optionally, at this time, the second DMRS is a second type DMRS.

本申请实施例提供的方法，通过同时上报目标参考信号和目标参考信号所对应的DMRS，使得第一终端设备能够基于自身情况进行上报，有利于匹配后续的通信传输，提高传输性能。The method provided in the embodiment of the present application enables the first terminal device to report based on its own situation by simultaneously reporting the target reference signal and the DMRS corresponding to the target reference signal, which is beneficial to matching subsequent communication transmissions and improving transmission performance.

图17示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的DMRS的确定方法的流程图。在以上述图16所示实施例为基础的进一步实施例中，在上述步骤320、步骤340和步骤360之前，上述方法还包括：FIG17 is a flowchart of a method for determining a DMRS provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application. In a further embodiment based on the embodiment shown in FIG16 above, before the above steps 320, 340 and 360, the above method further includes:

步骤380：上报终端能力。Step 380: Report terminal capabilities.

可选的，上报第三终端能力。该第三终端能力用于指示第一终端设备支持使用第一类型DMRS。第一类型DMRS是与控制信息使用一个或多个相同的资源元素的DMRS。Optionally, a third terminal capability is reported. The third terminal capability is used to indicate that the first terminal device supports the use of a first type of DMRS. The first type of DMRS is a DMRS that uses one or more resource elements that are the same as the control information.

在一些实施例中，第三终端能力通过RRC信令传输，或者第三终端能力通过MAC CE信令传输。In some embodiments, the third terminal capability is transmitted via RRC signaling, or the third terminal capability is transmitted via MAC CE signaling.

在一些实施例中，第三终端能力是按照如下一个或多个选项进行上报的：In some embodiments, the third terminal capability is reported according to one or more of the following options:

·第一频段；·The first frequency band;

·第一频段组合；·The first frequency band combination;

·第一目标频段范围；The first target frequency band range;

·第一目标终端设备。·The first target terminal device.

可选的，第三终端能力是针对频段(band)上报的。也即针对不同频段能够独立上报与当前频段对应的终端能力。有利于提高终端设备的自由度。Optionally, the third terminal capability is reported for a frequency band, that is, the terminal capability corresponding to the current frequency band can be reported independently for different frequency bands, which is conducive to improving the degree of freedom of the terminal device.

可选的，第三终端能力是针对频段组合(band combination)上报的。也即针对不同频段组合能够独立上报与当前频段组合对应的终端能力。有利于提高终端设备的自由度。Optionally, the third terminal capability is reported for a band combination. That is, the terminal capability corresponding to the current band combination can be reported independently for different band combinations. This is conducive to improving the degree of freedom of the terminal device.

可选的，第三终端能力是针对频段组合(band combination)中的每个频段独立上报的。也即针对不同的频段组合中的不同频段能够独立上报与当前频段对应的终端能力。有利于提高终端设备的自由度。Optionally, the third terminal capability is reported independently for each frequency band in the band combination. That is, the terminal capability corresponding to the current frequency band can be reported independently for different frequency bands in different frequency band combinations. This is conducive to improving the degree of freedom of the terminal device.

可选的，第三终端能力是针对频段组合(band combination)中的每个频段上每个载波独立上报的。也即针对不同频段组合中的不同频段中的不同载波能够独立上报与当前载波对应的终端能力。有利于提高终端设备的自由度。Optionally, the third terminal capability is reported independently for each carrier on each frequency band in the band combination. That is, the terminal capability corresponding to the current carrier can be reported independently for different carriers in different frequency bands in different frequency band combinations. This is conducive to improving the degree of freedom of the terminal device.

可选的，第三终端能力是针对频段范围(Frequency range)上报的。也即针对不同频段范围能够独立上报与当前频段范围对应的终端能力。有利于提高终端设备的自由度。Optionally, the third terminal capability is reported for a frequency range. That is, the terminal capability corresponding to the current frequency range can be reported independently for different frequency ranges. This is conducive to improving the degree of freedom of the terminal device.

可选的，第三终端能力是针对终端设备上报的。也即不同终端设备能够独立上报与终端设备本身对应的终端能力。能够有效降低终端设备上报终端能力的信令开销。Optionally, the third terminal capability is reported for the terminal device, that is, different terminal devices can independently report the terminal capabilities corresponding to the terminal device itself, which can effectively reduce the signaling overhead of the terminal device reporting the terminal capabilities.

在一些实施例中，第三终端能力还用于指示如下一个或多个选项：In some embodiments, the third terminal capability is further used to indicate one or more of the following options:

·支持的功率参数；Supported power parameters;

·支持第一类型DMRS的模式；A mode supporting the first type of DMRS;

可选的，上报第四终端能力。该第四终端能力用于指示支持确定参考信号组中的候选参考信号所对应的DMRS，该参考信号组包括第三参考信号组和/或第四参考信号组。Optionally, a fourth terminal capability is reported. The fourth terminal capability is used to indicate support for determining a DMRS corresponding to a candidate reference signal in a reference signal group, where the reference signal group includes the third reference signal group and/or the fourth reference signal group.

可选的，该第四终端能力用于指示支持确定第三参考信号组中的候选参考信号所对应的DMRS。第三参考信号组中的候选参考信号以及该候选参考信号对应的DMRS用于评估第三链路质量。第三链路质量用于从一个或多个候选参考信号中选择出满足链路质量条件的目标参考信号。该第三参考信号组中的候选参考信号所对应的DMRS为第一DMRS或第二DMRS，第三参考信号组中的候选参考信号所对应的DMRS是第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS。其中，第一类型DMRS是与控制信息使用一个或多个相同的资源元素的DMRS，第二类型DMRS是与控制信息使用不同的资源元素的DMRS。Optionally, the fourth terminal capability is used to indicate support for determining the DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signal in the third reference signal group. The candidate reference signals in the third reference signal group and the DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signals are used to evaluate the third link quality. The third link quality is used to select a target reference signal that meets the link quality condition from one or more candidate reference signals. The DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signals in the third reference signal group is the first DMRS or the second DMRS, and the DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signals in the third reference signal group is the first type DMRS or the second type DMRS. Among them, the first type DMRS is a DMRS that uses one or more of the same resource elements as the control information, and the second type DMRS is a DMRS that uses different resource elements from the control information.

可选的，该第四终端能力用于指示支持确定第四参考信号组中的候选参考信号所对应的DMRS。第四参考信号组中的候选参考信号以及该候选参考信号对应的DMRS用于评估第四链路质量。第四链路质量用于从一个或多个候选参考信号中选择出满足链路质量条件的目标参考信号。该第四参考信号组中的候选参考信号所对应的DMRS为第一DMRS或第二DMRS，第四参考信号组中的候选参考信号所对应的DMRS是第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS。其中，第一类型DMRS是与控制信息使用一个或多个相同的资源元素的DMRS，第二类型DMRS是与控制信息使用不同的资源元素的DMRS。Optionally, the fourth terminal capability is used to indicate support for determining the DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signals in the fourth reference signal group. The candidate reference signals in the fourth reference signal group and the DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signals are used to evaluate the fourth link quality. The fourth link quality is used to select a target reference signal that meets the link quality condition from one or more candidate reference signals. The DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signals in the fourth reference signal group is the first DMRS or the second DMRS, and the DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signals in the fourth reference signal group is the first type DMRS or the second type DMRS. Among them, the first type DMRS is a DMRS that uses one or more of the same resource elements as the control information, and the second type DMRS is a DMRS that uses different resource elements from the control information.

在一些实施例中，第一DMRS可以是第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS，第二DMRS可以是第二类型DMRS。可选的，该第四终端能力用于指示支持确定第三参考信号组中的候选参考信号所对应的DMRS和第四参考信号组中的候选参考信号所对应的DMRS。In some embodiments, the first DMRS may be a first type DMRS or a second type DMRS, and the second DMRS may be a second type DMRS. Optionally, the fourth terminal capability is used to indicate support for determining the DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signals in the third reference signal group and the DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signals in the fourth reference signal group.

在一些实施例中，第四终端能力通过RRC信令传输，或者第四终端能力通过MAC CE信令传输。In some embodiments, the fourth terminal capability is transmitted via RRC signaling, or the fourth terminal capability is transmitted via MAC CE signaling.

在一些实施例中，第四终端能力是按照如下一个或多个选项进行上报的：In some embodiments, the fourth terminal capability is reported according to one or more of the following options:

·第二频段；· Second frequency band;

·第二频段组合；· Second frequency band combination;

·第二目标频段范围；Second target frequency band range;

·第二目标终端设备。· Second target terminal device.

可选的，第四终端能力是针对频段(band)上报的。也即不同频段能够独立上报与频段对应的终端能力。有利于提高终端设备的自由度。Optionally, the fourth terminal capability is reported for a frequency band, that is, different frequency bands can independently report the terminal capabilities corresponding to the frequency bands, which is conducive to improving the degree of freedom of the terminal device.

可选的，第四终端能力是针对频段组合(band combination)上报的。也即不同频段组合能够独立上报与频段组合对应的终端能力。有利于提高终端设备的自由度。Optionally, the fourth terminal capability is reported for a band combination. That is, different band combinations can independently report the terminal capabilities corresponding to the band combinations. This is conducive to improving the degree of freedom of terminal devices.

可选的，第四终端能力是针对频段组合(band combination)中的每个频段独立上报的。也即不同的频段组合中的不同频段能够独立上报与频段对应的终端能力。有利于提高终端设备的自由度。Optionally, the fourth terminal capability is reported independently for each frequency band in a frequency band combination. That is, different frequency bands in different frequency band combinations can independently report the terminal capability corresponding to the frequency band. This is conducive to improving the degree of freedom of terminal devices.

可选的，第四终端能力是针对频段组合(band combination)中的每个频段上每个载波独立上报的。也即不同频段组合中的不同频段中的不同载波能够独立上报与载波对应的终端能力。有利于提高终端设备的自由度。Optionally, the fourth terminal capability is reported independently for each carrier on each frequency band in the band combination. That is, different carriers in different frequency bands in different frequency band combinations can independently report the terminal capability corresponding to the carrier. This is conducive to improving the degree of freedom of the terminal device.

可选的，第四终端能力是针对频段范围(Frequency range)上报的。也即不同频段范围能够独立上报与频段范围对应的终端能力。有利于提高终端设备的自由度。Optionally, the fourth terminal capability is reported for a frequency range. That is, different frequency ranges can independently report the terminal capabilities corresponding to the frequency ranges. This is conducive to improving the degree of freedom of terminal devices.

可选的，第四终端能力是针对终端设备上报的。也即不同终端设备能够独立上报与终端设备本身对应的终端能力。能够有效降低终端设备上报终端能力的信令开销。Optionally, the fourth terminal capability is reported for the terminal device, that is, different terminal devices can independently report the terminal capabilities corresponding to the terminal device itself, which can effectively reduce the signaling overhead of the terminal device reporting the terminal capabilities.

可选地，第三终端能力和第四终端能力可以一起上报；可选地，第三终端能力和第四终端能力可以使用相同的选项上报，比如第三终端能力对应的第一频段和第四终端能力对应的第二频段是相同频段。Optionally, the third terminal capability and the fourth terminal capability can be reported together; optionally, the third terminal capability and the fourth terminal capability can be reported using the same options, for example, the first frequency band corresponding to the third terminal capability and the second frequency band corresponding to the fourth terminal capability are the same frequency band.

值得说明的是，上述步骤360可以在步骤310之前执行，或在步骤310之后、步骤320之前，或在步骤320之后，步骤340之前，或在步骤340之后，本申请实施例对此不做限定。It is worth noting that the above step 360 can be performed before step 310, or after step 310 and before step 320, or after step 320 and before step 340, or after step 340, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit this.

图18示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的DMRS的确定方法的流程图。该方法由第二终端设备或网络设备执行，该方法包括：FIG18 shows a flow chart of a method for determining a DMRS provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application. The method is executed by a second terminal device or a network device, and the method includes:

步骤30：发送第二指示信息。Step 30: Send the second indication information.

在一些实施例中，第二指示信息用于指示第三参考信号组中的候选参考信号所对应的DMRS。其中，第三参考信号组中的候选参考信号以及第三参考信号组中的候选参考信号所对应的DMRS用于评估第三链路质量，第三参考信号组中的候选参考信号所对应的DMRS为第一DMRS或第二DMRS。第一DMRS可以是第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS，第二DMRS可以是第二类型DMRS。In some embodiments, the second indication information is used to indicate the DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signal in the third reference signal group. The candidate reference signal in the third reference signal group and the DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signal in the third reference signal group are used to evaluate the third link quality, and the DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signal in the third reference signal group is the first DMRS or the second DMRS. The first DMRS may be a first type DMRS or a second type DMRS, and the second DMRS may be a second type DMRS.

在一些实施例中，第三参考信号组中的候选参考信号以及第三参考信号组中的候选参考信号所对应的DMRS用于评估第三链路质量。或者，可以理解为，结合第三参考信号组中的候选参考信号以及第三参考信号组中的候选参考信号所对应的DMRS，评估第三链路质量。其中，第三参考信号组中的候选参考信号用于评估第三链路质量，该候选参考信号所对应的DMRS也用于评估第三链路质量。In some embodiments, the candidate reference signals in the third reference signal group and the DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signals in the third reference signal group are used to evaluate the third link quality. Alternatively, it can be understood that the third link quality is evaluated in combination with the candidate reference signals in the third reference signal group and the DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signals in the third reference signal group. Among them, the candidate reference signals in the third reference signal group are used to evaluate the third link quality, and the DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signals are also used to evaluate the third link quality.

在一些实施例中，第二指示信息用于指示第三参考信号组对应的DMRS。其中，第三参考信号组对应的DMRS为第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS。In some embodiments, the second indication information is used to indicate a DMRS corresponding to the third reference signal group, wherein the DMRS corresponding to the third reference signal group is a first type DMRS or a second type DMRS.

在一些实施例中，第二指示信息用于指示第三参考信号组中的每个候选参考信号分别对应的DMRS。其中，第三参考信号组中的每个候选参考信号分别对应的DMRS为第一DMRS或第二DMRS，不同候选参考信号对应的DMRS相同或不同。In some embodiments, the second indication information is used to indicate the DMRS corresponding to each candidate reference signal in the third reference signal group, wherein the DMRS corresponding to each candidate reference signal in the third reference signal group is the first DMRS or the second DMRS, and the DMRSs corresponding to different candidate reference signals are the same or different.

在一些实施例中，第二指示信息还用于指示第四参考信号组中的候选参考信号所对应的DMRS。其中，第四参考信号组中的候选参考信号以及第四参考信号组中的候选参考信号所对应的DMRS用于评估第四链路质量，第四参考信号组中的候选参考信号所对应的DMRS为第一DMRS或第二DMRS。第一DMRS可以是第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS，第二DMRS可以是第二类型DMRS。In some embodiments, the second indication information is further used to indicate the DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signal in the fourth reference signal group. The candidate reference signal in the fourth reference signal group and the DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signal in the fourth reference signal group are used to evaluate the fourth link quality, and the DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signal in the fourth reference signal group is the first DMRS or the second DMRS. The first DMRS may be a first type DMRS or a second type DMRS, and the second DMRS may be a second type DMRS.

在一些实施例中，第四参考信号组中的候选参考信号以及第四参考信号组中的候选参考信号所对应的DMRS用于评估第四链路质量。或者，可以理解为，结合第四参考信号组中的候选参考信号以及第四参考信号组中的候选参考信号所对应的DMRS，评估第四链路质量。其中，第四参考信号组中的候选参考信号用于评估第四链路质量，该候选参考信号所对应的DMRS也用于评估第四链路质量。In some embodiments, the candidate reference signals in the fourth reference signal group and the DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signals in the fourth reference signal group are used to evaluate the fourth link quality. Alternatively, it can be understood that the candidate reference signals in the fourth reference signal group and the DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signals in the fourth reference signal group are used to evaluate the fourth link quality. The DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signal in the reference signal group is used to evaluate the fourth link quality. The candidate reference signal in the fourth reference signal group is used to evaluate the fourth link quality, and the DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signal is also used to evaluate the fourth link quality.

具体的，第二指示信息的作用详见上述步骤323和步骤343。Specifically, the function of the second indication information is detailed in the above steps 323 and 343.

图19示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的DMRS的确定方法的流程图。该方法由第二终端设备或网络设备执行，该方法包括：FIG19 shows a flow chart of a method for determining a DMRS provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application. The method is executed by a second terminal device or a network device, and the method includes:

步骤31：接收目标参考信号。Step 31: Receive a target reference signal.

在一些实施例中，第二终端设备或网络设备接收目标参考信号所对应的信息。该目标参考信号是从一个或多个候选参考信号中选择的满足链路质量条件的参考信号。目标参考信号所对应的DMRS是第一DMRS或第二DMRS。其中，第一DMRS可以是第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS，第二DMRS可以是第二类型DMRS。第一类型DMRS是与控制信息使用一个或多个相同的资源元素的DMRS，第二类型DMRS是与控制信息使用不同的资源元素的DMRS。In some embodiments, the second terminal device or the network device receives information corresponding to the target reference signal. The target reference signal is a reference signal that satisfies the link quality condition selected from one or more candidate reference signals. The DMRS corresponding to the target reference signal is a first DMRS or a second DMRS. Among them, the first DMRS can be a first type DMRS or a second type DMRS, and the second DMRS can be a second type DMRS. The first type DMRS is a DMRS that uses one or more of the same resource elements as the control information, and the second type DMRS is a DMRS that uses different resource elements than the control information.

在一些实施例中，接收目标参考信号，以及目标参考信号所对应的DMRS。其中，目标参考信号所对应的DMRS是第一DMRS或第二DMRS。In some embodiments, a target reference signal and a DMRS corresponding to the target reference signal are received, wherein the DMRS corresponding to the target reference signal is a first DMRS or a second DMRS.

图20示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的DMRS的确定方法的流程图。该方法由第二终端设备或网络设备执行，该方法包括：FIG20 shows a flow chart of a method for determining a DMRS provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application. The method is executed by a second terminal device or a network device, and the method includes:

步骤32：接收终端能力。Step 32: Receive terminal capabilities.

可选的，接收第三终端能力，第三终端能力用于指示支持使用第一类型DMRS。Optionally, a third terminal capability is received, where the third terminal capability is used to indicate support for use of the first type of DMRS.

可选的，接收第四终端能力，第四终端能力用于指示支持确定第三参考信号组中的候选参考信号所对应的DMRS。Optionally, a fourth terminal capability is received, where the fourth terminal capability is used to indicate support for determining a DMRS corresponding to a candidate reference signal in a third reference signal group.

具体的，终端能力的实施方式详见上述步骤380。Specifically, the implementation of the terminal capability is detailed in the above step 380.

值得说明的是，通常情况下，上述步骤32在步骤30之前执行。It is worth noting that, usually, the above step 32 is performed before step 30 .

在一些实施例中，图21示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的DMRS的确定方法的流程图。该方法由第一终端设备、第二终端设备和/或网络设备联合执行，该方法还包括：In some embodiments, FIG21 shows a flowchart of a method for determining a DMRS provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application. The method is jointly performed by a first terminal device, a second terminal device and/or a network device, and the method further includes:

步骤4：第一终端设备向第二终端设备和/或网络设备上报终端能力；Step 4: The first terminal device reports terminal capabilities to the second terminal device and/or the network device;

具体的，该终端能力的实现方式参见上述步骤310。Specifically, the implementation method of the terminal capability refers to the above step 310.

步骤5：第二终端设备和/或网络设备发送第二指示信息；Step 5: The second terminal device and/or the network device sends second indication information;

可选的，第二指示信息用于指示或配置参考信号组中的候选参考信号。Optionally, the second indication information is used to indicate or configure a candidate reference signal in the reference signal group.

步骤6：第一终端设备确定候选参考信号所对应的DMRS；Step 6: The first terminal device determines the DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signal;

可选的，第一终端设备确定第三参考信号组中的每个候选参考信号所对应的DMRS，具体的确定方式参见上述步骤320。可选的，第一终端设备确定第四参考信号组中的每个候选参考信号所对应的DMRS，具体的确定方式参见上述步骤340。Optionally, the first terminal device determines the DMRS corresponding to each candidate reference signal in the third reference signal group, and the specific determination method is shown in the above step 320. Optionally, the first terminal device determines the DMRS corresponding to each candidate reference signal in the fourth reference signal group, and the specific determination method is shown in the above step 340.

第一终端设备根据参考信号组中的候选参考信号评估链路质量。The first terminal device evaluates link quality based on candidate reference signals in the reference signal group.

步骤7：第一终端设备向第二终端设备和/或网络设备上报目标参考信号所对应的DMRS。Step 7: The first terminal device reports the DMRS corresponding to the target reference signal to the second terminal device and/or the network device.

该目标参考信号是从一个或多个候选参考信号中选择的满足链路质量条件的参考信号。具体的，目标参考信号所对应的DMRS参考上述步骤360。The target reference signal is a reference signal that satisfies the link quality condition and is selected from one or more candidate reference signals. Specifically, the DMRS corresponding to the target reference signal refers to step 360 above.

图22示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的DMRS的确定方法的流程图。该方法由第一终端设备执行，该方法包括：FIG22 shows a flow chart of a method for determining a DMRS provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application. The method is executed by a first terminal device, and the method includes:

步骤420：接收第一信号。Step 420: Receive a first signal.

第一信号可以是某个信号(例如参考信号RS)，可以是某个信道(例如PDSCH，PDCCH)，也可以是某个信道传输的信息(例如PDCCH传输的DCI)。The first signal may be a certain signal (eg, a reference signal RS), may be a certain channel (eg, PDSCH, PDCCH), or may be information transmitted by a certain channel (eg, DCI transmitted by PDCCH).

在一些实施例中，第一信号是网络设备或第二终端设备向第一终端设备发送的响应信号。第一信号用于响应第一上报信息。可选地，第一上报信息可以包含目标参考信号。第一上报信息是第一终端设备上报给网络设备或第二终端设备的。该目标参考信号是第一终端设备从全部候选参考信号中选择的满足链路质量条件的参考信号。In some embodiments, the first signal is a response signal sent by the network device or the second terminal device to the first terminal device. The first signal is used to respond to the first reporting information. Optionally, the first reporting information may include a target reference signal. The first reporting information is reported by the first terminal device to the network device or the second terminal device. The target reference signal is a reference signal that satisfies the link quality condition and is selected by the first terminal device from all candidate reference signals.

在一些实施例中，该目标参考信号是上述步骤360中上报的目标参考信号。也即该目标参考信号是基于上述第三链路质量和/或第四链路质量从一个或多个候选参考信号中选择的满足链路质量条件的信号。或者，可以理解为，该目标参考信号对应的链路质量是基于该目标参考信号以及该目标参考信号所对应的DMRS评估得到的。In some embodiments, the target reference signal is the target reference signal reported in step 360. That is, the target reference signal is A signal satisfying the link quality condition is selected from one or more candidate reference signals based on the third link quality and/or the fourth link quality. Alternatively, it can be understood that the link quality corresponding to the target reference signal is obtained based on the target reference signal and the DMRS corresponding to the target reference signal.

在一些实施例中，该目标参考信号对应的链路质量不基于该目标参考信号所对应的DMRS评估得到。也即，该目标参考信号对应的链路质量是基于目标参考信号的RSRP确定的，或该目标参考信号对应的链路质量是基于目标参考信号的SINR确定的。In some embodiments, the link quality corresponding to the target reference signal is not evaluated based on the DMRS corresponding to the target reference signal. That is, the link quality corresponding to the target reference signal is determined based on the RSRP of the target reference signal, or the link quality corresponding to the target reference signal is determined based on the SINR of the target reference signal.

在一些实施例中，第一信号的端口与目标参考信号准共址(QCL)，或第一信号对应的DMRS与目标参考信号准共址(QCL)。In some embodiments, a port of the first signal is quasi co-located (QCL) with a target reference signal, or a DMRS corresponding to the first signal is quasi co-located (QCL) with a target reference signal.

在一些实施例中，第一信号是PDCCH，或第一信号是DCI。此时，第一终端设备基于第一搜索空间接收第一信号，第一搜索空间通过指示信息指示，该指示信息由第一网络设备或第二终端设备发送给第一终端设备。第一搜索空间对应第一CORESET。可选地，第一CORESET不对应除第一搜索空间以外的其他搜索空间。可选地，第一CORESET还可以对应其他搜索空间，在第一CORESET对应其他搜索空间的情况下，其他搜索空间可以和其他信号准共址。In some embodiments, the first signal is a PDCCH, or the first signal is a DCI. At this time, the first terminal device receives the first signal based on the first search space, and the first search space is indicated by indication information, and the indication information is sent to the first terminal device by the first network device or the second terminal device. The first search space corresponds to the first CORESET. Optionally, the first CORESET does not correspond to other search spaces other than the first search space. Optionally, the first CORESET can also correspond to other search spaces. In the case where the first CORESET corresponds to other search spaces, the other search spaces can be quasi-co-located with other signals.

可选地，指示信息可以是通过RRC信令、MAC CE信令、DCI信令中的一个或多个发送的。Optionally, the indication information may be sent via one or more of RRC signaling, MAC CE signaling, and DCI signaling.

值得说明的是，本申请中所提及的指示信息，包括波束指示信息、DMRS指示信息、第一指示信息、第二指示信息、第三指示信息以及其他可能的指示信息，可以全部是不同的指示信息；或，可以一部分是相同的指示信息，另一部分是不同的指示信息；或，可以全部是相同的指示信息。It is worth noting that the indication information mentioned in the present application, including beam indication information, DMRS indication information, first indication information, second indication information, third indication information and other possible indication information, may all be different indication information; or, part of it may be the same indication information and the other part may be different indication information; or, all of it may be the same indication information.

在一些实施例中，第一信号是基于第一DMRS传输的，或第一信号是基于第二DMRS传输的。第一信号是基于第一类型DMRS传输的，或第一信号是基于第二类型DMRS传输的。其中，第一类型DMRS是与控制信息使用一个或多个相同的资源元素的DMRS，第二类型DMRS是与控制信息使用不同的资源元素的DMRS。第一DMRS为第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS，第二DMRS为第二类型DMRS。In some embodiments, the first signal is transmitted based on the first DMRS, or the first signal is transmitted based on the second DMRS. The first signal is transmitted based on the first type DMRS, or the first signal is transmitted based on the second type DMRS. The first type DMRS is a DMRS that uses one or more of the same resource elements as the control information, and the second type DMRS is a DMRS that uses different resource elements from the control information. The first DMRS is the first type DMRS or the second type DMRS, and the second DMRS is the second type DMRS.

在一些实施例中，第一信号基于第一DMRS传输，还可以理解为第一信号所对应的DMRS是第一DMRS，或理解为第一信号采用第一DMRS作为使用的DMRS。同理，第一信号基于第二DMRS传输，还可以理解为第一信号所对应的DMRS是第二DMRS，或理解为第一信号采用第二DMRS作为使用的DMRS。比如，在第一信号是PDCCH的情况下，PDCCH基于第一DMRS传输，也即PDCCH对应的DMRS是第一DMRS，或PDCCH采用第一DMRS作为使用的DMRS；PDCCH基于第二DMRS传输，也即PDCCH对应的DMRS是第二DMRS，或PDCCH采用第二DMRS作为使用的DMRS。In some embodiments, the first signal is transmitted based on the first DMRS, which can also be understood as the DMRS corresponding to the first signal is the first DMRS, or the first signal uses the first DMRS as the DMRS in use. Similarly, the first signal is transmitted based on the second DMRS, which can also be understood as the DMRS corresponding to the first signal is the second DMRS, or the first signal uses the second DMRS as the DMRS in use. For example, in the case where the first signal is the PDCCH, the PDCCH is transmitted based on the first DMRS, that is, the DMRS corresponding to the PDCCH is the first DMRS, or the PDCCH uses the first DMRS as the DMRS in use; the PDCCH is transmitted based on the second DMRS, that is, the DMRS corresponding to the PDCCH is the second DMRS, or the PDCCH uses the second DMRS as the DMRS in use.

在一些实施例中，第一信号是基于默认的DMRS传输的，默认的DMRS为第一DMRS或第二DMRS，默认的DMRS是第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS。可选的，默认的DMRS是基于控制信道所使用的DMRS。比如，在控制信道使用的DMRS为第一DMRS的情况下，默认DMRS是第一DMRS；在控制信道使用的DMRS为第二DMRS的情况下，默认DMRS是第二DMRS。In some embodiments, the first signal is transmitted based on a default DMRS, the default DMRS is a first DMRS or a second DMRS, and the default DMRS is a first type DMRS or a second type DMRS. Optionally, the default DMRS is based on the DMRS used by the control channel. For example, when the DMRS used by the control channel is the first DMRS, the default DMRS is the first DMRS; when the DMRS used by the control channel is the second DMRS, the default DMRS is the second DMRS.

在一些实施例中，第一信号是基于第三指示信息指示的DMRS传输的，第三指示信息指示的DMRS为第一DMRS或第二DMRS，第三指示信息指示的DMRS是第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS。第三指示信息是网络设备或第二终端设备发送给第一终端设备的。第三指示信息用于指示第一信号是基于第一DMRS或第二DMRS传输的。可选的，第三指示信息指示第一信号是基于第一DMRS传输的。可选的，第三指示信息指示第一信号是基于第二DMRS传输的。In some embodiments, the first signal is transmitted based on the DMRS indicated by the third indication information, the DMRS indicated by the third indication information is the first DMRS or the second DMRS, and the DMRS indicated by the third indication information is the first type DMRS or the second type DMRS. The third indication information is sent by the network device or the second terminal device to the first terminal device. The third indication information is used to indicate that the first signal is transmitted based on the first DMRS or the second DMRS. Optionally, the third indication information indicates that the first signal is transmitted based on the first DMRS. Optionally, the third indication information indicates that the first signal is transmitted based on the second DMRS.

在一些实施例中，第一信号是基于目标参考信号所对应的DMRS传输的。在第一终端设备向网络设备或第二终端设备上报了目标参考信号所对应的DMRS的情况下，网络设备或第二终端设备能够选择目标参考信号所对应的DMRS传输第一信号。可选的，在第一终端设备向网络设备或第二终端设备上报了目标参考信号所对应的DMRS为第一DMRS的情况下，网络设备或第二终端设备选择使用第一DMRS传输第一信号。可选的，在第一终端设备向网络设备或第二终端设备上报了目标参考信号所对应的DMRS为第二DMRS的情况下，网络设备或第二终端设备选择使用第二DMRS传输第一信号。In some embodiments, the first signal is transmitted based on the DMRS corresponding to the target reference signal. In the case where the first terminal device reports the DMRS corresponding to the target reference signal to the network device or the second terminal device, the network device or the second terminal device can select the DMRS corresponding to the target reference signal to transmit the first signal. Optionally, in the case where the first terminal device reports to the network device or the second terminal device that the DMRS corresponding to the target reference signal is the first DMRS, the network device or the second terminal device chooses to use the first DMRS to transmit the first signal. Optionally, in the case where the first terminal device reports to the network device or the second terminal device that the DMRS corresponding to the target reference signal is the second DMRS, the network device or the second terminal device chooses to use the second DMRS to transmit the first signal.

本实施例提供的方法，在存在两种DMRS的情况下，接收基于第一DMRS传输的第一信号或基于第二DMRS传输的第一信号，通过确定第一信号是基于哪种DMRS传输的，还有利于保证后续通信的稳定。The method provided in this embodiment receives a first signal based on a first DMRS transmission or a first signal based on a second DMRS transmission when two DMRS exist, and determines which DMRS transmission the first signal is based on, which is also helpful in ensuring the stability of subsequent communications.

在以上述图22所示实施例为基础的进一步实施例中，图23示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的DMRS的确定方法的流程图。该方法由第一终端设备执行，该方法还包括：In a further embodiment based on the embodiment shown in FIG. 22 above, FIG. 23 shows a flow chart of a method for determining a DMRS provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application. The method is executed by a first terminal device, and the method further includes:

步骤520：接收第四指示信息。Step 520: Receive fourth indication information.

在一些实施例中，第四指示信息用于指示接收第一信号时使用的接收机、接收机算法、AI模型中的一种或多种。可选的，第四指示信息包括如下一个或多个选项：In some embodiments, the fourth indication information is used to indicate one or more of a receiver, a receiver algorithm, and an AI model used when receiving the first signal. Optionally, the fourth indication information includes one or more of the following options:

·第一接收机标识； · first receiver identification;

·第一算法标识；First algorithm identifier;

·第一模型标识；First model identification;

·第一功能(functionality)标志或第一功能的配置信息。· A first functionality flag or configuration information of the first functionality.

其中，第一接收机标识用于指示接收第一信号时使用的接收机，第一算法标识用于指示接收第一信号时使用的接收机算法，第一模型标识用于指示接收第一信号时使用的AI模型，第一功能(functionality)标志或第一功能的配置信息用于指示或者激活此时对应的功能(functionality)。Among them, the first receiver identifier is used to indicate the receiver used when receiving the first signal, the first algorithm identifier is used to indicate the receiver algorithm used when receiving the first signal, the first model identifier is used to indicate the AI model used when receiving the first signal, and the first functionality flag or the configuration information of the first function is used to indicate or activate the corresponding function at this time.

本实施例提供的方法，直接通过接收第四指示信息确定对第一信号进行接收的接收方法，从而能够更高效的实现第一终端设备和网络设备或第一终端设备和第二终端设备之间的通信传输。The method provided in this embodiment directly determines the receiving method for receiving the first signal by receiving the fourth indication information, thereby enabling more efficient communication transmission between the first terminal device and the network device or the first terminal device and the second terminal device.

在以上述图22所示实施例为基础的进一步实施例中，图24示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的DMRS的确定方法的流程图。该方法由第一终端设备执行，该方法还包括：In a further embodiment based on the embodiment shown in FIG. 22 above, FIG. 24 shows a flow chart of a method for determining a DMRS provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application. The method is executed by a first terminal device, and the method further includes:

步骤620：在第一信号用于调度PDSCH的情况下，确定PDSCH所对应的DMRS。Step 620: When the first signal is used to schedule the PDSCH, determine the DMRS corresponding to the PDSCH.

在一些实施例中，PDSCH所对应的DMRS是第一DMRS或第二DMRS，PDSCH所对应的DMRS是第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS。其中，第一DMRS可以是第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS，第二DMRS可以是第二类型DMRS。第一类型DMRS是与控制信息使用一个或多个相同的资源元素的DMRS，第二类型DMRS是与控制信息使用不同的资源元素的DMRS。In some embodiments, the DMRS corresponding to the PDSCH is the first DMRS or the second DMRS, and the DMRS corresponding to the PDSCH is the first type DMRS or the second type DMRS. The first DMRS may be the first type DMRS or the second type DMRS, and the second DMRS may be the second type DMRS. The first type DMRS is a DMRS that uses one or more of the same resource elements as the control information, and the second type DMRS is a DMRS that uses different resource elements than the control information.

在一些实施例中，在第一信号用于调度PDSCH的情况下，确定PDSCH所对应的DMRS是第一DMRS。或理解为，采用第一DMRS作为DMRS假设，或假设采用第一DMRS作为PDSCH所对应的DMRS。例如，此时第一DMRS是第一类型DMRS。In some embodiments, when the first signal is used to schedule PDSCH, it is determined that the DMRS corresponding to the PDSCH is the first DMRS. Or it can be understood that the first DMRS is assumed to be used as the DMRS, or it is assumed that the first DMRS is used as the DMRS corresponding to the PDSCH. For example, at this time, the first DMRS is a first type DMRS.

在一些实施例中，在第一信号用于调度PDSCH的情况下，确定PDSCH所对应的DMRS是第二DMRS。或理解为，采用第二DMRS作为DMRS假设，或假设采用第二DMRS作为PDSCH所对应的DMRS。例如，此时第二DMRS是第二类型DMRS。In some embodiments, when the first signal is used to schedule the PDSCH, it is determined that the DMRS corresponding to the PDSCH is the second DMRS. Or it can be understood that the second DMRS is used as the DMRS assumption, or it is assumed that the second DMRS is used as the DMRS corresponding to the PDSCH. For example, at this time, the second DMRS is a second type DMRS.

在一些实施例中，第一信号包括第一DCI。在一些实施例中，在第一DCI用于调度PDSCH的情况下，确定PDSCH所对应的DMRS是第一DMRS。在一些实施例中，在第一DCI用于调度PDSCH的情况下，确定PDSCH所对应的DMRS是第二DMRS。In some embodiments, the first signal includes a first DCI. In some embodiments, when the first DCI is used to schedule a PDSCH, it is determined that the DMRS corresponding to the PDSCH is the first DMRS. In some embodiments, when the first DCI is used to schedule a PDSCH, it is determined that the DMRS corresponding to the PDSCH is the second DMRS.

本实施例提供的方法，能够在第一DCI调度PDSCH的情况下，确定PDSCH所对应的DMRS，从而保证在存在两种DMRS的情况下不会出现通信混乱。The method provided in this embodiment can determine the DMRS corresponding to the PDSCH when the first DCI schedules the PDSCH, thereby ensuring that communication confusion does not occur when two DMRS exist.

在以上述图24所示实施例为基础的进一步实施例中，上述步骤：确定PDSCH所对应的DMRS，还可替换为如下子步骤：In a further embodiment based on the embodiment shown in FIG. 24 , the above step of determining the DMRS corresponding to the PDSCH may also be replaced by the following sub-steps:

步骤621：确定PDSCH所对应的DMRS为在先使用的DMRS，或，确定PDSCH所对应的DMRS为第五指示信息指示的DMRS。Step 621: Determine that the DMRS corresponding to the PDSCH is the previously used DMRS, or determine that the DMRS corresponding to the PDSCH is the DMRS indicated by the fifth indication information.

在一些实施例中，在先使用的DMRS是第一DMRS或第二DMRS，在先使用的DMRS是第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS。其中，第一DMRS可以是第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS，第二DMRS可以是第二类型DMRS。第一类型DMRS是与控制信息使用一个或多个相同的资源元素的DMRS，第二类型DMRS是与控制信息使用不同的资源元素的DMRS。In some embodiments, the previously used DMRS is the first DMRS or the second DMRS, and the previously used DMRS is the first type DMRS or the second type DMRS. The first DMRS may be the first type DMRS or the second type DMRS, and the second DMRS may be the second type DMRS. The first type DMRS is a DMRS that uses one or more of the same resource elements as the control information, and the second type DMRS is a DMRS that uses different resource elements than the control information.

在一些实施例中，在先使用的DMRS是PDSCH上一次使用的DMRS或PDSCH最近一次使用的DMRS。In some embodiments, the previously used DMRS is the DMRS used last by the PDSCH or the DMRS used most recently by the PDSCH.

在一些实施例中，在PDSCH上一次使用的DMRS为第一DMRS的情况下，确定PDSCH所对应的DMRS为第一DMRS。也即，假设使用第一DMRS作为PDSCH所对应的DMRS。例如，此时第一DMRS是第一类型DMRS。In some embodiments, when the DMRS used last by the PDSCH is the first DMRS, the DMRS corresponding to the PDSCH is determined to be the first DMRS. That is, it is assumed that the first DMRS is used as the DMRS corresponding to the PDSCH. For example, at this time, the first DMRS is a first type DMRS.

在一些实施例中，在PDSCH上一次使用的DMRS为第二DMRS的情况下，确定PDSCH所对应的DMRS为第二DMRS。也即，假设使用第二DMRS作为PDSCH所对应的DMRS。例如，此时第二DMRS是第二类型DMRS。In some embodiments, when the DMRS used last by the PDSCH is the second DMRS, the DMRS corresponding to the PDSCH is determined to be the second DMRS. That is, it is assumed that the second DMRS is used as the DMRS corresponding to the PDSCH. For example, at this time, the second DMRS is a second type DMRS.

在一些实施例中，在第五指示信息指示第一DMRS的情况下，确定PDSCH所对应的DMRS为第一DMRS。In some embodiments, when the fifth indication information indicates the first DMRS, it is determined that the DMRS corresponding to the PDSCH is the first DMRS.

在一些实施例中，在第五指示信息指示第二DMRS的情况下，确定PDSCH所对应的DMRS为第二DMRS。In some embodiments, when the fifth indication information indicates the second DMRS, it is determined that the DMRS corresponding to the PDSCH is the second DMRS.

本实施例提供的方法，确定PDSCH所对应的DMRS的流程不受其他流程的影响，有利于网络进一步优化。 The method provided in this embodiment determines that the process of determining the DMRS corresponding to the PDSCH is not affected by other processes, which is conducive to further optimization of the network.

步骤622：确定目标DMRS为PDSCH所对应的DMRS。Step 622: Determine that the target DMRS is the DMRS corresponding to the PDSCH.

在一些实施例中，确定第一DMRS为PDSCH所对应的DMRS。也即，假设使用第一DMRS作为PDSCH所对应的DMRS。In some embodiments, the first DMRS is determined to be the DMRS corresponding to the PDSCH. That is, it is assumed that the first DMRS is used as the DMRS corresponding to the PDSCH.

在一些实施例中，确定第二DMRS为PDSCH所对应的DMRS。也即，假设使用第二DMRS作为PDSCH所对应的DMRS。In some embodiments, the second DMRS is determined to be the DMRS corresponding to the PDSCH. That is, it is assumed that the second DMRS is used as the DMRS corresponding to the PDSCH.

本实施例提供的方法，通过直接将目标DMRS确定为PDSCH所对应的DMRS，能够有效节约信令开销。The method provided in this embodiment can effectively save signaling overhead by directly determining the target DMRS as the DMRS corresponding to the PDSCH.

步骤623：确定第一信号所对应的DMRS为PDSCH所对应的DMRS。Step 623: Determine that the DMRS corresponding to the first signal is the DMRS corresponding to the PDSCH.

在一些实施例中，第一信号所对应的DMRS是第一DMRS或第二DMRS，第一信号所对应的DMRS是第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS。其中，第一DMRS为第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS，第二DMRS为第二类型DMRS。第一类型DMRS是与控制信息使用一个或多个相同的资源元素的DMRS，第二类型DMRS是与控制信息使用不同的资源元素的DMRS。In some embodiments, the DMRS corresponding to the first signal is a first DMRS or a second DMRS, and the DMRS corresponding to the first signal is a first type DMRS or a second type DMRS. The first DMRS is a first type DMRS or a second type DMRS, and the second DMRS is a second type DMRS. The first type DMRS is a DMRS that uses one or more of the same resource elements as the control information, and the second type DMRS is a DMRS that uses different resource elements than the control information.

在一些实施例中，在第一信号所对应的DMRS为第一DMRS的情况下，确定PDSCH所对应的DMRS为第一DMRS。也即，假设使用第一信号所对应的第一DMRS作为PDSCH所对应的DMRS。In some embodiments, when the DMRS corresponding to the first signal is the first DMRS, the DMRS corresponding to the PDSCH is determined to be the first DMRS. That is, it is assumed that the first DMRS corresponding to the first signal is used as the DMRS corresponding to the PDSCH.

在一些实施例中，在第一信号所对应的DMRS为第二DMRS的情况下，确定PDSCH所对应的DMRS为第二DMRS。也即，假设使用第一信号所对应的第二DMRS作为PDSCH所对应的DMRS。In some embodiments, when the DMRS corresponding to the first signal is the second DMRS, the DMRS corresponding to the PDSCH is determined to be the second DMRS. That is, it is assumed that the second DMRS corresponding to the first signal is used as the DMRS corresponding to the PDSCH.

值得说明的是，在将第一信号所对应的DMRS确定为PDSCH所对应的DMRS的情况下，第一信号所对应的DMRS和PDSCH所对应的DMRS不一定是完全相同的DMRS。而应当理解为，在第一信号对应的DMRS是非正交的DMRS的情况下，PDSCH所对应的DMRS也是非正交的DMRS；在第一信号对应的DMRS是正交的DMRS的情况下，PDSCH所对应的DMRS也是正交的DMRS。但是第一信号所对应的DMRS和PDSCH所对应的DMRS可能不同，比如DMRS图样(pattern)是不同的，或DMRS序列是不同的。It is worth noting that, when the DMRS corresponding to the first signal is determined as the DMRS corresponding to the PDSCH, the DMRS corresponding to the first signal and the DMRS corresponding to the PDSCH are not necessarily exactly the same DMRS. It should be understood that, when the DMRS corresponding to the first signal is a non-orthogonal DMRS, the DMRS corresponding to the PDSCH is also a non-orthogonal DMRS; when the DMRS corresponding to the first signal is an orthogonal DMRS, the DMRS corresponding to the PDSCH is also an orthogonal DMRS. However, the DMRS corresponding to the first signal and the DMRS corresponding to the PDSCH may be different, for example, the DMRS pattern is different, or the DMRS sequence is different.

本实施例提供的方法，通过基于第一信号所对应的DMRS确定PDSCH所对应的DMRS，使得通信系统中的控制信道和数据信道能够采用相似的DMRS图样(pattern)，从而能够简化终端设备的后续处理。The method provided in this embodiment determines the DMRS corresponding to the PDSCH based on the DMRS corresponding to the first signal, so that the control channel and the data channel in the communication system can use a similar DMRS pattern, thereby simplifying subsequent processing of the terminal device.

值得说明的是，上述步骤621至步骤623中的任一步骤均可实施为一个单独的实施例。It is worth noting that any of the above steps 621 to 623 can be implemented as a separate embodiment.

在以上述图24所示实施例为基础的进一步实施例中，图25示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的DMRS的确定方法的流程图。该方法由第一终端设备执行，该方法还包括：In a further embodiment based on the embodiment shown in FIG. 24 above, FIG. 25 shows a flow chart of a method for determining a DMRS provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application. The method is executed by a first terminal device, and the method further includes:

步骤720：接收第六指示信息。Step 720: Receive sixth indication information.

在一些实施例中，第六指示信息指示用于接收PDSCH的接收机、接收机算法、AI模型中的一种或多种。可选的，第六指示信息包括如下一个或多个选项：In some embodiments, the sixth indication information indicates one or more of a receiver, a receiver algorithm, and an AI model for receiving the PDSCH. Optionally, the sixth indication information includes one or more of the following options:

·第二接收机标识；· Second receiver identification;

·第二算法标识；Second algorithm identifier;

·第二模型标识；Second model identification;

·第二功能(functionality)标志或第二功能的配置信息。· A second functionality flag or configuration information of the second functionality.

其中，第二接收机标识用于指示接收PDSCH时使用的接收机，第二算法标识用于指示接收PDSCH时使用的接收机算法，第二模型标识用于指示接收PDSCH时使用的AI模型，第二功能(functionality)标志或第二功能的配置信息用于指示或者激活此时对应的功能(functionality)。Among them, the second receiver identifier is used to indicate the receiver used when receiving PDSCH, the second algorithm identifier is used to indicate the receiver algorithm used when receiving PDSCH, the second model identifier is used to indicate the AI model used when receiving PDSCH, and the second functionality flag or the configuration information of the second function is used to indicate or activate the corresponding function at this time.

本实施例提供的方法，直接通过接收第六指示信息确定对PDSCH进行接收的接收方法，从而能够更高效的实现第一终端设备和网络设备或第一终端设备和第二终端设备之间的通信传输。The method provided in this embodiment directly determines the receiving method for receiving PDSCH by receiving the sixth indication information, thereby enabling more efficient communication transmission between the first terminal device and the network device or the first terminal device and the second terminal device.

在一些实施例中，当第一DCI用于调度PDSCH时，PDSCH对应的响应信号可以通过PUCCH传输。在以上述图24所示实施例为基础的进一步实施例中，如图26所示，上述方法还包括：In some embodiments, when the first DCI is used to schedule PDSCH, a response signal corresponding to the PDSCH may be transmitted via the PUCCH. In a further embodiment based on the embodiment shown in FIG. 24 , as shown in FIG. 26 , the method further includes:

步骤820：确定PUCCH所对应的DMRS。Step 820: Determine the DMRS corresponding to the PUCCH.

在一些实施例中，PUCCH用于传输PDSCH对应的第二信号。可选的，第二信号是PDSCH对应的确认/不确认信号，PDSCH是由上述第一信号调度的。In some embodiments, the PUCCH is used to transmit a second signal corresponding to the PDSCH. Optionally, the second signal is a confirmation/non-confirmation signal corresponding to the PDSCH, and the PDSCH is scheduled by the above-mentioned first signal.

在一些实施例中，在第一信号用于调度PDSCH的情况下，确定PUCCH所对应的DMRS。PUCCH所对应的DMRS是第一DMRS或第二DMRS，PUCCH所对应的DMRS是第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS。其中，第一DMRS可以是第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS，第二DMRS可以是第二类型DMRS。第一类型DMRS是与控制信息使用一个或多个相同的资源元素的DMRS，第二类型DMRS是与控制信息使用不同的资源元素的DMRS。In some embodiments, when the first signal is used to schedule the PDSCH, the DMRS corresponding to the PUCCH is determined. The DMRS corresponding to the PUCCH is the first DMRS or the second DMRS, and the DMRS corresponding to the PUCCH is the first type DMRS or the second type DMRS. The first DMRS may be the first type DMRS or the second type DMRS, and the second DMRS may be the second type DMRS. The first type DMRS is a DMRS that uses one or more of the same resource elements as the control information, and the second type DMRS is a DMRS that uses different resource elements than the control information.

在一些实施例中，确定PUCCH所对应的DMRS为第一DMRS。或理解为，采用第一DMRS作为DMRS假设，或假设采用第一DMRS作为PUCCH所对应的DMRS。例如，此时第一DMRS是第一类型DMRS。In some embodiments, it is determined that the DMRS corresponding to the PUCCH is the first DMRS. Or it can be understood that the first DMRS is assumed to be used as the DMRS, or it is assumed that the first DMRS is used as the DMRS corresponding to the PUCCH. For example, at this time, the first DMRS is a first type DMRS.

在一些实施例中，确定PUCCH所对应的DMRS为第二DMRS。或理解为，采用第二DMRS作为DMRS假设，或假设采用第二DMRS作为PUCCH所对应的DMRS。例如，此时第二DMRS是第二类型DMRS。In some embodiments, it is determined that the DMRS corresponding to the PUCCH is the second DMRS. Or it can be understood that the second DMRS is used as the DMRS assumption, or it is assumed that the second DMRS is used as the DMRS corresponding to the PUCCH. For example, at this time, the second DMRS is a second type DMRS.

本实施例提供的方法，能够在存在两种DMRS的情况下，确定PUCCH所对应的DMRS，从而保证通信系统的稳定。The method provided in this embodiment can determine the DMRS corresponding to the PUCCH when two DMRS exist, thereby ensuring the stability of the communication system.

在以上述图26所示实施例为基础的进一步实施例中，上述步骤820还可替换为如下子步骤：In a further embodiment based on the embodiment shown in FIG. 26 , the above step 820 may also be replaced by the following sub-steps:

步骤821：确定PUCCH所对应的DMRS为在先使用的DMRS或，确定PUCCH所对应的DMRS为第七指示信息指示的DMRS。Step 821: Determine that the DMRS corresponding to the PUCCH is the previously used DMRS or determine that the DMRS corresponding to the PUCCH is the DMRS indicated by the seventh indication information.

在一些实施例中，在先使用的DMRS是PUCCH上一次使用的DMRS或PUCCH最近一次使用的DMRS。In some embodiments, the previously used DMRS is the DMRS used last by the PUCCH or the DMRS used most recently by the PUCCH.

在一些实施例中，在PUCCH上一次使用的DMRS为第一DMRS的情况下，确定PUCCH所对应的DMRS为第一DMRS。也即，假设使用第一DMRS作为PUCCH所对应的DMRS。例如，此时第一DMRS是第一类型DMRS。In some embodiments, when the DMRS used last by the PUCCH is the first DMRS, the DMRS corresponding to the PUCCH is determined to be the first DMRS. That is, it is assumed that the first DMRS is used as the DMRS corresponding to the PUCCH. For example, at this time, the first DMRS is a first type DMRS.

在一些实施例中，在PUCCH上一次使用的DMRS为第二DMRS的情况下，确定PUCCH所对应的DMRS为第二DMRS。也即，假设使用第二DMRS作为PUCCH所对应的DMRS。例如，此时第二DMRS是第二类型DMRS。In some embodiments, when the DMRS used last by the PUCCH is the second DMRS, the DMRS corresponding to the PUCCH is determined to be the second DMRS. That is, it is assumed that the second DMRS is used as the DMRS corresponding to the PUCCH. For example, at this time, the second DMRS is a second type DMRS.

在一些实施例中，在第七指示信息指示第一DMRS的情况下，确定PDSCH所对应的DMRS为第一DMRS。In some embodiments, when the seventh indication information indicates the first DMRS, it is determined that the DMRS corresponding to the PDSCH is the first DMRS.

在一些实施例中，在第七指示信息指示第二DMRS的情况下，确定PDSCH所对应的DMRS为第二DMRS。In some embodiments, when the seventh indication information indicates the second DMRS, it is determined that the DMRS corresponding to the PDSCH is the second DMRS.

本实施例提供的方法，确定PUCCH所对应的DMRS的流程不受其他流程的影响，有利于网络进一步优化。The method provided in this embodiment determines that the process of determining the DMRS corresponding to the PUCCH is not affected by other processes, which is conducive to further optimization of the network.

步骤822：确定目标DMRS为PUCCH所对应的DMRS。Step 822: Determine that the target DMRS is the DMRS corresponding to the PUCCH.

在一些实施例中，确定第一DMRS为PUCCH所对应的DMRS。也即，假设使用第一DMRS作为PUCCH所对应的DMRS。 In some embodiments, the first DMRS is determined to be the DMRS corresponding to the PUCCH. That is, it is assumed that the first DMRS is used as the DMRS corresponding to the PUCCH.

在一些实施例中，确定第二DMRS为PUCCH所对应的DMRS。也即，假设使用第二DMRS作为PUCCH所对应的DMRS。In some embodiments, the second DMRS is determined to be the DMRS corresponding to the PUCCH. That is, it is assumed that the second DMRS is used as the DMRS corresponding to the PUCCH.

本实施例提供的方法，通过直接将目标DMRS确定为PUCCH所对应的DMRS，能够有效节约信令开销。The method provided in this embodiment can effectively save signaling overhead by directly determining the target DMRS as the DMRS corresponding to the PUCCH.

步骤823：确定第一信号所对应的DMRS为PUCCH所对应的DMRS。Step 823: Determine that the DMRS corresponding to the first signal is the DMRS corresponding to the PUCCH.

在一些实施例中，在第一信号所对应的DMRS为第一DMRS的情况下，确定PUCCH所对应的DMRS为第一DMRS。也即，假设使用第一信号所对应的第一DMRS作为PUCCH所对应的DMRS。In some embodiments, when the DMRS corresponding to the first signal is the first DMRS, the DMRS corresponding to the PUCCH is determined to be the first DMRS. That is, it is assumed that the first DMRS corresponding to the first signal is used as the DMRS corresponding to the PUCCH.

在一些实施例中，在第一信号所对应的DMRS为第二DMRS的情况下，确定PUCCH所对应的DMRS为第二DMRS。也即，假设使用第一信号所对应的第二DMRS作为PUCCH所对应的DMRS。In some embodiments, when the DMRS corresponding to the first signal is the second DMRS, the DMRS corresponding to the PUCCH is determined to be the second DMRS. That is, it is assumed that the second DMRS corresponding to the first signal is used as the DMRS corresponding to the PUCCH.

值得说明的是，在将第一信号所对应的DMRS确定为PUCCH所对应的DMRS的情况下，第一信号所对应的DMRS和PUCCH所对应的DMRS不一定是完全相同的DMRS。而应当理解为，在第一信号对应的DMRS是非正交的DMRS的情况下，PUCCH所对应的DMRS也是非正交的DMRS；在第一信号对应的DMRS是正交的DMRS的情况下，PUCCH所对应的DMRS也是正交的DMRS。但是第一信号所对应的DMRS和PUCCH所对应的DMRS可能不同，比如DMRS图样(pattern)是不同的，或DMRS序列是不同的。It is worth noting that, when the DMRS corresponding to the first signal is determined as the DMRS corresponding to the PUCCH, the DMRS corresponding to the first signal and the DMRS corresponding to the PUCCH are not necessarily exactly the same DMRS. It should be understood that, when the DMRS corresponding to the first signal is a non-orthogonal DMRS, the DMRS corresponding to the PUCCH is also a non-orthogonal DMRS; when the DMRS corresponding to the first signal is an orthogonal DMRS, the DMRS corresponding to the PUCCH is also an orthogonal DMRS. However, the DMRS corresponding to the first signal and the DMRS corresponding to the PUCCH may be different, for example, the DMRS pattern is different, or the DMRS sequence is different.

本实施例提供的方法，通过基于第一信号所对应的DMRS确定PUCCH所对应的DMRS，使得通信系统中的控制信道和数据信道能够采用相似的DMRS图样(pattern)，从而能够简化终端设备的后续处理。The method provided in this embodiment determines the DMRS corresponding to the PUCCH based on the DMRS corresponding to the first signal, so that the control channel and the data channel in the communication system can adopt a similar DMRS pattern, thereby simplifying subsequent processing of the terminal device.

值得说明的是，上述步骤821至步骤823中的任一步骤均可实施为一个单独的实施例。It is worth noting that any of the above steps 821 to 823 can be implemented as a separate embodiment.

在以上述图22所示实施例为基础的进一步实施例中，图27示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的DMRS的确定方法的流程图。该方法由第一终端设备执行，该方法还包括：In a further embodiment based on the embodiment shown in FIG. 22 above, FIG. 27 shows a flow chart of a method for determining a DMRS provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application. The method is executed by a first terminal device, and the method further includes:

步骤920：在第一信号用于调度PUSCH的情况下，确定PUSCH所对应的DMRS。Step 920: When the first signal is used to schedule the PUSCH, determine the DMRS corresponding to the PUSCH.

在一些实施例中，PUSCH所对应的DMRS是第一DMRS或第二DMRS，PUSCH所对应的DMRS是第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS。其中，第一DMRS可以是第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS，第二DMRS可以是第二类型DMRS。第一类型DMRS是与控制信息使用一个或多个相同的资源元素的DMRS，第二类型DMRS是与控制信息使用不同的资源元素的DMRS。In some embodiments, the DMRS corresponding to the PUSCH is the first DMRS or the second DMRS, and the DMRS corresponding to the PUSCH is the first type DMRS or the second type DMRS. The first DMRS may be the first type DMRS or the second type DMRS, and the second DMRS may be the second type DMRS. The first type DMRS is a DMRS that uses one or more of the same resource elements as the control information, and the second type DMRS is a DMRS that uses different resource elements than the control information.

在一些实施例中，在第一信号用于调度PUSCH的情况下，确定PUSCH所对应的DMRS是第一DMRS。或理解为，采用第一DMRS作为DMRS假设，或假设采用第一DMRS作为PUSCH所对应的DMRS。例如，此时第一DMRS是第一类型DMRS。在一些实施例中，在第一信号用于调度PUSCH的情况下，确定PUSCH所对应的DMRS是第二DMRS。或理解为，采用第二DMRS作为DMRS假设，或假设采用第二DMRS作为PUSCH所对应的DMRS。例如，此时第二DMRS是第二类型DMRS。In some embodiments, when the first signal is used to schedule PUSCH, it is determined that the DMRS corresponding to the PUSCH is the first DMRS. Or it is understood that the first DMRS is used as the DMRS assumption, or it is assumed that the first DMRS is used as the DMRS corresponding to the PUSCH. For example, at this time, the first DMRS is a first-type DMRS. In some embodiments, when the first signal is used to schedule PUSCH, it is determined that the DMRS corresponding to the PUSCH is the second DMRS. Or it is understood that the second DMRS is used as the DMRS assumption, or it is assumed that the second DMRS is used as the DMRS corresponding to the PUSCH. For example, at this time, the second DMRS is a second-type DMRS.

在一些实施例中，第一信号包括第二DCI。在一些实施例中，在第二DCI用于调度PUSCH的情况下，确定PUSCH所对应的DMRS是第一DMRS。在一些实施例中，在第二DCI用于调度PUSCH的情况下，确定PUSCH所对应的DMRS是第二DMRS。In some embodiments, the first signal includes a second DCI. In some embodiments, when the second DCI is used to schedule a PUSCH, it is determined that the DMRS corresponding to the PUSCH is the first DMRS. In some embodiments, when the second DCI is used to schedule a PUSCH, it is determined that the DMRS corresponding to the PUSCH is the second DMRS.

本实施例提供的方法，能够在第二DCI调度PUSCH的情况下，确定PUSCH所对应的DMRS，从而保证在存在两种DMRS的情况下，不会出现通信混乱。The method provided in this embodiment can determine the DMRS corresponding to the PUSCH when the second DCI schedules the PUSCH, thereby ensuring that communication confusion does not occur when two types of DMRS exist.

在以上述图27所示实施例为基础的进一步实施例中，上述步骤：确定PUSCH所对应的DMRS，还可替换为如下子步骤：In a further embodiment based on the embodiment shown in FIG. 27 , the above step of determining the DMRS corresponding to the PUSCH may also be replaced by the following sub-steps:

步骤921：确定PUSCH所对应的DMRS为在先使用的DMRS，或，确定PUSCH所对应的DMRS为第八指示信息指示的DMRS。Step 921: Determine that the DMRS corresponding to the PUSCH is the previously used DMRS, or determine that the DMRS corresponding to the PUSCH is the DMRS indicated by the eighth indication information.

在一些实施例中，在先使用的DMRS是第一DMRS或第二DMRS，在先使用的DMRS是第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS。其中，第一DMRS可以是第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS，第二DMRS可以是第二类型DMRS。第一类型DMRS是与控制信息使用一个或多个相同的资源元素的DMRS，第二类型DMRS是与控制信息使用不同的资源元素的DMRS。 In some embodiments, the previously used DMRS is the first DMRS or the second DMRS, and the previously used DMRS is the first type DMRS or the second type DMRS. The first DMRS may be the first type DMRS or the second type DMRS, and the second DMRS may be the second type DMRS. The first type DMRS is a DMRS that uses one or more of the same resource elements as the control information, and the second type DMRS is a DMRS that uses different resource elements than the control information.

在一些实施例中，在先使用的DMRS是PUSCH上一次使用的DMRS或PUSCH最近一次使用的DMRS。In some embodiments, the previously used DMRS is the DMRS used last by the PUSCH or the DMRS used most recently by the PUSCH.

在一些实施例中，在PUSCH上一次使用的DMRS为第一DMRS的情况下，确定PUSCH所对应的DMRS为第一DMRS。也即，假设使用第一DMRS作为PUSCH所对应的DMRS。例如，此时第一DMRS是第一类型DMRS。In some embodiments, when the DMRS used last by the PUSCH is the first DMRS, the DMRS corresponding to the PUSCH is determined to be the first DMRS. That is, it is assumed that the first DMRS is used as the DMRS corresponding to the PUSCH. For example, at this time, the first DMRS is a first type DMRS.

在一些实施例中，在PUSCH上一次使用的DMRS为第二DMRS的情况下，确定PUSCH所对应的DMRS为第二DMRS。也即，假设使用第二DMRS作为PUSCH所对应的DMRS。例如，此时第二DMRS是第二类型DMRS。In some embodiments, when the DMRS used last by the PUSCH is the second DMRS, the DMRS corresponding to the PUSCH is determined to be the second DMRS. That is, it is assumed that the second DMRS is used as the DMRS corresponding to the PUSCH. For example, at this time, the second DMRS is a second type DMRS.

在一些实施例中，在第八指示信息指示第一DMRS的情况下，确定PUSCH所对应的DMRS为第一DMRS。In some embodiments, when the eighth indication information indicates the first DMRS, it is determined that the DMRS corresponding to the PUSCH is the first DMRS.

在一些实施例中，在第八指示信息指示第二DMRS的情况下，确定PUSCH所对应的DMRS为第二DMRS。In some embodiments, when the eighth indication information indicates the second DMRS, it is determined that the DMRS corresponding to the PUSCH is the second DMRS.

本实施例提供的方法，确定PUSCH所对应的DMRS的流程不受其他流程的影响，有利于网络进一步优化。The method provided in this embodiment determines that the process of determining the DMRS corresponding to the PUSCH is not affected by other processes, which is conducive to further optimization of the network.

在以上述图27示实施例为基础的进一步实施例中，上述步骤：确定PUSCH所对应的DMRS，还可替换为如下子步骤：In a further embodiment based on the embodiment shown in FIG. 27 , the above step of determining the DMRS corresponding to the PUSCH may also be replaced by the following sub-steps:

步骤922：确定目标DMRS为PUSCH所对应的DMRS。Step 922: Determine that the target DMRS is the DMRS corresponding to the PUSCH.

在一些实施例中，确定第一DMRS为PUSCH所对应的DMRS。也即，假设使用第一DMRS作为PUSCH所对应的DMRS。In some embodiments, the first DMRS is determined to be the DMRS corresponding to the PUSCH. That is, it is assumed that the first DMRS is used as the DMRS corresponding to the PUSCH.

在一些实施例中，确定第二DMRS为PUSCH所对应的DMRS。也即，假设使用第二DMRS作为PUSCH所对应的DMRS。In some embodiments, the second DMRS is determined to be the DMRS corresponding to the PUSCH. That is, it is assumed that the second DMRS is used as the DMRS corresponding to the PUSCH.

本实施例提供的方法，通过直接将目标DMRS确定为PUSCH所对应的DMRS，能够有效节约信令开销。The method provided in this embodiment can effectively save signaling overhead by directly determining the target DMRS as the DMRS corresponding to the PUSCH.

步骤923：确定第一信号所对应的DMRS为PUSCH所对应的DMRS。Step 923: Determine that the DMRS corresponding to the first signal is the DMRS corresponding to the PUSCH.

在一些实施例中，在第一信号所对应的DMRS为第一DMRS的情况下，确定PUSCH所对应的DMRS为第一DMRS。也即，假设使用第一信号所对应的第一DMRS作为PUSCH所对应的DMRS。In some embodiments, when the DMRS corresponding to the first signal is the first DMRS, the DMRS corresponding to the PUSCH is determined to be the first DMRS. That is, it is assumed that the first DMRS corresponding to the first signal is used as the DMRS corresponding to the PUSCH.

在一些实施例中，在第一信号所对应的DMRS为第二DMRS的情况下，确定PUSCH所对应的DMRS为第二DMRS。也即，假设使用第一信号所对应的第二DMRS作为PUSCH所对应的DMRS。In some embodiments, when the DMRS corresponding to the first signal is the second DMRS, the DMRS corresponding to the PUSCH is determined to be the second DMRS. That is, it is assumed that the second DMRS corresponding to the first signal is used as the DMRS corresponding to the PUSCH.

值得说明的是，在将第一信号所对应的DMRS确定为PUSCH所对应的DMRS的情况下，第一信号所对应的DMRS和PUSCH所对应的DMRS不一定是完全相同的DMRS。而应当理解为，在第一信号对应的DMRS是非正交的DMRS的情况下，PUSCH所对应的DMRS也是非正交的DMRS；在第一信号对应的DMRS是正交的DMRS的情况下，PUSCH所对应的DMRS也是正交的DMRS。但是第一信号所对应的DMRS和PUSCH所对应的DMRS可能不同，比如DMRS图样(pattern)是不同的，或DMRS序列是不同的。It is worth noting that, when the DMRS corresponding to the first signal is determined as the DMRS corresponding to the PUSCH, the DMRS corresponding to the first signal and the DMRS corresponding to the PUSCH are not necessarily exactly the same DMRS. It should be understood that, when the DMRS corresponding to the first signal is a non-orthogonal DMRS, the DMRS corresponding to the PUSCH is also a non-orthogonal DMRS; when the DMRS corresponding to the first signal is an orthogonal DMRS, the DMRS corresponding to the PUSCH is also an orthogonal DMRS. However, the DMRS corresponding to the first signal and the DMRS corresponding to the PUSCH may be different, for example, the DMRS pattern is different, or the DMRS sequence is different.

本实施例提供的方法，通过基于第一信号所对应的DMRS确定PUSCH所对应的DMRS，使得通信系统中的控制信道和数据信道能够采用相似的DMRS图样(pattern)，从而能够简化终端设备的后续处理。 The method provided in this embodiment determines the DMRS corresponding to the PUSCH based on the DMRS corresponding to the first signal, so that the control channel and the data channel in the communication system can adopt a similar DMRS pattern, thereby simplifying subsequent processing of the terminal device.

值得说明的是，上述步骤921至步骤923中的任一步骤均可实施为一个单独的实施例。It is worth noting that any of the above steps 921 to 923 can be implemented as a separate embodiment.

图28示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的DMRS的确定方法的流程图。在以上述图22所示实施例为基础的进一步实施例中，在上述步骤420之前，上述方法还包括：FIG28 is a flowchart of a method for determining a DMRS provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application. In a further embodiment based on the embodiment shown in FIG22 above, before step 420 above, the method further includes:

步骤1010：上报终端能力。Step 1010: Report terminal capabilities.

可选的，上报第五终端能力。该第五终端能力用于指示第一终端设备支持使用第一类型DMRS。第一类型DMRS是与控制信息使用一个或多个相同的资源元素的DMRS。Optionally, a fifth terminal capability is reported. The fifth terminal capability is used to indicate that the first terminal device supports the use of a first type of DMRS. The first type of DMRS is a DMRS that uses one or more resource elements that are the same as the control information.

在一些实施例中，第五终端能力通过RRC信令传输，或者第五终端能力通过MAC CE信令传输。In some embodiments, the fifth terminal capability is transmitted via RRC signaling, or the fifth terminal capability is transmitted via MAC CE signaling.

在一些实施例中，第五终端能力是按照如下一个或多个选项进行上报的：In some embodiments, the fifth terminal capability is reported according to one or more of the following options:

·第一频段；·The first frequency band;

·第一频段组合；·The first frequency band combination;

·第一目标频段范围；The first target frequency band range;

·第一目标终端设备。·The first target terminal device.

可选的，第五终端能力是针对频段(band)上报的。也即针对不同频段能够独立上报与当前频段对应的终端能力。有利于提高终端设备的自由度。Optionally, the fifth terminal capability is reported for a frequency band, that is, the terminal capability corresponding to the current frequency band can be reported independently for different frequency bands, which is conducive to improving the degree of freedom of the terminal device.

可选的，第五终端能力是针对频段组合(band combination)上报的。也即针对不同频段组合能够独立上报与当前频段组合对应的终端能力。有利于提高终端设备的自由度。Optionally, the fifth terminal capability is reported for a band combination. That is, the terminal capability corresponding to the current band combination can be reported independently for different band combinations. This is conducive to improving the degree of freedom of the terminal device.

可选的，第五终端能力是针对频段组合(band combination)中的每个频段独立上报的。也即针对不同的频段组合中的不同频段能够独立上报与当前频段对应的终端能力。有利于提高终端设备的自由度。Optionally, the fifth terminal capability is reported independently for each frequency band in a frequency band combination. That is, the terminal capability corresponding to the current frequency band can be reported independently for different frequency bands in different frequency band combinations. This is conducive to improving the degree of freedom of the terminal device.

可选的，第五终端能力是针对频段组合(band combination)中的每个频段上每个载波独立上报的。也即针对不同频段组合中的不同频段中的不同载波能够独立上报与当前载波对应的终端能力。有利于提高终端设备的自由度。Optionally, the fifth terminal capability is reported independently for each carrier on each frequency band in a band combination. That is, the terminal capability corresponding to the current carrier can be reported independently for different carriers in different frequency bands in different frequency band combinations. This is conducive to improving the degree of freedom of the terminal device.

可选的，第五终端能力是针对频段范围(Frequency range)上报的。也即针对不同频段范围能够独立上报与当前频段范围对应的终端能力。有利于提高终端设备的自由度。Optionally, the fifth terminal capability is reported for a frequency range. That is, the terminal capability corresponding to the current frequency range can be reported independently for different frequency ranges. This is conducive to improving the degree of freedom of the terminal device.

可选的，第五终端能力是针对终端设备上报的。也即不同终端设备能够独立上报与终端设备本身对应的终端能力。能够有效降低终端设备上报终端能力的信令开销。Optionally, the fifth terminal capability is reported for the terminal device, that is, different terminal devices can independently report the terminal capabilities corresponding to the terminal device itself, which can effectively reduce the signaling overhead of the terminal device reporting the terminal capabilities.

在一些实施例中，第五终端能力还用于指示如下一个或多个选项：In some embodiments, the fifth terminal capability is further used to indicate one or more of the following options:

·支持的功率参数；Supported power parameters;

·支持第一类型DMRS的模式；A mode supporting the first type of DMRS;

·支持第一类型DMRS的时域密度。Supporting the time domain density of the first type of DMRS.

可选的，上报第六终端能力。该第六终端能力用于指示支持确定DMRS。Optionally, a sixth terminal capability is reported. The sixth terminal capability is used to indicate support for determining DMRS.

可选的，该第六终端能力用于指示支持在第一DCI用于调度PDSCH的情况下，确定PDSCH所对应的DMRS。可选的，该第六终端能力用于指示支持在第一DCI用于调度PDSCH的情况下，确定PUCCH所对应的DMRS。可选的，该第六终端能力用于指示支持在第二DCI用于调度PUSCH的情况下，确定PUSCH所对应的DMRS。Optionally, the sixth terminal capability is used to indicate support for determining the DMRS corresponding to the PDSCH when the first DCI is used to schedule the PDSCH. Optionally, the sixth terminal capability is used to indicate support for determining the DMRS corresponding to the PUCCH when the first DCI is used to schedule the PDSCH. Optionally, the sixth terminal capability is used to indicate support for determining the DMRS corresponding to the PUSCH when the second DCI is used to schedule the PUSCH.

在一些实施例中，第六终端能力通过RRC信令传输，或者第六终端能力通过MAC CE信令传输。In some embodiments, the sixth terminal capability is transmitted via RRC signaling, or the sixth terminal capability is transmitted via MAC CE signaling.

在一些实施例中，第六终端能力是按照如下一个或多个选项进行上报的：In some embodiments, the sixth terminal capability is reported according to one or more of the following options:

·第二频段；· Second frequency band;

·第二频段组合；· Second frequency band combination;

·第二目标频段范围；Second target frequency band range;

第二目标终端设备。The second target terminal device.

可选的，第六终端能力是针对频段(band)上报的。也即不同频段能够独立上报与频段对应的终端能力。有利于提高终端设备的自由度。Optionally, the sixth terminal capability is reported for a frequency band, that is, different frequency bands can independently report the terminal capabilities corresponding to the frequency bands, which is conducive to improving the degree of freedom of the terminal device.

可选的，第六终端能力是针对频段组合(band combination)上报的。也即不同频段组合能够独立上报与频段组合对应的终端能力。有利于提高终端设备的自由度。Optionally, the sixth terminal capability is reported for a band combination. That is, different band combinations can independently report the terminal capabilities corresponding to the band combinations. This is conducive to improving the degree of freedom of terminal devices.

可选的，第六终端能力是针对频段组合(band combination)中的每个频段独立上报的。也即不同的频段组合中的不同频段能够独立上报与频段对应的终端能力。有利于提高终端设备的自由度。Optionally, the sixth terminal capability is reported independently for each frequency band in a frequency band combination. That is, different frequency bands in different frequency band combinations can independently report the terminal capabilities corresponding to the frequency bands. This is conducive to improving the degree of freedom of terminal devices.

可选的，第六终端能力是针对频段组合(band combination)中的每个频段上每个载波独立上报的。也即不同频段组合中的不同频段中的不同载波能够独立上报与载波对应的终端能力。有利于提高终端设备的自由度。Optionally, the sixth terminal capability is reported independently for each carrier on each frequency band in a frequency band combination. That is, different carriers in different frequency bands in different frequency band combinations can independently report the terminal capabilities corresponding to the carriers, which is conducive to improving the degree of freedom of terminal devices.

可选的，第六终端能力是针对频段范围(Frequency range)上报的。也即不同频段范围能够独立上报与频段范围对应的终端能力。有利于提高终端设备的自由度。Optionally, the sixth terminal capability is reported for a frequency range. That is, different frequency ranges can independently report the terminal capabilities corresponding to the frequency ranges. This is conducive to improving the degree of freedom of terminal devices.

可选的，第六终端能力是针对终端设备上报的。也即不同终端设备能够独立上报与终端设备本身对应的终端能力。能够有效降低终端设备上报终端能力的信令开销。Optionally, the sixth terminal capability is reported for the terminal device, that is, different terminal devices can independently report the terminal capabilities corresponding to the terminal device itself, which can effectively reduce the signaling overhead of the terminal device reporting the terminal capabilities.

可选地，第五终端能力和第六终端能力可以一起上报；可选地，第五终端能力和第六终端能力可以使用相同的选项上报，比如第五终端能力对应的第一频段和第六终端能力对应的第二频段是相同频段。Optionally, the fifth terminal capability and the sixth terminal capability may be reported together; optionally, the fifth terminal capability and the sixth terminal capability may be reported using the same options, for example, the first frequency band corresponding to the fifth terminal capability and the second frequency band corresponding to the sixth terminal capability are the same frequency band.

图29示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的DMRS的确定方法的流程图。该方法由第二终端设备或网络设备执行，该方法包括：Figure 29 shows a flow chart of a method for determining a DMRS provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application. The method is executed by a second terminal device or a network device, and the method includes:

步骤40：发送第一信号。Step 40: Send a first signal.

在一些实施例中，第一信号用于响应第一上报信息。可选地，第一上报信息可以包含目标参考信号，目标参考信号是全部候选参考信号中满足链路质量条件的参考信号。其中，第一信号是基于第一DMRS传输的，或第一信号是基于第二DMRS传输的。第一DMRS可以是第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS，第二DMRS可以是第二类型DMRS。In some embodiments, the first signal is used to respond to the first reporting information. Optionally, the first reporting information may include a target reference signal, which is a reference signal that satisfies the link quality condition among all candidate reference signals. The first signal is transmitted based on the first DMRS, or the first signal is transmitted based on the second DMRS. The first DMRS may be a first type DMRS or a second type DMRS, and the second DMRS may be a second type DMRS.

在一些实施例中，该目标参考信号是上述步骤360中上报的目标参考信号。也即该目标参考信号是基于上述第三链路质量和/或第四链路质量从一个或多个候选参考信号中选择的满足链路质量条件的信号。或者，可以理解为，该目标参考信号对应的链路质量是基于该目标参考信号以及该目标参考信号所对应的DMRS评估得到的。In some embodiments, the target reference signal is the target reference signal reported in the above step 360. That is, the target reference signal is a signal that satisfies the link quality condition and is selected from one or more candidate reference signals based on the above third link quality and/or fourth link quality. Alternatively, it can be understood that the link quality corresponding to the target reference signal is obtained by evaluating the target reference signal and the DMRS corresponding to the target reference signal.

在一些实施例中，第一信号是PDCCH，或第一信号是DCI。此时，第一终端设备基于第一搜索空间接收第一信号，第一搜索空间通过指示信息指示，该指示信息由第一网络设备或第二终端设备发送给第一终端设备。第一搜索空间对应第一CORESET。可选地，第一CORESET不对应除第一搜索空间以外的其他搜索空间。可选地，第一CORESET还可以对应其他搜索空间，在第一CORESET对应其他搜索空间的情况下，其他搜索空间可以和其他信号准共址(QCL)。In some embodiments, the first signal is a PDCCH, or the first signal is a DCI. At this time, the first terminal device receives the first signal based on the first search space, and the first search space is indicated by indication information, and the indication information is sent to the first terminal device by the first network device or the second terminal device. The first search space corresponds to the first CORESET. Optionally, the first CORESET does not correspond to other search spaces other than the first search space. Optionally, the first CORESET can also correspond to other search spaces. In the case where the first CORESET corresponds to other search spaces, the other search spaces can be quasi-co-located (QCL) with other signals.

值得说明的是，本申请中所提及的指示信息，包括波束指示信息、DMRS指示信息、第一指示信息、第二指示信息、第三指示信息以及其他可能的指示信息，可以全部是不同的指示信息；或，可以一部分是相同的指示信息，另一部分是不同的指示信息；或，可以是全部相同的指示信息。It is worth noting that the indication information mentioned in the present application, including beam indication information, DMRS indication information, first indication information, second indication information, third indication information and other possible indication information, may all be different indication information; or, part of it may be the same indication information and the other part may be different indication information; or, it may be all the same indication information.

在一些实施例中，第一信号是基于第一DMRS传输的，或第一信号是基于第二DMRS传输的。其中，第一DMRS可以是第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS，第二DMRS可以是第二类型DMRS。第一类型DMRS是与控制信息使用一个或多个相同的资源元素的DMRS，第二类型DMRS是与控制信息使用不同的资源元素的DMRS。In some embodiments, the first signal is transmitted based on a first DMRS, or the first signal is transmitted based on a second DMRS. The first DMRS may be a first type DMRS or a second type DMRS, and the second DMRS may be a second type DMRS. The first type DMRS is a DMRS that uses one or more of the same resource elements as the control information, and the second type DMRS is a DMRS that uses different resource elements than the control information.

在一些实施例中，第一信号是基于默认的DMRS传输的，默认的DMRS是第一DMRS或第二DMRS。可选的，默认的DMRS是基于控制信道所使用的DMRS。比如，在控制信道使用的DMRS为第一DMRS的情况下，默认DMRS是第一DMRS；在控制信道使用的DMRS为第二DMRS的情况下，默认DMRS是第二DMRS。In some embodiments, the first signal is transmitted based on a default DMRS, and the default DMRS is the first DMRS or the second DMRS. Optionally, the default DMRS is based on the DMRS used by the control channel. For example, when the DMRS used by the control channel is the first DMRS, the default DMRS is the first DMRS; when the DMRS used by the control channel is the second DMRS, the default DMRS is the second DMRS.

在一些实施例中，第一信号是基于第三指示信息指示的DMRS传输的，第三指示信息指示的DMRS是第一DMRS或第二DMRS。第三指示信息是网络设备或第二终端设备发送给第一终端设备的。第三指示信息用于指示第一信号是基于第一DMRS或第二DMRS传输的。可选的，第三指示信息指示第一信号是基于第一DMRS传输的。可选的，第三指示信息指示第一信号是基于第二DMRS传输的。In some embodiments, the first signal is transmitted based on a DMRS indicated by the third indication information, and the DMRS indicated by the third indication information is the first DMRS or the second DMRS. The third indication information is sent by the network device or the second terminal device to the first terminal device. The third indication information is used to indicate that the first signal is transmitted based on the first DMRS or the second DMRS. Optionally, the third indication information indicates that the first signal is transmitted based on the first DMRS. Optionally, the third indication information indicates that the first signal is transmitted based on the second DMRS.

在一些实施例中，第一信号是基于目标参考信号所对应的DMRS传输的。在第一终端设备向网络设备或第二终端设备上报了目标参考信号所对应的DMRS的情况下，网络设备或第二终端设备能够选择目标参考信号所对应的DMRS传输第一信号。可选的，在第一终端设备向网络设备或第二终端设备上报了目标参考信号所对应的DMRS为第一DMRS的情况下，网络设备或第二终端设备选择使用第一DMRS传输第一信号。可选的，在第一终端设备向网络设备或第二终端设备上报了目标参考信号所对应的DMRS为第二DMRS的情况下，网络设备或第二终端设备选择使用第二DMRS传输第一信号。In some embodiments, the first signal is transmitted based on the DMRS corresponding to the target reference signal. In the case where the first terminal device reports the DMRS corresponding to the target reference signal to the network device or the second terminal device, the network device or the second terminal device can select the DMRS corresponding to the target reference signal to transmit the first signal. Optionally, the first terminal device reports the DMRS corresponding to the target reference signal to the network device or the second terminal device. When the DMRS corresponding to the target reference signal is the first DMRS, the network device or the second terminal device selects to use the first DMRS to transmit the first signal. Optionally, when the first terminal device reports to the network device or the second terminal device that the DMRS corresponding to the target reference signal is the second DMRS, the network device or the second terminal device selects to use the second DMRS to transmit the first signal.

图30示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的DMRS的确定方法的流程图。该方法由第二终端设备或网络设备执行，该方法包括：Figure 30 shows a flow chart of a method for determining a DMRS provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application. The method is executed by a second terminal device or a network device, and the method includes:

步骤41：发送第四指示信息。Step 41: Send fourth indication information.

·第一接收机标识；·First receiver identification;

·第一算法标识；First algorithm identifier;

·第一模型标识；First model identification;

图31示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的DMRS的确定方法的流程图。该方法由第二终端设备或网络设备执行，该方法包括：FIG31 shows a flow chart of a method for determining a DMRS provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application. The method is executed by a second terminal device or a network device, and the method includes:

步骤42：发送第五指示信息。Step 42: Send the fifth indication information.

在一些实施例中，第五指示信息用于指示第一信号调度的PDSCH所对应的DMRS。其中，PDSCH所对应的DMRS是第一DMRS或第二DMRS。In some embodiments, the fifth indication information is used to indicate the DMRS corresponding to the PDSCH scheduled by the first signal, wherein the DMRS corresponding to the PDSCH is the first DMRS or the second DMRS.

在一些实施例中，第一信号包括第一DCI。In some embodiments, the first signal comprises a first DCI.

图32示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的DMRS的确定方法的流程图。该方法由第二终端设备或网络设备执行，该方法包括：FIG32 shows a flow chart of a method for determining a DMRS provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application. The method is executed by a second terminal device or a network device, and the method includes:

步骤43：发送第六指示信息。Step 43: Send sixth indication information.

·第二接收机标识；· Second receiver identification;

·第二算法标识；Second algorithm identifier;

·第二模型标识；Second model identification;

图33示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的DMRS的确定方法的流程图。该方法由第二终端设备或网络设备执行，该方法包括：FIG33 shows a flow chart of a method for determining a DMRS provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application. The method is executed by a second terminal device or a network device, and the method includes:

步骤44：发送第七指示信息。Step 44: Send the seventh indication information.

在一些实施例中，第七指示信息用于指示PUCCH所对应的DMRS。其中，PUCCH用于传输PDSCH对应的第二信号，PUCCH所对应的DMRS是第一DMRS或第二DMRS。In some embodiments, the seventh indication information is used to indicate a DMRS corresponding to a PUCCH, wherein the PUCCH is used to transmit a second signal corresponding to a PDSCH, and the DMRS corresponding to the PUCCH is a first DMRS or a second DMRS.

图34示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的DMRS的确定方法的流程图。该方法由第二终端设备或网络设备执行，该方法包括：FIG34 shows a flow chart of a method for determining a DMRS provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application. The method is executed by a second terminal device or a network device, and the method includes:

步骤45：发送第八指示信息。Step 45: Send the eighth indication information.

在一些实施例中，第八指示信息用于指示第一信号调度的PUSCH所对应的DMRS。其中，PUSCH所对应的DMRS是第一DMRS或第二DMRS。In some embodiments, the eighth indication information is used to indicate the DMRS corresponding to the PUSCH scheduled by the first signal, wherein the DMRS corresponding to the PUSCH is the first DMRS or the second DMRS.

在一些实施例中，第一信号包括第二DCI。In some embodiments, the first signal includes the second DCI.

图35示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的DMRS的确定方法的流程图。该方法由第二终端设备或网络设备执行，该方法包括：FIG35 shows a flow chart of a method for determining a DMRS provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application. The method is executed by a second terminal device or a network device, and the method includes:

步骤46：接收终端能力。Step 46: Receive terminal capabilities.

可选的，接收第五终端能力，第五终端能力用于指示支持使用第一类型DMRS。Optionally, a fifth terminal capability is received, where the fifth terminal capability is used to indicate support for use of the first type of DMRS.

可选的，接收第六终端能力，第六终端能力用于指示支持确定DMRS。Optionally, a sixth terminal capability is received, where the sixth terminal capability is used to indicate support for determining DMRS.

具体的，终端能力的实施方式详见上述步骤1010。Specifically, the implementation of the terminal capability is detailed in the above step 1010.

在一些实施例中，第一类型DMRS是与控制信息使用至少一个相同的资源元素的DMRS。第二类型DMRS是与控制信息使用不同的资源元素的DMRS。 In some embodiments, the first type DMRS is a DMRS that uses at least one same resource element as the control information. The second type DMRS is a DMRS that uses different resource elements than the control information.

在一些实施例中，图36示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的DMRS的确定方法的流程图。该方法由第一终端设备、第二终端设备和/或网络设备联合执行，该方法还包括：In some embodiments, FIG36 shows a flowchart of a method for determining a DMRS provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application. The method is jointly performed by a first terminal device, a second terminal device and/or a network device, and the method further includes:

步骤8：第一终端设备向第二终端设备和/或网络设备上报终端能力；Step 8: The first terminal device reports terminal capabilities to the second terminal device and/or the network device;

具体的，该终端能力的实现方式参见上述步骤410。Specifically, the implementation method of the terminal capability refers to the above step 410.

步骤9：第一终端设备向第二终端设备和/或网络设备上报目标参考信号；Step 9: The first terminal device reports a target reference signal to the second terminal device and/or the network device;

可选的，该目标参考信号是上述步骤360中上报的目标参考信号。也即该目标参考信号是基于上述第三链路质量和/或第四链路质量从一个或多个候选参考信号中选择的满足链路质量条件的信号。或者，可以理解为，该目标参考信号对应的链路质量是基于该目标参考信号以及该目标参考信号所对应的DMRS评估得到的。Optionally, the target reference signal is the target reference signal reported in the above step 360. That is, the target reference signal is a signal that satisfies the link quality condition and is selected from one or more candidate reference signals based on the above third link quality and/or fourth link quality. Alternatively, it can be understood that the link quality corresponding to the target reference signal is obtained based on the target reference signal and the DMRS corresponding to the target reference signal.

可选的，该目标参考信号对应的链路质量不基于该目标参考信号所对应的DMRS评估得到。也即，该目标参考信号对应的链路质量是基于目标参考信号的RSRP确定的，或该目标参考信号对应的链路质量是基于目标参考信号的SINR确定的。Optionally, the link quality corresponding to the target reference signal is not evaluated based on the DMRS corresponding to the target reference signal. That is, the link quality corresponding to the target reference signal is determined based on the RSRP of the target reference signal, or the link quality corresponding to the target reference signal is determined based on the SINR of the target reference signal.

步骤10：第二终端设备和/或网络设备向第一终端设备发送第一信号；Step 10: The second terminal device and/or the network device sends a first signal to the first terminal device;

具体的，第一信号的实现方式详见上述步骤420。Specifically, the implementation method of the first signal is detailed in the above step 420.

步骤11：第一终端设备在第一信号用于调度PDSCH的情况下，确定PDSCH所对应的DMRS；Step 11: When the first signal is used to schedule the PDSCH, the first terminal device determines the DMRS corresponding to the PDSCH;

具体的，确定PDSCH所对应的DMRS的实现方式详见上述步骤620。Specifically, the implementation method of determining the DMRS corresponding to the PDSCH is detailed in the above step 620.

步骤12：第一终端设备在第一信号用于调度PDSCH的情况下，确定用于传输PDSCH对应的第二信号的PUCCH所对应的DMRS；Step 12: When the first signal is used to schedule the PDSCH, the first terminal device determines a DMRS corresponding to the PUCCH used to transmit the second signal corresponding to the PDSCH;

具体的，确定PUCCH所对应的DMRS的实现方式详见上述步骤820。Specifically, the implementation method of determining the DMRS corresponding to the PUCCH is detailed in the above step 820.

步骤13：第一终端设备在第一信号用于调度PUSCH的情况下，确定PUSCH所对应的DMRS。Step 13: When the first signal is used to schedule PUSCH, the first terminal device determines the DMRS corresponding to the PUSCH.

具体的，确定PUSCH所对应的DMRS的实现方式详见上述步骤920。Specifically, the implementation method of determining the DMRS corresponding to the PUSCH is detailed in the above step 920.

值得说明的是，上述图6至图24所示的实施例之间还可以自由组合，本申请实施例对此不做限定，此处不再一一列举组合情形。It is worth noting that the embodiments shown in FIG. 6 to FIG. 24 can be freely combined, and the embodiments of the present application do not limit this, and the combination scenarios are not listed one by one here.

图37示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的DMRS的确定装置的结构框图。该装置包括：FIG37 shows a structural block diagram of a DMRS determination device provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application. The device includes:

确定模块3710，用于确定第一参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的DMRS。The determination module 3710 is configured to determine a DMRS corresponding to a reference signal in a first reference signal group.

在一些实施例中，第一链路质量是第一参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的链路质量。或者，可以理解为，第一链路质量是第一参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的波束的链路质量。比如，第一参考信号组与TRP1关联，第一参考信号组中的每个参考信号与TRP1的一个波束关联。该第一链路质量用于指示是否发生目标事件，比如是否发生波束失败(beam failure)。In some embodiments, the first link quality is the link quality corresponding to the reference signal in the first reference signal group. Alternatively, it can be understood that the first link quality is the link quality of the beam corresponding to the reference signal in the first reference signal group. For example, the first reference signal group is associated with TRP1, and each reference signal in the first reference signal group is associated with a beam of TRP1. The first link quality is used to indicate whether a target event occurs, such as whether a beam failure occurs.

在一些实施例中，确定该第一参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的DMRS是第一DMRS或第二DMRS。其中，该第一参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的DMRS是第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS，第一类型DMRS是与控制信息使用一个或多个相同的资源元素的DMRS，第二类型DMRS是与控制信息使用不同的资源元素的DMRS。第一DMRS可以是第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS，第二DMRS可以是第二类型DMRS。In some embodiments, it is determined that the DMRS corresponding to the reference signal in the first reference signal group is a first DMRS or a second DMRS. The DMRS corresponding to the reference signal in the first reference signal group is a first type DMRS or a second type DMRS, the first type DMRS is a DMRS that uses one or more of the same resource elements as the control information, and the second type DMRS is a DMRS that uses different resource elements from the control information. The first DMRS may be a first type DMRS or a second type DMRS, and the second DMRS may be a second type DMRS.

在一些实施例中，确定第一参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的DMRS是第二DMRS。或理解为，采用第一参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的第二DMRS作为DMRS假设，或假设采用第一参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的第二DMRS评估链路质量。可选地，此时第二DMRS是第二类型DMRS。 In some embodiments, it is determined that the DMRS corresponding to the reference signal in the first reference signal group is the second DMRS. Or it can be understood that the second DMRS corresponding to the reference signal in the first reference signal group is used as the DMRS hypothesis, or it is assumed that the second DMRS corresponding to the reference signal in the first reference signal group is used to evaluate the link quality. Optionally, at this time, the second DMRS is a second type DMRS.

可选的，该装置接收网络设备或第二终端设备发送的第一指示信息，第一指示信息用于指示或配置第一参考信号组中的参考信号。Optionally, the apparatus receives first indication information sent by a network device or a second terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate or configure a reference signal in a first reference signal group.

可选的，第一指示信息还用于指示与目标事件相关的参数信息。比如，第一指示信息还用于指示与目标事件相关的第一门限、第一目标时间、第二门限、第一次数阈值、第三门限、第一差值阈值、第E1次数阈值、第E2次数阈值中的一种或多种。Optionally, the first indication information is also used to indicate parameter information related to the target event. For example, the first indication information is also used to indicate one or more of a first threshold, a first target time, a second threshold, a first number threshold, a third threshold, a first difference threshold, an E1th number threshold, and an E2th number threshold related to the target event.

可选的，第一指示信息是通过RRC信令、MAC CE信令、DCI信令中的一个或多个发送的。Optionally, the first indication information is sent through one or more of RRC signaling, MAC CE signaling, and DCI signaling.

确定模块3710，还用于确定第一指示信息指示的第一参考信号组中的每个参考信号分别对应的DMRS。The determination module 3710 is further configured to determine a DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group indicated by the first indication information.

确定模块3710，还用于在第一指示信息指示有第一参考信号组对应的DMRS的情况下，确定第一参考信号组对应的DMRS为第一参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS。The determination module 3710 is further configured to determine, when the first indication information indicates that there is a DMRS corresponding to the first reference signal group, that the DMRS corresponding to the first reference signal group is the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group.

确定模块3710，还用于基于控制信道使用的DMRS，确定第一参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS。The determination module 3710 is further configured to determine the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group based on the DMRS used by the control channel.

确定模块3710，还用于确定目标DMRS为第一参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS。The determination module 3710 is further configured to determine that the target DMRS is the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group.

确定模块3710，还用于在第一参考信号组中的第一参考信号是基于控制信道中的目标CORESET对应的TCI状态确定的情况下，确定目标CORESET对应的DMRS为第一参考信号组中的第一参考信号所对应的DMRS。The determination module 3710 is also used to determine that the DMRS corresponding to the target CORESET is the DMRS corresponding to the first reference signal in the first reference signal group when the first reference signal in the first reference signal group is determined based on the TCI state corresponding to the target CORESET in the control channel.

确定模块3710，还用于基于第一参考信号组中的参考信号对应的多个CORESET对应的DMRS，确定第一参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS。The determination module 3710 is further configured to determine the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group based on the DMRS corresponding to multiple CORESETs corresponding to the reference signals in the first reference signal group.

确定模块3710，还用于在第一参考信号组中的第二参考信号是基于控制信道中的目标搜索空间对应的TCI状态确定的情况下，确定目标搜索空间对应的DMRS为第二参考信号所对应的DMRS。The determination module 3710 is also used to determine that the DMRS corresponding to the target search space is the DMRS corresponding to the second reference signal when the second reference signal in the first reference signal group is determined based on the TCI state corresponding to the target search space in the control channel.

确定模块3710，还用于基于第一参考信号组中的参考信号对应的多个搜索空间对应的DMRS，确定第一参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS。The determination module 3710 is further configured to determine the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group based on the DMRSs corresponding to multiple search spaces corresponding to the reference signals in the first reference signal group.

具体的，确定第一参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS的实现方式，详见上述步骤220至步骤230。Specifically, the implementation manner of determining the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group is detailed in the above steps 220 to 230.

确定模块3710，还用于确定第一参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的DMRS，以及第二参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的DMRS。The determination module 3710 is further configured to determine the DMRS corresponding to the reference signals in the first reference signal group and the DMRS corresponding to the reference signals in the second reference signal group.

在一些实施例中，该装置基于第一参考信号组中的参考信号评估第一链路质量，和/或，基于第二参考信号组中的参考信号评估第二链路质量。In some embodiments, the apparatus evaluates the first link quality based on reference signals in a first reference signal group, and/or evaluates the second link quality based on reference signals in a second reference signal group.

在一些实施例中，第一DMRS是第一类型DMRS，第二DMRS是第二类型DMRS；或，第一 DMRS是第二类型DMRS，第二DMRS是第二类型DMRS。In some embodiments, the first DMRS is a first type DMRS, and the second DMRS is a second type DMRS; or The DMRS is a second type DMRS, and the second DMRS is a second type DMRS.

可选的，该装置接收网络设备或第二终端设备发送的第一指示信息，第一指示信息用于指示或配置第一参考信号组中的参考信号以及第二参考信号组中的参考信号。Optionally, the apparatus receives first indication information sent by a network device or a second terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate or configure reference signals in a first reference signal group and reference signals in a second reference signal group.

确定模块3710，还用于确定第一指示信息指示的第二参考信号组中的每个参考信号分别对应的DMRS。The determination module 3710 is further configured to determine a DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the second reference signal group indicated by the first indication information.

确定模块3710，还用于在第一指示信息指示有第二参考信号组对应的DMRS的情况下，确定第二参考信号组对应的DMRS为第二参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS。The determination module 3710 is further configured to determine, when the first indication information indicates that there is a DMRS corresponding to the second reference signal group, that the DMRS corresponding to the second reference signal group is the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the second reference signal group.

确定模块3710，还用于基于控制信道使用的DMRS，确定第二参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS。The determination module 3710 is further configured to determine the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the second reference signal group based on the DMRS used by the control channel.

确定模块3710，还用于确定目标DMRS为第二参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS。The determination module 3710 is further configured to determine that the target DMRS is the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the second reference signal group.

确定模块3710，还用于在第二参考信号组中的第一参考信号是基于控制信道中的目标CORESET对应的TCI状态确定的情况下，确定目标CORESET对应的DMRS为第二参考信号组中的第一参考信号所对应的DMRS。The determination module 3710 is also used to determine that the DMRS corresponding to the target CORESET is the DMRS corresponding to the first reference signal in the second reference signal group when the first reference signal in the second reference signal group is determined based on the TCI state corresponding to the target CORESET in the control channel.

确定模块3710，还用于基于第二参考信号组中的参考信号对应的多个CORESET对应的DMRS，确定第二参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS。The determination module 3710 is further configured to determine the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the second reference signal group based on the DMRS corresponding to multiple CORESETs corresponding to the reference signals in the second reference signal group.

确定模块3710，还用于在第二参考信号组中的第二参考信号是基于控制信道中的目标搜索空间对应的TCI状态确定的情况下，确定目标搜索空间对应的DMRS为第二参考信号组中的第二参考信号所对应的DMRS。The determination module 3710 is also used to determine that the DMRS corresponding to the target search space is the DMRS corresponding to the second reference signal in the second reference signal group when the second reference signal in the second reference signal group is determined based on the TCI state corresponding to the target search space in the control channel.

确定模块3710，还用于基于第二参考信号组中的参考信号对应的多个搜索空间对应的DMRS，确定第二参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS。The determination module 3710 is further configured to determine the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the second reference signal group based on the DMRSs corresponding to multiple search spaces corresponding to the reference signals in the second reference signal group.

具体的，确定第二参考信号组中的每个参考信号所对应的DMRS的实现方式，详见上述步骤240至步骤250。Specifically, the implementation manner of determining the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the second reference signal group is detailed in the above steps 240 to 250.

在一些实施例中，该装置还包括：In some embodiments, the apparatus further comprises:

发送模块3720，用于上报终端能力。The sending module 3720 is used to report the terminal capability.

具体的，上报终端能力的实现方式详见上述步骤210。Specifically, the implementation method of reporting the terminal capability is detailed in the above step 210.

在一些实施例中，上述装置还包括：In some embodiments, the above apparatus further comprises:

接收模块3730，用于接收第一指示信息。The receiving module 3730 is used to receive first indication information.

需要说明的一点是，上述实施例提供的装置在实现其功能时，仅以上述各个功能模块的划分进行举例说明，实际应用中，可以根据实际需要而将上述功能分配由不同的功能模块完成，即将设备的内容结构划分成不同的功能模块，以完成以上描述的全部或者部分功能。One point that needs to be explained is that the device provided in the above embodiment only uses the division of the above-mentioned functional modules as an example to implement its functions. In actual applications, the above-mentioned functions can be assigned to different functional modules according to actual needs, that is, the content structure of the device can be divided into different functional modules to complete all or part of the functions described above.

图38示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的DMRS的确定装置的结构框图。该装置包括：FIG38 shows a structural block diagram of a DMRS determination device provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application. The device includes:

发送模块3810，用于发送第一指示信息。The sending module 3810 is used to send first indication information.

在一些实施例中，第一参考信号组中的参考信号以及第一参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的DMRS 用于评估第一链路质量。或者，可以理解为，结合第一参考信号组中的参考信号以及第一参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的DMRS，评估第一链路质量。其中，第一参考信号组中的参考信号用于评估第一链路质量，该参考信号所对应的DMRS也用于评估第一链路质量。In some embodiments, the reference signals in the first reference signal group and the DMRS corresponding to the reference signals in the first reference signal group Used to evaluate the first link quality. Alternatively, it can be understood that the first link quality is evaluated by combining the reference signal in the first reference signal group and the DMRS corresponding to the reference signal in the first reference signal group. Wherein, the reference signal in the first reference signal group is used to evaluate the first link quality, and the DMRS corresponding to the reference signal is also used to evaluate the first link quality.

在一些实施例中，第一指示信息用于指示第一参考信号组中的每个参考信号分别对应的DMRS。其中，第一参考信号组中的每个参考信号分别对应的DMRS为第一DMRS或第二DMRS，不同参考信号对应的DMRS相同或不同。In some embodiments, the first indication information is used to indicate the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group, wherein the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group is the first DMRS or the second DMRS, and the DMRSs corresponding to different reference signals are the same or different.

在一些实施例中，第一指示信息还用于指示第二参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的DMRS。其中，第二参考信号组中的参考信号以及第二参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的DMRS用于评估第二链路质量，第二参考信号组中的参考信号所对应的DMRS是第一DMRS或第二DMRS。In some embodiments, the first indication information is further used to indicate a DMRS corresponding to a reference signal in the second reference signal group. The reference signal in the second reference signal group and the DMRS corresponding to the reference signal in the second reference signal group are used to evaluate the second link quality, and the DMRS corresponding to the reference signal in the second reference signal group is the first DMRS or the second DMRS.

接收模块3820，用于接收终端能力。The receiving module 3820 is used to receive terminal capabilities.

图39示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的DMRS的确定装置的结构框图。该装置包括：FIG39 shows a structural block diagram of a DMRS determination device provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application. The device includes:

确定模块3910，用于确定第三参考信号组中的候选参考信号所对应的DMRS。The determination module 3910 is configured to determine a DMRS corresponding to a candidate reference signal in a third reference signal group.

确定模块3910，还用于确定目标DMRS为第三参考信号组中的候选参考信号所对应的DMRS。The determination module 3910 is further configured to determine that the target DMRS is the DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signal in the third reference signal group.

确定模块3910，还用于在第二指示信息指示有第三参考信号组对应的DMRS的情况下，确定第三参考信号组对应的DMRS为第三参考信号组中的每个候选参考信号所对应的DMRS。The determination module 3910 is further configured to determine, when the second indication information indicates that there is a DMRS corresponding to the third reference signal group, that the DMRS corresponding to the third reference signal group is the DMRS corresponding to each candidate reference signal in the third reference signal group.

确定模块3910，还用于确定第二指示信息指示的第三参考信号组中的每个候选参考信号分别对应的DMRS。The determination module 3910 is further configured to determine a DMRS corresponding to each candidate reference signal in the third reference signal group indicated by the second indication information.

具体的，确定第三参考信号组中的候选参考信号所对应的DMRS的实现方式，详见上述步骤320至步骤323。Specifically, the implementation manner of determining the DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signal in the third reference signal group is detailed in the above steps 320 to 323.

确定模块3910，还用于确定第三参考信号组中的候选参考信号所对应的DMRS，以及第四参考信号组中的候选参考信号所对应的DMRS。The determination module 3910 is further configured to determine the DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signals in the third reference signal group and the DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signals in the fourth reference signal group.

确定模块3910，还用于确定目标DMRS为第四参考信号组中的候选参考信号所对应的DMRS。The determination module 3910 is further configured to determine that the target DMRS is the DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signal in the fourth reference signal group.

确定模块3910，还用于在第二指示信息指示有第四参考信号组对应的DMRS的情况下，确定第四参考信号组对应的DMRS为第四参考信号组中的每个候选参考信号所对应的DMRS。The determination module 3910 is further configured to determine, when the second indication information indicates that there is a DMRS corresponding to the fourth reference signal group, that the DMRS corresponding to the fourth reference signal group is the DMRS corresponding to each candidate reference signal in the fourth reference signal group.

确定模块3910，还用于确定第二指示信息指示的第四参考信号组中的每个候选参考信号分别对应的DMRS。The determination module 3910 is further configured to determine a DMRS corresponding to each candidate reference signal in the fourth reference signal group indicated by the second indication information.

具体的，确定第四参考信号组中的候选参考信号所对应的DMRS的实现方式，详见上述步骤340至步骤343。Specifically, the implementation manner of determining the DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signal in the fourth reference signal group is detailed in the above steps 340 to 343.

发送模块3920，用于上报目标参考信号。The sending module 3920 is used to report the target reference signal.

该目标参考信号是从一个或多个候选参考信号中选择的满足链路质量条件的参考信号。目标参考信号所对应的DMRS是第一DMRS或第二DMRS，目标参考信号所对应的DMRS是第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS。其中，第一类型DMRS是与控制信息使用一个或多个相同的资源元素的DMRS，第二类型DMRS是与控制信息使用不同的资源元素的DMRS。第一DMRS可以是第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS，第二DMRS可以是第二类型DMRS。 The target reference signal is a reference signal that satisfies the link quality condition selected from one or more candidate reference signals. The DMRS corresponding to the target reference signal is a first DMRS or a second DMRS, and the DMRS corresponding to the target reference signal is a first type DMRS or a second type DMRS. Among them, the first type DMRS is a DMRS that uses one or more of the same resource elements as the control information, and the second type DMRS is a DMRS that uses different resource elements from the control information. The first DMRS can be a first type DMRS or a second type DMRS, and the second DMRS can be a second type DMRS.

在一些实施例中，在目标参考信号所对应的DMRS为第二DMRS的情况下，上报目标参考信号和第二DMRS。可选地，此时第二DMRS是第二类型DMRS。In some embodiments, when the DMRS corresponding to the target reference signal is the second DMRS, the target reference signal and the second DMRS are reported. Optionally, at this time, the second DMRS is a second type DMRS.

发送模块3920，还用于上报终端能力。The sending module 3920 is also used to report the terminal capabilities.

具体的，上报终端能力的实现方式详见上述步骤310。Specifically, the implementation method of reporting the terminal capability is detailed in the above step 310.

接收模块3930，用于接收第二指示信息。The receiving module 3930 is used to receive second indication information.

图40示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的DMRS的确定装置的结构框图。该装置包括：FIG40 shows a structural block diagram of a DMRS determination device provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application. The device includes:

发送模块4010，用于发送第二指示信息。The sending module 4010 is used to send second indication information.

在一些实施例中，第二指示信息用于指示第三参考信号组对应的DMRS。其中，第三参考信号组对应的DMRS为第一DMRS或第二DMRS。In some embodiments, the second indication information is used to indicate a DMRS corresponding to the third reference signal group, wherein the DMRS corresponding to the third reference signal group is the first DMRS or the second DMRS.

在一些实施例中，第二指示信息还用于指示第四参考信号组中的候选参考信号所对应的DMRS。其中，第四参考信号组中的候选参考信号以及第四参考信号组中的候选参考信号所对应的DMRS用于评估第四链路质量，第四参考信号组中的候选参考信号所对应的DMRS为第一DMRS或第二DMRS。In some embodiments, the second indication information is further used to indicate a DMRS corresponding to a candidate reference signal in a fourth reference signal group. The candidate reference signals in the fourth reference signal group and the DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signals in the fourth reference signal group are used to evaluate the fourth link quality, and the DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signals in the fourth reference signal group is the first DMRS or the second DMRS.

在一些实施例中，第四参考信号组中的候选参考信号以及第四参考信号组中的候选参考信号所对应的DMRS用于评估第四链路质量。或者，可以理解为，结合第四参考信号组中的候选参考信号以及第四参考信号组中的候选参考信号所对应的DMRS，评估第四链路质量。其中，第四参考信号组中的候选参考信号用于评估第四链路质量，该候选参考信号所对应的DMRS也用于评估第四链路质量。In some embodiments, the candidate reference signals in the fourth reference signal group and the DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signals in the fourth reference signal group are used to evaluate the fourth link quality. Alternatively, it can be understood that the fourth link quality is evaluated in combination with the candidate reference signals in the fourth reference signal group and the DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signals in the fourth reference signal group. Among them, the candidate reference signals in the fourth reference signal group are used to evaluate the fourth link quality, and the DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signals are also used to evaluate the fourth link quality.

接收模块4020，用于接收目标参考信号。The receiving module 4020 is configured to receive a target reference signal.

该目标参考信号是从一个或多个候选参考信号中选择的满足链路质量条件的参考信号。目标参考信号所对应的DMRS是第一DMRS或第二DMRS。其中，第一DMRS可以是第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS，第二DMRS可以是第二类型DMRS。第一类型DMRS是与控制信息使用一个或多个相同的资源元素的DMRS，第二类型DMRS是与控制信息使用不同的资源元素的DMRS。The target reference signal is a reference signal that satisfies the link quality condition selected from one or more candidate reference signals. The DMRS corresponding to the target reference signal is a first DMRS or a second DMRS. The first DMRS may be a first type DMRS or a second type DMRS, and the second DMRS may be a second type DMRS. The first type DMRS is a reference signal that uses one or more of the same resources as the control information. The second type DMRS is a DMRS using resource elements different from those used for control information.

接收模块4020，还用于接收终端能力。The receiving module 4020 is also used to receive terminal capabilities.

图41示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的DMRS的确定装置的结构框图。该装置包括：FIG41 shows a structural block diagram of a DMRS determination device provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application. The device includes:

接收模块4110，用于接收第一信号。The receiving module 4110 is configured to receive a first signal.

在一些实施例中，第一信号基于第一DMRS传输，还可以理解为第一信号所对应的DMRS是第一DMRS，或理解为第一信号采用第一DMRS作为使用的DMRS。同理，第一信号基于第二DMRS传输，还可以理解为第一信号所对应的DMRS是第二DMRS，或理解为第一信号采用第二DMRS作为使用的DMRS。比如，在第一信号是PDCCH的情况下，PDCCH基于第一DMRS传输，也即PDCCH对应的DMRS是第一DMRS，或PDCCH采用第一DMRS作为使用的DMRS；PDCCH基于第二DMRS传输，也即PDCCH对应的DMRS是第二DMRS，或PDCCH采用第二DMRS作为使用的DMRS。 In some embodiments, the first signal is transmitted based on the first DMRS, which can also be understood as the DMRS corresponding to the first signal is the first DMRS, or the first signal uses the first DMRS as the DMRS in use. Similarly, the first signal is transmitted based on the second DMRS, which can also be understood as the DMRS corresponding to the first signal is the second DMRS, or the first signal uses the second DMRS as the DMRS in use. For example, in the case where the first signal is the PDCCH, the PDCCH is transmitted based on the first DMRS, that is, the DMRS corresponding to the PDCCH is the first DMRS, or the PDCCH uses the first DMRS as the DMRS in use; the PDCCH is transmitted based on the second DMRS, that is, the DMRS corresponding to the PDCCH is the second DMRS, or the PDCCH uses the second DMRS as the DMRS in use.

接收模块4110，还用于接收第四指示信息。The receiving module 4110 is further used to receive fourth indication information.

具体的，第四指示信息的实现方式详见上述步骤520。Specifically, the implementation method of the fourth indication information is detailed in the above step 520.

确定模块4120，用于在第一信号用于调度PDSCH的情况下，确定PDSCH所对应的DMRS。The determination module 4120 is used to determine the DMRS corresponding to the PDSCH when the first signal is used to schedule the PDSCH.

确定模块4120，还用于确定PDSCH所对应的DMRS为在先使用的DMRS，或，确定PDSCH所对应的DMRS为第五指示信息指示的DMRS。The determination module 4120 is further configured to determine that the DMRS corresponding to the PDSCH is a previously used DMRS, or to determine that the DMRS corresponding to the PDSCH is the DMRS indicated by the fifth indication information.

确定模块4120，还用于确定目标DMRS为PDSCH所对应的DMRS。The determination module 4120 is further configured to determine that the target DMRS is the DMRS corresponding to the PDSCH.

确定模块4120，还用于确定第一信号所对应的DMRS为PDSCH所对应的DMRS。The determination module 4120 is further configured to determine that the DMRS corresponding to the first signal is the DMRS corresponding to the PDSCH.

具体的，确定PDSCH所对应的DMRS的实现方式，详见上述步骤620至步骤623。Specifically, the implementation method of determining the DMRS corresponding to the PDSCH is detailed in the above steps 620 to 623.

接收模块4110，还用于接收第六指示信息。The receiving module 4110 is further used to receive sixth indication information.

具体的，第六指示信息的实现方式详见上述步骤720。Specifically, the implementation method of the sixth indication information is detailed in the above step 720.

确定模块4120，还用于确定PUCCH所对应的DMRS。The determination module 4120 is further configured to determine the DMRS corresponding to the PUCCH.

在一些实施例中，确定PUCCH所对应的DMRS为第一DMRS。或理解为，采用第一DMRS作为 DMRS假设，或假设采用第一DMRS作为PUCCH所对应的DMRS。例如，此时第一DMRS是第一类型DMRS。In some embodiments, the DMRS corresponding to the PUCCH is determined to be the first DMRS. Or it can be understood that the first DMRS is used as The DMRS is assumed, or it is assumed that the first DMRS is used as the DMRS corresponding to the PUCCH. For example, at this time, the first DMRS is a first type DMRS.

确定模块4120，还用于确定PUCCH所对应的DMRS为在先使用的DMRS或，确定PUCCH所对应的DMRS为第七指示信息指示的DMRS。The determination module 4120 is further configured to determine that the DMRS corresponding to the PUCCH is a previously used DMRS or to determine that the DMRS corresponding to the PUCCH is the DMRS indicated by the seventh indication information.

确定模块4120，还用于确定目标DMRS为PUCCH所对应的DMRS。The determination module 4120 is further configured to determine that the target DMRS is the DMRS corresponding to the PUCCH.

确定模块4120，还用于确定第一信号所对应的DMRS为PUCCH所对应的DMRS。The determination module 4120 is further configured to determine that the DMRS corresponding to the first signal is the DMRS corresponding to the PUCCH.

具体的，确定PUCCH所对应的DMRS的实现方式，详见上述步骤820至步骤823。Specifically, the implementation method of determining the DMRS corresponding to the PUCCH is detailed in the above steps 820 to 823.

确定模块4120，还用于在第一信号用于调度PUSCH的情况下，确定PUSCH所对应的DMRS。The determination module 4120 is further configured to determine the DMRS corresponding to the PUSCH when the first signal is used to schedule the PUSCH.

在一些实施例中，在第一信号用于调度PUSCH的情况下，确定PUSCH所对应的DMRS是第一DMRS。或理解为，采用第一DMRS作为DMRS假设，或假设采用第一DMRS作为PUSCH所对应的DMRS。例如，此时第一DMRS是第一类型DMRS。In some embodiments, when the first signal is used to schedule PUSCH, it is determined that the DMRS corresponding to the PUSCH is the first DMRS. Or it can be understood that the first DMRS is assumed to be used as the DMRS, or it is assumed that the first DMRS is used as the DMRS corresponding to the PUSCH. For example, at this time, the first DMRS is a first type DMRS.

在一些实施例中，在第一信号用于调度PUSCH的情况下，确定PUSCH所对应的DMRS是第二DMRS。或理解为，采用第二DMRS作为DMRS假设，或假设采用第二DMRS作为PUSCH所对应的DMRS。例如，此时第二DMRS是第二类型DMRS。In some embodiments, when the first signal is used to schedule PUSCH, it is determined that the DMRS corresponding to the PUSCH is the second DMRS. Or it can be understood that the second DMRS is used as the DMRS assumption, or it is assumed that the second DMRS is used as the DMRS corresponding to the PUSCH. For example, at this time, the second DMRS is a second type DMRS.

确定模块4120，还用于确定PUSCH所对应的DMRS为在先使用的DMRS，或，确定PUSCH所对应的DMRS为第八指示信息指示的DMRS。The determination module 4120 is further configured to determine that the DMRS corresponding to the PUSCH is a previously used DMRS, or to determine that the DMRS corresponding to the PUSCH is the DMRS indicated by the eighth indication information.

确定模块4120，还用于确定目标DMRS为PUSCH所对应的DMRS。The determination module 4120 is further configured to determine that the target DMRS is the DMRS corresponding to the PUSCH.

确定模块4120，还用于确定第一信号所对应的DMRS为PUSCH所对应的DMRS。The determination module 4120 is further configured to determine that the DMRS corresponding to the first signal is the DMRS corresponding to the PUSCH.

具体的，确定PUSCH所对应的DMRS的实现方式，详见上述步骤920至步骤923。Specifically, the implementation method of determining the DMRS corresponding to the PUSCH is detailed in the above steps 920 to 923.

发送模块4130，用于上报终端能力。The sending module 4130 is used to report the terminal capability.

具体的，上报终端能力的实现方式详见上述步骤410。Specifically, the implementation method of reporting the terminal capability is detailed in the above step 410.

图42示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的DMRS的确定装置的结构框图。该装置包括：FIG42 shows a structural block diagram of a DMRS determination device provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application. The device includes:

发送模块4210，用于发送第一信号。The sending module 4210 is used to send a first signal.

在一些实施例中，第一信号用于响应第一上报信息。可选地，第一上报信息可以包含目标参考信号，目标参考信号是全部候选参考信号中满足链路质量条件的参考信号。其中，第一信号是基于第一DMRS传输的，或第一信号是基于第二DMRS传输的。第一DMRS可以是第一类型DMRS或第二类型DMRS，第二DMRS可以是第二类型DMRS。在一些实施例中，第一DMRS是第一类型DMRS，第二DMRS是第二类型DMRS；或，第一DMRS是第二类型DMRS，第二DMRS是第二类型DMRS。In some embodiments, the first signal is used to respond to the first reporting information. Optionally, the first reporting information may include a target reference signal, which is a reference signal that satisfies the link quality condition among all candidate reference signals. The first signal is transmitted based on the first DMRS, or the first signal is transmitted based on the second DMRS. The first DMRS may be a first type DMRS or a second type DMRS, and the second DMRS may be a second type DMRS. In some embodiments, the first DMRS is a first type DMRS, and the second DMRS is a second type DMRS; or, the first DMRS is a second type DMRS, and the second DMRS is a second type DMRS.

在一些实施例中，该目标参考信号对应的链路质量不基于该目标参考信号所对应的DMRS评估得到。也即，该目标参考信号对应的链路质量是基于目标参考信号的RSRP确定的，或该目标参考信号对应的链路质量是基于目标参考信号的SINR确定的。在一些实施例中，第一信号的端口与目标参考信号准共址(QCL)，或第一信号对应的DMRS与目标参考信号准共址(QCL)。In some embodiments, the link quality corresponding to the target reference signal is not evaluated based on the DMRS corresponding to the target reference signal. That is, the link quality corresponding to the target reference signal is determined based on the RSRP of the target reference signal, or the link quality corresponding to the target reference signal is determined based on the RSRP of the target reference signal. The link quality is determined based on the SINR of the target reference signal. In some embodiments, a port of the first signal is quasi co-located (QCL) with the target reference signal, or a DMRS corresponding to the first signal is quasi co-located (QCL) with the target reference signal.

在一些实施例中，第一信号是基于第三指示信息指示的DMRS传输的，第三指示信息指示的DMRS是第一DMRS或第二DMRS。第三指示信息是该装置发送给第一终端设备的。第三指示信息用于指示第一信号是基于第一DMRS或第二DMRS传输的。可选的，第三指示信息指示第一信号是基于第一DMRS传输的。可选的，第三指示信息指示第一信号是基于第二DMRS传输的。In some embodiments, the first signal is transmitted based on a DMRS indicated by the third indication information, and the DMRS indicated by the third indication information is the first DMRS or the second DMRS. The third indication information is sent by the device to the first terminal device. The third indication information is used to indicate that the first signal is transmitted based on the first DMRS or the second DMRS. Optionally, the third indication information indicates that the first signal is transmitted based on the first DMRS. Optionally, the third indication information indicates that the first signal is transmitted based on the second DMRS.

在一些实施例中，第一信号是基于目标参考信号所对应的DMRS传输的。在第一终端设备向该装置上报了目标参考信号所对应的DMRS的情况下，该装置能够选择目标参考信号所对应的DMRS传输第一信号。可选的，在第一终端设备向该装置上报了目标参考信号所对应的DMRS为第一DMRS的情况下，该装置选择使用第一DMRS传输第一信号。可选的，在第一终端设备向该装置上报了目标参考信号所对应的DMRS为第二DMRS的情况下，该装置选择使用第二DMRS传输第一信号。In some embodiments, the first signal is transmitted based on the DMRS corresponding to the target reference signal. In the case where the first terminal device reports the DMRS corresponding to the target reference signal to the apparatus, the apparatus can select the DMRS corresponding to the target reference signal to transmit the first signal. Optionally, in the case where the first terminal device reports to the apparatus that the DMRS corresponding to the target reference signal is the first DMRS, the apparatus chooses to use the first DMRS to transmit the first signal. Optionally, in the case where the first terminal device reports to the apparatus that the DMRS corresponding to the target reference signal is the second DMRS, the apparatus chooses to use the second DMRS to transmit the first signal.

发送模块4210，还用于发送第四指示信息。The sending module 4210 is further used to send fourth indication information.

·第一接收机标识；·First receiver identification;

·第一算法标识；First algorithm identifier;

·第一模型标识；First model identification;

发送模块4210，还用于发送第五指示信息。The sending module 4210 is further used to send fifth indication information.

发送模块4210，还用于发送第六指示信息。The sending module 4210 is further used to send sixth indication information.

·第二接收机标识；· Second receiver identification;

·第二算法标识；Second algorithm identifier;

·第二模型标识；Second model identification;

其中，第二接收机标识用于指示接收PDSCH时使用的接收机，第二算法标识用于指示接收PDSCH时使用的接收机算法，第二模型标识用于指示接收PDSCH时使用的AI模型，第二功能(functionality)标志或第二功能的配置信息用于指示或者激活此时对应的功能(functionality)。 Among them, the second receiver identifier is used to indicate the receiver used when receiving PDSCH, the second algorithm identifier is used to indicate the receiver algorithm used when receiving PDSCH, the second model identifier is used to indicate the AI model used when receiving PDSCH, and the second functionality flag or the configuration information of the second function is used to indicate or activate the corresponding function at this time.

发送模块4210，还用于发送第七指示信息。The sending module 4210 is further used to send seventh indication information.

发送模块4210，还用于发送第八指示信息。The sending module 4210 is further used to send eighth indication information.

接收模块4220，用于接收终端能力。The receiving module 4220 is used to receive terminal capabilities.

图43，其示出了本申请一个实施例提供的通信设备的结构示意图。该通信设备可以包括：处理器4301、接收器4302、发射器4303、存储器4304和总线4305。FIG43 is a schematic diagram showing the structure of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application. The communication device may include: a processor 4301 , a receiver 4302 , a transmitter 4303 , a memory 4304 and a bus 4305 .

处理器4301包括一个或者一个以上处理核心，处理器4301通过运行软件程序以及模块，从而执行各种功能应用以及信息处理。The processor 4301 includes one or more processing cores. The processor 4301 executes various functional applications and information processing by running software programs and modules.

接收器4302和发射器4303可以实现为一个收发器4306，该收发器4306可以是一块通信芯片。The receiver 4302 and the transmitter 4303 may be implemented as a transceiver 4306 , which may be a communication chip.

存储器4304通过总线4305与处理器4301相连。存储器4304可用于存储计算机程序，处理器4301用于执行该计算机程序，以实现上述方法实施例中Ambient IoT设备或终端设备或网络设备执行的各个步骤。The memory 4304 is connected to the processor 4301 via a bus 4305. The memory 4304 can be used to store a computer program, and the processor 4301 is used to execute the computer program to implement the various steps performed by the Ambient IoT device or terminal device or network device in the above method embodiment.

此外，存储器4304可以由任何类型的易失性或非易失性存储设备或者它们的组合实现，易失性或非易失性存储设备包括但不限于：RAM(Random-Access Memory，随机存储器)和ROM(Read-Only Memory，只读存储器)、EPROM(Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory，可擦写可编程只读存储器)、EEPROM(Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory，电可擦写可编程只读存储器)、闪存或其他固态存储其技术，CD-ROM(Compact Disc Read-Only Memory，只读光盘)、DVD(Digital Video Disc，高密度数字视频光盘)或其他光学存储、磁带盒、磁带、磁盘存储或其他磁性存储设备。In addition, memory 4304 can be implemented by any type of volatile or non-volatile storage device or a combination thereof, and volatile or non-volatile storage devices include but are not limited to: RAM (Random-Access Memory) and ROM (Read-Only Memory), EPROM (Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory), EEPROM (Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory), flash memory or other solid-state storage technology, CD-ROM (Compact Disc Read-Only Memory), DVD (Digital Video Disc) or other optical storage, tape cassettes, magnetic tapes, disk storage or other magnetic storage devices.

本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质，所述存储介质中存储有计算机程序，所述计算机程序被用于终端设备或网络设备的处理器中，以实现上述DMRS的确定方法中的各个步骤。在一些实施例中，该计算机可读存储介质可以包括：ROM(Read-Only Memory，只读存储器)、RAM(Random-Access Memory，随机存储器)、SSD(Solid State Drives，固态硬盘)或光盘等。其中，随机存取记忆体可以包括ReRAM(Resistance Random Access Memory，电阻式随机存取记忆体)和DRAM(Dynamic Random Access Memory，动态随机存取存储器)。The embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, in which a computer program is stored, and the computer program is used in a processor of a terminal device or a network device to implement the various steps in the above-mentioned DMRS determination method. In some embodiments, the computer-readable storage medium may include: ROM (Read-Only Memory), RAM (Random-Access Memory), SSD (Solid State Drives) or optical disks, etc. Among them, the random access memory may include ReRAM (Resistance Random Access Memory) and DRAM (Dynamic Random Access Memory).

本申请实施例还提供了一种芯片，所述芯片包括可编程逻辑电路和/或程序指令，当所述芯片在终端或网络设备上运行时，用于实现上述DMRS的确定方法中的各个步骤。An embodiment of the present application further provides a chip, which includes a programmable logic circuit and/or program instructions. When the chip runs on a terminal or a network device, it is used to implement each step in the above-mentioned DMRS determination method.

本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机程序产品或计算机程序，所述计算机程序产品或计算机程序包括计算机指令，所述计算机指令存储在计算机可读存储介质中，终端设备或网络设备的处理器从所述计算机可读存储介质读取并执行所述计算机指令，以实现上述DMRS的确定方法中的各个步骤。An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product or a computer program, which includes computer instructions, and the computer instructions are stored in a computer-readable storage medium. The processor of the terminal device or the network device reads and executes the computer instructions from the computer-readable storage medium to implement each step in the above-mentioned DMRS determination method.

本领域技术人员应该可以意识到，在上述一个或多个示例中，本申请实施例所描述的功能可以用硬件、软件、固件或它们的任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时，可以将这些功能存储在计算机可读介质中或者作为计算机可读介质上的一个或多个指令或代码进行传输。计算机可读介质包括计算机存储介质和通信介质，其中通信介质包括便于从一个地方向另一个地方传送计算机程序的任何介质。存储介质可以是通用或专用计算机能够存取的任何可用介质。Those skilled in the art should be aware that in one or more of the above examples, the functions described in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented with hardware, software, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented using software, these functions can be stored in a computer-readable medium or transmitted as one or more instructions or codes on a computer-readable medium. Computer-readable media include computer storage media and communication media, wherein the communication media include any media that facilitates the transmission of a computer program from one place to another. The storage medium can be any available medium that a general or special-purpose computer can access.

以上所述仅为本申请的示例性实施例，并不用以限制本申请，凡在本申请的精神和原则之内，所作的任何修改、等同替换、改进等，均应包含在本申请的保护范围之内。 The above description is only an exemplary embodiment of the present application and is not intended to limit the present application. Any modifications, equivalent substitutions, improvements, etc. made within the spirit and principles of the present application shall be included in the protection scope of the present application.

Claims

A method for determining a demodulation reference signal DMRS, characterized in that the method is performed by a first terminal device, and the method includes:

Determine a DMRS corresponding to a reference signal in a first reference signal group;

The reference signals in the first reference signal group and the DMRS corresponding to the reference signals in the first reference signal group are used to evaluate the first link quality, the DMRS corresponding to the reference signals in the first reference signal group is the first DMRS or the second DMRS, the first DMRS is the first type DMRS or the second type DMRS, and the second DMRS is the second type DMRS.

The method according to claim 1, characterized in that the determining the DMRS corresponding to the reference signal in the first reference signal group comprises:

Determine a DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group indicated by the first indication information;

The DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group is the first DMRS or the second DMRS, and the DMRSs corresponding to different reference signals are the same or different.

In a case where the first indication information indicates that the DMRS corresponding to the first reference signal group is present, determining that the DMRS corresponding to the first reference signal group is the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group;

The DMRS corresponding to the first reference signal group is the first DMRS or the second DMRS.

In a case where the control channel uses the first DMRS, determining that the first DMRS is a DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group; or,

In a case where the control channel uses the second DMRS, determining that the second DMRS is a DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group; or,

In a case where the control channel does not use the first DMRS, determining that the second DMRS is the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group; or,

In a case where the control channel does not use the second DMRS, the first DMRS is determined to be the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group.

In a case where the first reference signal in the first reference signal group is determined based on a transmission configuration indication TCI state corresponding to a target control resource set CORESET in a control channel, determining that a DMRS corresponding to the target CORESET is a DMRS corresponding to the first reference signal in the first reference signal group;

The DMRS corresponding to the target CORESET is the first DMRS or the second DMRS.

In a case where at least one CORESET among a plurality of CORESETs corresponding to reference signals in the first reference signal group corresponds to the first DMRS, determining the first DMRS to be the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group; or,

In a case where at least one CORESET among a plurality of CORESETs corresponding to reference signals in the first reference signal group corresponds to the second DMRS, determining the second DMRS to be the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group; or,

In a case where all of the multiple CORESETs corresponding to the reference signals in the first reference signal group use the first DMRS, determining that the first DMRS is the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group; or,

In a case where all of the multiple CORESETs corresponding to the reference signals in the first reference signal group use the second DMRS, the second DMRS is determined to be the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group.

In a case where the second reference signal in the first reference signal group is determined based on a TCI state corresponding to a target search space in a control channel, determining that a DMRS corresponding to the target search space is a DMRS corresponding to the first reference signal in the first reference signal group;

The DMRS corresponding to the target search space is the first DMRS or the second DMRS.

In a case where at least one search space among a plurality of search spaces corresponding to reference signals in the first reference signal group corresponds to the first DMRS, determining that the first DMRS is the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group; or,

In a case where at least one search space among a plurality of search spaces corresponding to a reference signal in the first reference signal group corresponds to the second DMRS, determining the second DMRS to be the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group; or,

In a case where all of the multiple search spaces corresponding to the reference signals in the first reference signal group use the first DMRS, determining that the first DMRS is the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group; or,

In a case where all of the multiple search spaces corresponding to the reference signals in the first reference signal group use the second DMRS, the second DMRS is determined to be the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group.

determining that the first DMRS is a DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group; or,

Determine that the second DMRS is a DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group.

The method according to any one of claims 1 to 9, characterized in that the method further comprises:

Determine a DMRS corresponding to a reference signal in a second reference signal group;

The reference signals in the second reference signal group and the DMRS corresponding to the reference signals in the second reference signal group are used to evaluate the second link quality, and the DMRS corresponding to the reference signals in the second reference signal group is the first DMRS or the second DMRS.

The method according to claim 10, characterized in that the determining the DMRS corresponding to the reference signal in the first reference signal group and the determining the DMRS corresponding to the reference signal in the second reference signal group include:

When the first indication information indicates the DMRS corresponding to the first reference signal group and the DMRS corresponding to the second reference signal group, the DMRS corresponding to the first reference signal group is determined to be the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group; and the DMRS corresponding to the second reference signal group is determined to be the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the second reference signal group.

The method according to claim 11 is characterized in that the first link quality and/or the second link quality are used to indicate whether a target event occurs.

The method according to any one of claims 1 to 12, characterized in that the method further comprises:

reporting a first terminal capability, where the first terminal capability is used to indicate support for using the first type of DMRS; and/or,

Reporting a second terminal capability, where the second terminal capability is used to indicate support for determining a DMRS corresponding to a reference signal in a reference signal group;

The reference signal group includes a first reference signal group and/or a second reference signal group.

The method according to any one of claims 1 to 13, characterized in that the first type DMRS is a DMRS that uses at least one same resource element as the control information;

The second-type DMRS is a DMRS that uses resource elements different from those of the control information.

A method for determining a DMRS, characterized in that the method is performed by a first terminal device, and the method includes:

Determine a DMRS corresponding to a candidate reference signal in a third reference signal group;

Among them, the candidate reference signals in the third reference signal group and the DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signals in the third reference signal group are used to evaluate the third link quality, the DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signals in the third reference signal group is the first DMRS or the second DMRS, the first DMRS is the first type DMRS or the second type DMRS, and the second DMRS is the second type DMRS.

The method according to claim 15, characterized in that the determining the DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signal in the third reference signal group comprises:

determining that the first DMRS is a DMRS corresponding to each candidate reference signal in the third reference signal group; or,

Determine that the second DMRS is a DMRS corresponding to each candidate reference signal in the third reference signal group.

In a case where the second indication information indicates that the DMRS corresponding to the third reference signal group is present, determining that the DMRS corresponding to the third reference signal group is the DMRS corresponding to each candidate reference signal in the third reference signal group;

The DMRS corresponding to the third reference signal group is the first DMRS or the second DMRS.

Determine a DMRS corresponding to each candidate reference signal in the third reference signal group indicated by the second indication information;

The DMRS corresponding to each candidate reference signal in the third reference signal group is the first DMRS or the second DMRS, and the DMRSs corresponding to different candidate reference signals are the same or different.

The method according to any one of claims 15 to 18, characterized in that the method further comprises:

Determine a DMRS corresponding to a candidate reference signal in a fourth reference signal group;

The candidate reference signals in the fourth reference signal group and the DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signals in the fourth reference signal group are used to evaluate the fourth link quality, and the DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signals in the fourth reference signal group is the first DMRS or the second DMRS.

The method according to claim 19 is characterized in that the third link quality and/or the fourth link quality is used to select a target reference signal that meets a link quality condition from at least one candidate reference signal.

The method according to claim 20, characterized in that the method further comprises:

reporting the target reference signal; or,

Reporting the target reference signal and the DMRS corresponding to the target reference signal;

The DMRS corresponding to the target reference signal is the first DMRS or the second DMRS.

The method according to any one of claims 15 to 21, characterized in that the method further comprises:

reporting a third terminal capability, where the third terminal capability is used to indicate support for using the first type of DMRS; and/or,

Reporting a fourth terminal capability, where the fourth terminal capability is used to indicate support for determining a DMRS corresponding to a candidate reference signal in the third reference signal group.

The method according to any one of claims 15 to 22, characterized in that the first type DMRS is a DMRS that uses at least one same resource element as the control information;

receiving a first signal, where the first signal is used to respond to a target reference signal, where the target reference signal is a reference signal that satisfies a link quality condition among all candidate reference signals;

The first signal is transmitted based on a first DMRS, or the first signal is transmitted based on a second DMRS, the first DMRS is a first type DMRS or a second type DMRS, and the second DMRS is the second type DMRS.

The method according to claim 24 is characterized in that the port of the first signal is quasi-co-located with the target reference signal, or the DMRS corresponding to the first signal is quasi-co-located with the target reference signal.

The method according to claim 24 is characterized in that the first signal is transmitted based on a default DMRS, and the default DMRS is the first DMRS or the second DMRS.

The method according to claim 24 is characterized in that the first signal is transmitted based on a DMRS indicated by third indication information, and the DMRS indicated by the third indication information is the first DMRS or the second DMRS.

The method according to claim 24 is characterized in that the first signal is transmitted based on a DMRS corresponding to the target reference signal.

The method according to any one of claims 24 to 28, characterized in that the method further comprises:

Receive fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate one or more of a receiver, a receiver algorithm, and an AI model used when receiving the first signal.

The method according to claim 29, wherein the fourth indication information includes one or more of the following options:

a first receiver identifier, where the first receiver identifier is used to indicate a receiver used when receiving the first signal;

a first algorithm identifier, where the first algorithm identifier is used to indicate a receiver algorithm used when receiving the first signal;

A first model identifier, where the first model identifier is used to indicate an AI model used when receiving the first signal.

In a case where the first signal is used to schedule a physical downlink shared channel PDSCH, a DMRS corresponding to the PDSCH is determined, and the DMRS corresponding to the PDSCH is the first DMRS or the second DMRS.

The method according to claim 31 is characterized in that the first signal includes first downlink control information DCI.

The method according to claim 31, characterized in that the determining the DMRS corresponding to the PDSCH comprises:

Determine that the DMRS corresponding to the PDSCH is a previously used DMRS, the previously used DMRS is the first DMRS or the second DMRS, the previously used DMRS is the DMRS used last by the PDSCH or the DMRS used most recently by the PDSCH; or,

It is determined that the DMRS corresponding to the PDSCH is the DMRS indicated by the fifth indication information.

Determine that the first DMRS is the DMRS corresponding to the PDSCH; or,

Determine that the second DMRS is the DMRS corresponding to the PDSCH.

Determine that the DMRS corresponding to the first signal is the DMRS corresponding to the PDSCH, and the DMRS corresponding to the first signal It is the first DMRS or the second DMRS.

The method according to any one of claims 31 to 35, characterized in that the method further comprises:

Receive sixth indication information, where the sixth indication information indicates one or more of a receiver, a receiver algorithm, and an AI model used to receive the PDSCH.

The method according to claim 36, wherein the sixth indication information comprises one or more of the following options:

a second receiver identifier, where the second receiver identifier is used to indicate a receiver used when receiving the PDSCH;

A second algorithm identifier, where the second algorithm identifier is used to indicate a receiver algorithm used when receiving the PDSCH;

A second model identifier, where the second model identifier is used to indicate an AI model used when receiving the PDSCH.

A DMRS corresponding to a physical uplink control channel PUCCH is determined, where the PUCCH is used to transmit a second signal corresponding to the PDSCH, and the DMRS corresponding to the PUCCH is the first DMRS or the second DMRS.

The method according to claim 38, characterized in that the determining the DMRS corresponding to the PUCCH comprises:

Determine that the DMRS corresponding to the PUCCH is a previously used DMRS, the previously used DMRS is the first DMRS or the second DMRS, the previously used DMRS is the DMRS used last by the PUCCH or the DMRS used most recently by the PUCCH; or,

It is determined that the DMRS corresponding to the PUCCH is the DMRS indicated by the seventh indication information.

determining that the first DMRS is the DMRS corresponding to the PUCCH; or,

Determine that the second DMRS is the DMRS corresponding to the PUCCH.

It is determined that the DMRS corresponding to the first signal is the DMRS corresponding to the PUCCH, and the DMRS corresponding to the first signal is the first DMRS or the second DMRS.

In a case where the first signal is used to schedule a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH, a DMRS corresponding to the PUSCH is determined, and the DMRS corresponding to the PUSCH is the first DMRS or the second DMRS.

The method according to claim 42 is characterized in that the first signal includes a second DCI.

The method according to claim 42, characterized in that the determining the DMRS corresponding to the PUSCH comprises:

Determine that the DMRS corresponding to the PUSCH is a previously used DMRS, the previously used DMRS is the first DMRS or the second DMRS, the previously used DMRS is the DMRS used last by the PUSCH or the DMRS used most recently by the PUSCH; or,

Determine that the DMRS corresponding to the PUSCH is the DMRS indicated by the eighth indication information.

determining that the first DMRS is the DMRS corresponding to the PUSCH; or,

Determine that the second DMRS is the DMRS corresponding to the PUSCH.

It is determined that the DMRS corresponding to the first signal is the DMRS corresponding to the PUSCH, and the DMRS corresponding to the first signal is the first DMRS or the second DMRS.

The method according to any one of claims 24 to 46, characterized in that the method further comprises:

reporting a fifth terminal capability, where the fifth terminal capability is used to indicate support for using the first type of DMRS; and/or,

Report a sixth terminal capability, where the sixth terminal capability is used to indicate support for determining DMRS.

The method according to any one of claims 24 to 46, characterized in that the first type DMRS is a DMRS that uses at least one same resource element as the control information;

A method for determining a DMRS, characterized in that the method is performed by a second terminal device or a network device, and the method includes:

Sending first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate a DMRS corresponding to a reference signal in a first reference signal group;

The method according to claim 49, characterized in that the first indication information is used to indicate the DMRS corresponding to each reference signal in the first reference signal group;

The method according to claim 49, characterized in that the first indication information is used to indicate a DMRS corresponding to the first reference signal group;

The method according to claims 49 to 51, characterized in that the first indication information is also used to indicate the DMRS corresponding to the reference signal in the second reference signal group;

The method according to claim 52 is characterized in that the first link quality and/or the second link quality are used to indicate whether a target event occurs.

The method according to any one of claims 49 to 53, characterized in that the method further comprises:

receiving a first terminal capability, where the first terminal capability is used to indicate support for using the first type of DMRS; and/or,

receiving a second terminal capability, where the second terminal capability is used to indicate support for determining a DMRS corresponding to a reference signal in a reference signal group;

The method according to any one of claims 49 to 54, characterized in that the first type DMRS is a DMRS that uses at least one same resource element as the control information;

Sending second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate a DMRS corresponding to a candidate reference signal in a third reference signal group;

The method according to claim 56, characterized in that the second indication information is used to indicate a DMRS corresponding to the third reference signal group;

The method according to claim 56, characterized in that the second indication information is used to indicate the DMRS corresponding to each candidate reference signal in the third reference signal group;

The method according to any one of claims 56 to 58, characterized in that the second indication information is also used to indicate the DMRS corresponding to the candidate reference signal in the fourth reference signal group;

The method according to claim 59 is characterized in that the third link quality and/or the fourth link quality is used to select a target reference signal that meets the link quality condition from at least one candidate reference signal.

The method according to claim 60, characterized in that the method further comprises:

receiving the target reference signal; or,

receiving the target reference signal and a DMRS corresponding to the target reference signal;

The method according to any one of claims 56 to 61, characterized in that the method further comprises:

receiving a third terminal capability, where the third terminal capability is used to indicate support for using the first type of DMRS; and/or,

A fourth terminal capability is received, where the fourth terminal capability is used to indicate support for determining a DMRS corresponding to a candidate reference signal in the third reference signal group.

The method according to any one of claims 56 to 62, characterized in that the first type DMRS is a DMRS that uses at least one same resource element as the control information;

Sending a first signal, where the first signal is used to respond to a target reference signal, where the target reference signal is a reference signal that meets a link quality condition among all candidate reference signals;

The first signal is transmitted based on a first DMRS, or the first signal is transmitted based on a second DMRS, and the first The first DMRS is a first type DMRS or a second type DMRS, and the second DMRS is the second type DMRS.

The method according to claim 64 is characterized in that the port of the first signal is quasi-co-located with the target reference signal, or the DMRS corresponding to the first signal is quasi-co-located with the target reference signal.

The method according to claim 64 is characterized in that the first signal is transmitted based on a default DMRS, and the default DMRS is the first DMRS or the second DMRS.

The method according to claim 64 is characterized in that the first signal is transmitted based on a DMRS indicated by third indication information, and the DMRS indicated by the third indication information is the first DMRS or the second DMRS.

The method according to claim 64 is characterized in that the first signal is transmitted based on a DMRS corresponding to the target reference signal.

The method according to any one of claims 64 to 68, characterized in that the method further comprises:

Send fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate one or more of a receiver, a receiver algorithm, and an AI model used when receiving the first signal.

The method according to claim 69, characterized in that the fourth indication information includes one or more of the following options:

Sending fifth indication information, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate a DMRS corresponding to the PDSCH scheduled by the first signal;

The DMRS corresponding to the PDSCH is the first DMRS or the second DMRS.

The method according to claim 71 is characterized in that the first signal includes a first DCI.

The method according to claim 72, characterized in that the method further comprises:

Send sixth indication information, where the sixth indication information indicates one or more of a receiver, a receiver algorithm, and an AI model used to receive the PDSCH.

The method according to claim 73, characterized in that the sixth indication information includes one or more of the following options:

The method according to any one of claims 71 to 74, characterized in that the method further comprises:

Sending seventh indication information, where the seventh indication information is used to indicate a DMRS corresponding to the PUCCH;

The PUCCH is used to transmit the second signal corresponding to the PDSCH, and the DMRS corresponding to the PUCCH is the first DMRS or the second DMRS.

Sending eighth indication information, where the eighth indication information is used to indicate a DMRS corresponding to a PUSCH scheduled by the first signal;

The DMRS corresponding to the PUSCH is the first DMRS or the second DMRS.

The method according to claim 76 is characterized in that the first signal includes a second DCI.

The method according to any one of claims 64 to 77, characterized in that the method further comprises:

receiving a fifth terminal capability, where the fifth terminal capability is used to indicate support for using the first type of DMRS; and/or,

A sixth terminal capability is received, where the sixth terminal capability is used to indicate support for determining DMRS.

The method according to any one of claims 64 to 78, characterized in that the first type DMRS is a DMRS that uses at least one same resource element as the control information;

A DMRS determination device, characterized in that the device comprises:

A determination module, configured to determine a DMRS corresponding to a reference signal in a first reference signal group;

A DMRS determination device, characterized in that the device comprises:

A determination module, configured to determine a DMRS corresponding to a candidate reference signal in a third reference signal group;

A DMRS determination device, characterized in that the device comprises:

A receiving module, configured to receive a first signal, wherein the first signal is used to respond to a target reference signal, wherein the target reference signal is a reference signal that satisfies a link quality condition among all candidate reference signals;

A DMRS determination device, characterized in that the device comprises:

A sending module, configured to send first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate a DMRS corresponding to a reference signal in a first reference signal group;

A DMRS determination device, characterized in that the device comprises:

A sending module, used to send second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate a DMRS corresponding to a candidate reference signal in a third reference signal group;

A DMRS determination device, characterized in that the device comprises:

A sending module, configured to send a first signal, where the first signal is used to respond to a target reference signal, where the target reference signal is a reference signal that meets a link quality condition among all candidate reference signals;

A communication device, characterized in that the communication device comprises:

processor;

a transceiver connected to the processor;

a memory for storing executable instructions for the processor;

The processor is configured to load and execute the executable instructions to implement the DMRS determination method as described in any one of claims 1 to 79.

A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program, and the computer program is loaded and executed by a processor to implement the DMRS determination method as described in any one of claims 1 to 79.

A computer program product, characterized in that the computer program product includes computer instructions, the computer instructions are stored in a computer-readable storage medium, a processor obtains the computer instructions from the computer-readable storage medium, and the processor loads and executes to implement the DMRS determination method as described in any one of claims 1 to 79.